Skip to main content

Full text of "Contributions to Canadian biology"

See other formats 


liner Ar PIE OS 
sal prt la NE iy TOO 


DEPARTMENT OF NAVAL SERVICE 


CONTRIBUTIONS 


TO 


CANADIAN BIOLOGY 


BEING STUDIES FROM THE 


BIOLOGICAL STATIONS OF CANADA 


1918-1920 


THE BIOLOGICAL BOARD OF CANADA 


Professor E. E. Prince, Commissioner of Fisheries, Chairman. 

Professor A. P. Kntaut, Department of Naval Service. 

Professor L. W. BarLey, University of New Brunswick, Fredericton, N.B. 
Professor A. H. R. Buiter, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg. 


Very Rev. Canon V. A. Huarp, Laval University, Museum of Public Instruction, 
Quebec, P.Q. 

Professor J. Phayrarrn McMuraicu, University of Toronto, Toronto. 

Dr. A. H. MacKay, Dalhousie University, Halifax, N.S. 

Professor R. F. Rutran, McGill University, Montreal. 

Professor W. T. MacCLement, Queen’s University, Kingston, Ont. 


OTTAWA 
THOMAS MULVEY 
PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 
1921 


79550—1 


sett eu se Mae ff i 
derinna lt soph 49 ee EM 
iin Sage iA jae 


4 


yer nae 


CONTENTS 


Pages. 


PREFACE and Synopsis of Reports, by Professor Edward E. Prince, LL.D., D.Sc., 


I. 


II. 


III. 


VII. 


WELL. 


XII. 


XIII. 


XIV. 


F.R.S.C., Commissioner of Fisheries. . a ana 
Further Studies on the Growth Rate in Pacific cas a ©. McLean 
Fraser, Ph.D., F.R.S.C., Curator of the Pacific Biological ne 
Departure Bay. B.C. me 
Some Apparent Effects of ‘Sey ere Weatham on Marine Oseanigne in the 
vicinity of Departure Bay, B.C., ty C. McLean Fraser, Ph.D., 
Temperature and Specific Gravity “Vabiatiee in se Bietacs Wits of 
Departure Bay, B.C., by C. McLean Fraser, Ph.D., F.R.S.C. ey 


one graph).. 


. Plankton Diane their ees aa Belisinctvic aes in St. 


Andrews Waters, by Clara W. Fritz, B.A., M.Sc., Toronto (with three 
plates). . 


. Experimental rate of Diatoms occurring near St. has N. B., by 


Clara W. Fritz, B.A., M.Sec., Toronto. 


. A Contribution to the Biology of the Muttonfich Rannanies sisal 


by Wilbert A. Clemens, Ph.D., and Lucy S. a Ph.D. (with 
plate, map, and figures in text).. Bee i " 

Eastern Canadian Plankton—The Sug of a Hinge eens 
obtained during the Canadian Fisheries Expedition, 1914-15, by A. G. 
Huntsman, B.A., M.B., Biologist to the aOR Board of Canada 
(with two figures). . i Ne aie 

Eastern Canadian PigubigeThb Distribution of “Floating Tinie 
(Thaliacea) obtained during the Canadian Fisheries Expedition, 
1914-15, by A. G. Huntsman, B.A., M.B., Biologist to the Bia 
Board of Canada (with one figure). . Wie ey 


. An Investigation into the Rate of Patios tia in the Coen Food Fish 


caught in and around Passamaquoddy Bay, N.B., by Louis Gross, 
M.D., MeGill University, Montreal a two pitas al- 


. Canned Satis eye cause of “ Swells ” “ Blown Cans,” by Wilfrid 


Sadler, M.Se., University of British Gana 


. List of Fishes collected in 1917 off the Cape Breton coast and a pees 


Islands, by Philip Cox, Ph.D., Professor of Siaies, ain: of 
New Brunswick .. .. 


The Diatoms of Canada, a L. W. eae LLD., F, R. S, C. pppoe 
N.B., and A. H. Mackay, LL.D., F.R.S.C., eine N. S. 


The Utilization of Dog-Fish and Selachian Fishes of Eastern Galas 0 
James W. Mavor, Ph.D., etc., Union College, Schenectady, N.Y.. 


Key to the Hydroids of Eastern Canada, by C. McLean Fraser (with 109 
figures).. 


. A New Genus oC Three ee cane of Ai nn ae Micaeeel nee 


N.B., by A. Brooker Klugh, M.A., Queen’s University, Kingston 
Gt one plate).. lp : Ut Malian 


. Histology of the Na Rendon | in ae eae Claw of £ the Taleo by 


A. P. Knight, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.C., Kingston, Ont. (with nine 
ju DEW SI! ie) eC Rae ane ee RR eee ea ED ey PRL LTR TERMNMTANC Sas Jo et.) 


79550—14 


5-6 


29 


35 


49 


63 


69 


85. 


93 


181 


185 


; 


Pe een) A 


Hed 


ae 


# te : 


PAGS 


bray AN oa HALA] spice sity Lee) ae 
yt 


ssonci ceinwytinid aca hie 
ia 


gre: AL. Add CA iaet wil Irtwen hist ana TS Btn 
eee Le Wer ae end oe fee ey aa a Leela A AiR er: 
Hanbe te Ae Coretta ch tegs amu C1) Ree Ot avi boin Vent 


asoitey faniyo!: OEE ib: alt hy riper. AEE OL ea 

« Uaatie & ae {Nips a A Oe ae edt paint 
Fala, yy: peat ney eh a wa pith was na thou ¥ 
iT dd ei ips ek | of Seusl, eeteanye. Tee vada 
Bers NC! MARPLE oes ‘fe 


A, Sins oe ‘ih ai Barshai in Bigs) ‘ie Arik “organo 
Laver s. Roe Doe ike. AM: veat’d a hs 7) as Coe See J 
ely | Wee Whee nn oe ade kk ity en hy he eC Bi: (ease 
ye a ae hovieneeh ee fyi “Meeting righ Nes ape ee 
eid AA) hoist ae ht end RA avceiiy att Ato vlebial 
OBS! Senos Aah NW ata lo er ed tia pa oe COR 
a, oth. i etl HR TH Qi ta bees lity hy idles 4 fasspauinany 
Be ie ihe aoa oh Tdi Pra ae bail 
Festina Lenmites pepe a Je tooluit oft of wpa 
Hitt) Lb AG ‘eon Ons WORT Dregne nay Geateiries te ah eed i 4 
ee PoP g 6d + sale 0 yt ee OE Ok MAA Ca CB teat ake 
i EN ai 44; phair ied EE oot aieal E rtel tae y 
BY het OL RIRE ay hs ihn ial eo densi) carly, glug: 
‘Alancen®?® 43 fesiekt Fe coantnlat ‘eith ei ieee VE OA aan 
Fala sya dene Psy ES se TiO ee Ace Kaeetirg ite Ath 
tacking) ‘whigaalh ty Aapthacingeatt tits “site pie shel Diapel) teey 
aia) eperoeli't weduinat)’ ath atime: erento (Goan ey 
pgeorace! att alt. at eee P Lome wane Tents § wae. Seo ‘¢d), SERS 
er. Sag h WiBac INGA i yah ides batiety 
ees. tis israel oe Vy ice ia Yep pd tas ‘iy at ee risk eae 
i OD, MNS hy AMM. etd Slit hihityhd se Reeteiatl "byce ie eee 
Peels cs cin Meet sorted LA aD Laaied Aya BE jathoagee Wee Meret 
ae Bh nD ROR oath Tatil Wk shethey od P~yadttglt if 
Wie moive shox 14 nnwieuleD Calta, ha yeti hell yeh Ny Soller 
aibabena Mh ph bai toatind weeom GE oxsnd'D! dield AM Yd Botan Lb ol dit 
p10, X sania britias 1 iy sich at ad ern) ts, wd 
Phareeg A Sea a ar: Nee Ct edy oan aaa 
kebab’ ane Bt LO dking OM i “ef. dabyirigel Yo) een 
Ca ORIN IMB ath SMELL Ica) bel BA EA i 6 ivateiraglh ae Rigid (yA 
Pd EKA ee aPOAR, Fo yield, con tsbnaliee. fide eC p ok Ae 61 TeRLAM 
agi CA, tloatineritl orgie). odin’) satin EAT) howl: VE 


ba pvr bape: 
ational de Nee sae. eteid ae vie vehi oy Bri ere ice ah stake 
Baal, aol poerel nab Seon RteaaiAy aa at Be Nig ten 
Lai Sani: sh Yo ‘wa’ Hueawind i is oe . 

+ ae Lacie jue: Shao HAC: wilt 


ia 
Paw ip ON ee aa ci, ie wide (ey Botte os ays Aa" Amn 


nf 
‘ Pity 
ome "we 7, Lay t vy fas he 


_ 


PREFACE. 


By Proressor Epwarp E. Prince, LL.D., M.A., D.Se., F.R.S.C., Dominion ComMis- 
SIONER OF FISHERIES; CHAIRMAN OF THE BroLoagicaAL Boarp; CHAIRMAN OF THE 
CanapDIAN Arctic ExprepITION CoMMITTEE; MEMBER OF THE ADVISORY BoarD ON 
Wip Lire Protection, OTrawa; CHAIRMAN OF THE Foop REFRIGERATION CoM- 
MITTEE, CANADIAN RESEARCH CoUNCIL; VICE-PRESIDENT OF THE INTERNATIONAL 
FisHEeRIES Concress, WASHINGTON, D.C., 1907. ETc. 


The present volume of Contributions to Canadian Biology is composed of a series 
of separate reports by trained scientists who have taken advantage of the facilities 
generously provided by the Dominion Government at the Atlantic Biological Sta- 
tion, St. Andrews, N.B., and the Pacific Station, Departure Bay, near Nanaimo, 
B.C. The subjects treated cover a wide range, but they a!l have, like marine 
research in general, a very important practical bearing upon fisheries and fish 
resources of Canada. 

It may be pointed out that the problems which occupy the attention of the staffs 
of technical investigators at both stations consist either of questions which the Depart- 
ment of Naval Service finds it urgently necessary to have exact and adequate inform- 
ation upon, or of problems determined by the Biological Board as of importance in 
the general advancement of knowledge relating to fish life in our seas, or they 
are lines of investigation which members of the scientific staff have selected as likely 
to yield valuable technical and practical results. 

Of departmental problems which have arisen in connection with the conserva- 
tion of the British Columbia salmon fisheries, and especially in the devising of wise 
regulations, as well as the effective restoration of the supply by fish-culture, the 
problem of the rate of growth, which Dr. MeLean Fraser has still further advanced, 
in the first report, is of signal interest. It carries to a further stage the work which 
he summarized in a prev'ous report, and which he has treated in a number of scat- 
tered memoirs and papers. 

The second report in the series, by Dr. Fraser, deals with the effects which 
seem to be associated with severe weather as they influence organisms on which fish 
directly and indirectly depend for food. The observations were made in the winter 
and spring of 1915-16, and they show that marine animals in certain instances shifted 
into deeper water owing to the cool temperature, and fish and other forms had to 
follow, them, and thus change their local habitat. Not only was much life actually 
destroyed; but higher forms such as migratory fishes had the incubation of the eggs 
delayed, and the fry migrated later than usual. 

The third report, also by Dr. Fraser, embodies systematic observations, for five 
years, 1914-19, on the temperature and specific gravity variations at the sea’s surface 
near Nanaimo, B.C, 

Miss Fritz’s report, forming the fourth in order, gives the results of patient and 
laborious work in the culture of Diatoms, which form a staple food of the minute 
crustaceans called Copepods by which young fishes and a multitude of other organ- 
isms are sustained. 

The fifth report on Plankton Diatoms near St. Andrews, also by Miss Fritz, is 
a study of material obtained from October, 1916, to October, 1917, and includes eighty- 
two species. Their relative abundance and scarcity over extensive areas, and at 
various depths, are detailed and the numbers at various specified stations are given 
in detail. Counts up to many millions were made, thus in spring (on May 1), 8,750,000 

5 


6 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


examples of five species were obtained, and again on August 2 of one species no less 
than 7,000,000 frustules were noted (Ch. debile). 

Professor W. A. Clemens’ account of the Mutton Fish (Zoarces) is a very 
thorough study of a species, which is really an excellent food-fish though not gener- 
ally recognized as such. The research was a joint one, in which Mrs. Lucey Smith 
Clemens collaborated, and *t has much scientific as well as practical value. 

Dr. Huntsman’s two valuable reports (seven and eight) embody studies of Plank- 
ton material collected during Dr. Hjort’s fisheries investigations, 1914-15, and treat 
respectively of the peculiar transparent annelids, the Tomopteridae; and the floating 
Tunicates, the Thaliacea; and demonstrates their varying abundance at different 
seasons of the year, and the causes of their distribution. 

Dr. Gross’s paper, Report IX on the Putrefaction of Fish is of much practical 
as well as scientific value, and demonstrates very different rates of deterioration as 
characterizing the various species studied. Hence some fish are better adapted for 
transportation, and for prolonged handling in the markets, than others. This is a 
new field of investigation and demands more attention owing to its vital importance 
to fish marketing. Dr. Wilfrid Sadler’s report (X) on the causes of “ Swelled Canned 
Sardines” is of similar interest and value. The cause is found to be in the presence 
of gas-producing bacteria, of which he determined eight varieties, and their source of 
origin may be due to the intestinal contents of the fish, or to lack of cleanliness in 
the factory workers, the latter being in the author’s opinion the less likely source. 

Professor Philip Cox’s list of Cape Breton and Magdalen Islands fishes (XI) 
eollected in 1917, is an interesting addition to our maritime faunistic knowledge, and 
the synopsis of Canadian Diatoms (XII), by Drs. L. W. Bailey and A. H. MacKay, 
is a compilation long needed, and embodying extensive researches by the authors. 
These are reports numbers eleven and twelve. 

Professor J. W. Mavor’s paper (XIII) on the Wi of dogfish and other 
shark-like species, occurring in our Atlantic waters, forms the thirteenth report of the 
present series, and summarizes all the most important phases of this subject. Now 
known by the trade-name of “ grayfish,” they have come into demand in many 
markets, and it is important to have, in accessible form, information as to the nature 
and habits of these fish, the character of the flesh, ete., and its chemical composition, 
especially its food value, palatability, and other points which are of public importance. 
Dr. Mavor adds some notes on the use of these fish for oil, glue, fertilizer, and other 
purposes. Dr. Baumann’s’ report on the analysis of grayfish and Dr. A. B.“Macallum’s 
note on the urea content of the flesh form appendices A and B to the report. 

The fourteenth renort of the volume is Dr. McLean Fraser’s “Key to the Hydroids 
of Eastern Canada,” illustrated with 109 beautiful figures. It is the first of a proposed 
series of guides to the marine animals of Canadian waters. These will supply a 
keenly-felt want amongst all who are interested in the resources of our seas. No 
handy guides are available for students and the general public which would enable 
them to recognize and name specimens when obtained. Even scientific workers deplore 
the lack of such guides and Dr. Fraser’s report is a notable beginning. 

The fifteenth report describes a new genus, and three new species of minute fila- 
mentous Alge of the Order Hormogonex, by Mr. A. Brooker Klugh, who collected 
them in the Miramichi river and estuary in 1918, and is preparing a full report on 
the microscopic flora of the region. 

The last (the sixteenth) report by Dr. A. P. Knight deals with the “ Histology 
of the Flexor Tendon in the Crushing Claw of the Lobster,” with nine figures ,and is 
a study of the minute structure of the larger of the two oval keeled plates to which 
the claw muscles, for opening and closing, are attached. Each plate, which has a 
laminated structure shows a central core, and network of crossing ‘fibres in the outer 
portions. These laminae appear, under low powers, to be of two kinds, thirty-two 
dark coloured in section, and fifty-seven white; but in young lobsters the laminae are 
fewer. Under a high power, the latter seem to be more uniform, resembling the finest 
lawn in appearance. When fresh the texture is soft like cartilage; but hard and brittle 
after boiling. 


Further Studies on the Growth Rate in Pacific Salmon. 


BY 


C. McLean Fraser, Ph.D., F.R.S.C., ete. 
Curator of the Pacific Biological Station, Departure Bay, B.C. 


INTRODUCTION. 


Having completed and submitted my report on salmon material collected in 1916, 
I secured further material in 1917 and the present report is therefore a continuation 
of the preceding researches. All of the Pacific salmon again receive attention. In some 
respects the material was better for examination than that from the preceding year. 
Practically all of the scales were in good condition and as the material was obtained 
from a greater number of localities it gave a better chance for comparison. For this 
diversity of material I am indebted to the managers and employees of the canneries at 
Quathiaski, Lasqueti island and Nanaimo. The weight of the fish was taken in each 
ease and that permitted the working out of a length-weight ratio for each species in 
each locality. The methods used were the same throughout as with the 1916 material. 

On March 24 and 25, 1915, one thousand spring salmon fry and one thousand coho 
fry were marked at the Cowichan Lake hatchery. The information gained from these, 
although not very extensive, was quite satisfactory. On October 11, 1917, one of the 
cohos was caught in Cowichan bay, near the mouth of the river up which evidently it 
would have gone to spawn if it had not been caught. It weighed 91 pounds. The 
scale corresponded perfectly with the seales of those that have all along been taken as 
three-year fish. It must have gone down the Cowichan river as a yearling and evidently 
it was on its way to ascend the same river to spawn. 

On January 9, 1918, one of the marked spring salmon, 26 inches long, weighing 
834 pounds, was caught in Departure bay, near the north shore, not far from the Biolo- 
gical Station. Its scales indicated a three-year spring of the sea type. It was in no 
sense mature and hence there was nothing to indicate the river it would have ascended. 
The fact that is was caught in Departure bay corroborates, as far as it goes, the opinion 
expressed previously that some spring salmon that have passed into the strait of Georgia 
from the rivers that empty into it do not go out to the open sea but instead wander 
about in the inner waters in search of food. 

The five species are considered in much the same way as in the previous paper 
although the same amount of detail was not considered necessary. On the other hand, 
the possibility of comparing each species in the two years has somewhat enlarged the 


field. 
Spring Salmon. 


As in previous years, it was not possible to get many spring salmon that could be 
definitely assigned to any particular river-system. Some Fraser river fish were 
obtained but as, in general, these were on the cannery floor with others caught 
elsewhere, they could not be separated with certainty. Specimens obtained at 
Quathiaski cannery and from the Lasqueti island cannery are included, but as they 
were few in number and as the areas from which they were received, approach or 
overlap the Nanaimo cannery area, it was scarcely worth while to consider them 


7 


8 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


separately. As these fish feed in the Strait of Georgia and adjacent waters throughout 
the period of their marine life and as they wander about in this area, it follows that 
only when spring salmon are caught in the rivers or as they are entering the rivers, 
can one have any assurance in this area as to the river system to which they belong. 

The total number examined was 527, of which 412, or 78-2 per cent were of the 
sea type and 115, or 21-8 per cent of the stream type. Of the sea type; 35 were in 
their fifth year (8-5 per cent), 142 in the fourth year (34.5 per cent), 203 in the 
third year (49-2 per cent) and 32 in the second year (7-8 per cent). Of the stream 
type, 4 were in their sixth year (3.5 per cent), 26 in the fifth year (22-6 per cent), 
50 in the fourth year (43-5 per cent) and 35 in the third year (30-4 per cent). (As 
in previous years many of the fish were immature and hence these percentages give no 
indication of the relative numbers that mature in each year). 

In both types the females outnumbered the males as indicated in the following 
table :— 


Sea Type. 
Year—Class. Total No. Male. Per cent. Female. Per cent. 
Se nek tity ratets ote nent Gee Dee APO Ee ee 35 14 40-0 21 60-0 
BENE R EE CVA CORT CRG ONS (oi co esis 4 ed Star oie cho ee RIE EU wish 142 47 33-1 95 66-9 
3 203 87 42-9 116 57-1 
BEARS P aE GOEL TEE TENCE Oren eG EL ee aT eae 32 30 93-8 2 6-2 
412 178 43-2 234 56-8 


Rare Sean a lei te Sho a NOE hsv ae peracid 4 4 10020) moo | ae 2s hte 

fein io jcluceye sy a cen oi ab i eit ipa predates tee ca 26 ig 34-6 17 65-4 

Cece RE TTD GOCE ORe cas Mere hs 245 OrceE a toe 50 23 46-0 27 54-0 

Ayashi BERS ED ne I Se ta 35 20 57-1 15 42-9 
115 56 48-7 59 51-3 


Although the data are not suitable for determining definitely the relative growth 
of male and female fish it may be worth while to give the lengths of each type and 
year to indicate the limits of each. The lengths are given in inches. 


Sea Type. 


Two year Class. 


Meng thee Re. RR eae ak Ae tee Ts Sa Ep yan lia 
DS} THe, EN Ee eRe a eer On OU A Veigig |r 3 Bae dieereawy a wien 2G} 3 
BETTIS OTe etch oaks, s ites SRE re OER ER Econe ae ee . 1 


Aveoser length, male, 16:6; female, 15-7; total, 16-6. 


16 16-5 17 17:5 18 18-5 19 19-5 20 
2 1S ARE 2 1 


Three year Class. 


Benethrek erty ic; § 191) 1955) 20) 20-5): 20) 421-5.) 22; 2265) 23) 23-5) 2424-5) 26 25-5.426') 26-59 127 275 ok 
Number—Male........... 1 ae Dens et) 8 17 2. 6 4 8 § 4 2 12 pan | 
Heal ee Cee hee Les ‘aba By 12) 15 14 15 8 6 es} TG 1 iia ta 
Average length, male 24-0; female 23-6; total 23-8. 
Four year Class. 
Bene thir. vis sh bk 26 26-5 27 27-5 28 28-5 29 29-5 30 30-5 31 31-5 32 32-5 33 33-5 34 34-5 35 
Number—Male..................... ) Teas 3 oe ey au wo Gye Pane age 1 Ras RU 5 «8 
Female......... ae Nets 5 6 9 6 13 hey) 8.5 6 2 4 4 Peas) ae | 
Average length, male 30-8; female, 30-0; total, 30-3. 
Five year Class. 
| INT ee a oe 2, aR 32 32-5 33 33-5 34 34-5 35 35-5 36 36-5 37 37-5 38 38-5 39 39-5 40 40-5 41 
Number—Male........... | UG? PE AE a os Teh SE hl ae 8 2 ded 1 LASS MY ia 8 DE Ceystk. 7 EAS 1 
ae Hemale.... Fuca. Te Re se ee DD ice te dfs 2 3 3 2) 1; 2 Te Bis oe ent See ear eee 


Average length, male, 37-0; female, 36-2; total, 36-6. 


GROWTH RATE IN PACIFIC SALMON 9 


STREAM TYPE. 
Three year Class. 


SURIEL EE any eter a2): 'o Arionk ret ta eee Gar iets cia epee see hexose 17 17-5 18 18-5 19 19-5 20 20-5 21 21-5 22 22-5 
INES Nile eh Ree ht MIME Ns SOM REAR GLE TIMUR ERE 2 Sie, 12 Pa: 22 Pa Le ees 
ESRD NEAL ER at tasis ratae oo ota ta ea Ruste tele mr aveh reve leteocallny shal aysVayic'deeie'a'ionnl oclereve eee ere arbors eM peta 2 Oh (Biratetratrenaene 1 
Average length, male, 18-9; female, 20-3; total, 19-5. 
Four year Class. 
UTI DNC RN Ss ote 5a. 5 sino mae Cia, ateee eee 22, 22-5 23 23-5 24 24-5 25 25-5 26 26:5 27 27-5 28 28-5 29 29-5 
Nimibor—- Male nui iii).. 0. Le Rae 1 Pa ep | ae LY st 3 1 Mathes 1 a 1 1 2 od 2 
DRY Cr ES SS PCS 5 = Se ec i Rotiges? 1 Ree 3 18 CNG Mp 1 Aare 


Average length, male 26-1; female 26-2; total 26-2. 


Five year Class. 


28-5 29 29-5 30 30-5 31 31-5 32 32-5 33 33:5 34 34:5 35 35-5 36 36-5 37 
ASV eae epee. cnie. . teem 1 Men eee sdk 's 1 Liye PM segeNe! 1 


Length 


CET CU pee NN MP. cao it lel are Tee a NG ll ald abe aisha ad SERRE soe «Puke SARC e OMY, Aan meee 35 37 39 40-5 
INCL NERO Broo. a's ccieete ewe coh UO Gost Id So CO ER ESE ) aaa ya | 1 


Average length, 37-9, 


As the period of collection of these salmon extended over three months this may 
have increased the normal spread between limits for each year but as the period of 
rapid growth was well over before the first collecting was done this would not make 
so much difference as if it had been done’ earlier. In any case the conditions were 
similar for male and female and hence there should be the same ratio in length as 
if they had all been taken at the same time. In the sea type in every year class the 
male average is distinctly greater than the female average. In the stream type the 
two averages are very similar, but what difference there is is in favour of the female. 

The rate of growth as calculated by years is shown in the following table:— 


TABLE OF GROWTH. 


Sea Type. 
Growth during—Years. 
Year—Class. 
No Ist 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 
OF cla ost opCl dt SD TOMI Se GSE SoM RS Se DEE CES EES SORE aS Senne Bt 32 10-9 BG ocak enews 
MMPS TRA SATA VER oor, alain tigiere-ofare Kibo ictus whe essen Gaal aloe ae 203 10-7 8-8 CES fae |i 
ORE RRS ete We eVect cave ohe! axe syed in acd aisha alti in ns Gyo ty bow are aror eM og tithe towed 142 10-8 9-0 6-8 3-6 
[ie TEE ALR, 6 Ets ci ah Re GEICO OR eee cer: tb freien Peiitrar cst 35 10-6 9-1 7-8 6-0 3-0 
Length at end of—Years. 
Year—Class No. |=——— 
Ist 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 
Ce al Mec BE a 3 Ue Ry eee ch een 4 RN RA Se eee ae 1b a aly ce oe 32 10-9 1626 Pile eo eta 
Ee ORS cu eS eee PRR Re oi otis ens oo SETA Si a howe 203 10-7 19-5 PBL feel CO 
NG GES 2 atypia SPSS EOD TE SD Reeth GRO as Ane Si STG SENG a a 142 10-8 19-8 26-6 30-3 
NN Ce BOSE PB NAG Wt). arse km favayaltre tia@iayatetelsvaivjaigie < ateanite s/Zieia swe. a « 35 10-6 19-7 27-5 33-5 36-6 
SrrREAM Tyre. 
ra Growth during—Years. 
Year—Class. No 
Ist 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 
Sh Amacai bled site Mek PR eH Or ase ub Main eas Dw RD le aC 35 3-7 10-2 CAST AM hed ged eae bate all 
MRL PeT EL. Lote ife chars =, af; c¥d os pet cin ale, abotesaeds ates SUahe/ate nid « Cesaieid saiste 50 3-8 10-1 8-4 6 Tie a ae 5 
ee a ae eee) ad want Me tems ctevatere octal Mice ainicle'» 's hiss ake 26 3-8 10-5 8-8 6-2 3-1 
Gere Ceara oie 3 MEER Sel boc Shee See Ste went iG 4 3-8 10-1 8-9 7-3 5-3 2-5 
Length at end of—Years. 
Year—Class. No 
Ist 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 
Be ps Bie EB 0 eo 2S Cane ei ae oe a a 35 3-7 13-9 1 RW tare es EU este 3 
Fe i AS Ad 6, PCRS CPt al oe 1 eeC iT APR et tes ep 50 3-8 13-9 22-3 PCP [siete he 2 
estes Ales RR gg a rae ta SUB RE anche ica Ua SAR MERCH ec it I 26 3-8 14-3 23-1 29-3 32-4 
Gees Wiirseteic oe Secs Shaver aie aan pte orc CONTE COAEAID A 80 Sadie 6 3-8 13-9 22-8 30-1 35-4 37-9 


length for the incompleted year is recorded. It is evident that while the period of 
most rapid growth was over when the collection started, there must still have been 
time for a noticeable increase before the growth of the year was complete. As the 


DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


In both types the averages for each year class are very similar. In these tables the 
range of growth in the different years is much the same as in previous years and the 
eurve of growth similar, little is to be gained by introducing these data for the year 


1917. 


The weights of all these fish were taken and hence it was possible to get the 


approximate ratio of weight to length. 


As the absolute weights would be of little use 


for comparison, the average weight of all the specimens of a certain length in each 
type and year class, male and female, was taken and from these a table was prepared 
to show the ratio of weight to length. As in many cases, especially towards the extrema 
of range, the number of specimens for any one length is very small, sometimes only 
one, too small for getting a proper average, the figures show much irregularity and 
allowance must be made for this as the figures were put in the table just as they were 


worked out. The number of specimens for any length in any group ean be obtained 
by referring to the previous tables. 
TABLE SHOWING RELATION OF WEIGHT TO LENGTH. 
Sea Type. 


Two year. Three year. Four year. Five year. 


bo bo 
(JC) —_ 
or or or or or 


Male. 


NNwWwhe 


Female. 


Male. 


Female. 


Male. Female. 


Male. Female. 


Wr OCCOONAND OO > 
CON DWe OOOH © to bo 


— ak et 


rst 
uo 


SASEESSES 
SON CNIIH oe 


Perec cee ete reer r ewe oles re cance selec eee ecceelesesasscestoien meso ees| Ss? W jeesecieis = sie 


w 
r=) 
on 


_ 
oo 
a co an 


oO) bo 
S . or . . 
Kn an nananaana»aaa na 


GROWTH RATE IN PACIFIC SALMON 


SrREAM 


TYPE. 


11 


Three year. 


Male. 


CNOA Pty Om ROS 


Female. 


Four 


Male. 


year. 


Female. 


Five 


year. 


Six year. 


Male. 


Female. 


ff 


Male. 


eee eee asee 


ee wee ee ee 
rere 
ee oc 
ee ete ce gan 
oo a deal e wieule 


There is nothing in this table to indicate that there is any sustained difference 
in weight ratio in sex, age or type. It would seem rather that with species in this 
area, an area where conditions should be much similar for all individuals, although 
there may be much variation, there is a constant average weight for any length. There 
is a large enough number of'cases where the average is sufficiently exact to show that 
the weight varies as the cube of the length. Although this is what should be 
expected it is a satisfaction to have such evidence since it is an assurance that the 
length of the fish is a safe basis for comparison. This variation can be followed 
throughout the five species as is shown for the other species in the tables that accom- 
pany the report on each. 

In comparing the spring salmon collection of 1917 with that of 1916 and that of 
1915, there seems to be very little difference in the rate of growth in any year of the 
different year classes. In no case is there much variation in growth for the same year 
in the different year classes in any collection and the year class that gives the highest 
average in one collection does not always give the highest average in the other col- 
lections. Since the collection in each year was a composite one from a wide area, 
including the entrance to several rivers, it would be too much to expect that there 
would be exactly the same average even in the same year class. There is no indica- 
tion that any one year class has had more rapid growth throughout than any other 
year class. This is true of both the sea and the stream type of fish. 


12 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


In the 1917 collection there was a larger number of larger and older fish than in 
the other collections, largely due to the presence of the Fraser river and Quathiaski 
fish. These may have come in from the open ocean and possibly if they could have been 
kept separate they would have shown a decided difference in growth. All of the six 
year fish of the stream type and most of the five year fish of each type were among 
these. 

The sex ratio is changed somewhat.’ Whereas, in the 1916 collection, there was a 
slight majority of males in both types of fish, in the 1917 collection there is a majority 
of females in both types, that majority being quite pronounced in the sea type. 

The percentage of sea type fish, which was practically the same (65 per cent) for 
1915 and 1916 was greatly increased (over 78 per cent) in 1917. No cause is sug- 
gested for such an increase. For those over three years the percentage is much the 
same in 1917 as in previous years, but in the three year class the stream type fish were 
a much smaller percentage. This may be the condition of that class as a class, or 
since it is the latest class of which any considerable number were taken, it may 
indicate a step towards the elimination of the stream type fish to bring the spring 
salmon in the same class as the humpback and dog salmon in that respect. 


Sockeye. 


During the summer of 1917, sockeye were obtained at Quathiaski cannery from 
Deepwater bay near Seymour narrows, at the Lasqueti Island cannery from the 
mouth of Sauch-en-auch creek, at the entrance to Jervis inlet, and at the Nanaimo 
cannery from the strait of Fuca off Victoria and from the Fraser river. In all 1,670 
were examined, of which the great majority, 1,468, or 87-9 per cent, were four-year 
fish of the stream type that had gone to sea in the second year; 510 were from Deep- 
water bay, 407 from near Victoria, 596 from the Fraser river, and 153 from Sauch- 
en-auch creek. They were distributed among the different types as follows :— 


<= 


Deepwater Victoria. Fraser Sauch-en-auc. 
Bay. River. 
No 0 No % No. 4 No % 
Bee Ewa Gear UStTOAM 2A a. soe ve hota cos icraw sliarectelel= 5 1-0 2 0-5 7 1-2 if 0-6 
Renieen PATS UNEAIN -2 5 foe's asicheicrercion te ele) ele pias 2-13 470 92-2 ' 387 95-1 524 87-9 150 95-6 
SET BOR A 6 SRO non oe Doane e Ez PreD RDO roaC Ty CCroL 35 6-8 18 4-4 65 10-9 6 3-8 


Five- % Four- % Three- % 
y | year. year year 

Deepwater bay— 

MOOR CRISS EMCI: ates ac', ous /cita: SheiMoce = vusicyr  acete esiavasobeie|= We leita ex sioga= foro Bi 1 0080.5 i) cehcieearell ih eyals sol nant oer de 
De -wenr aneain: joer is hella cs Sar A ek AE dl acd a 29 6-2 441 O3°8) (aes saree 
Slag sce ahs Abin ontljaeateocteatacdhiinsladt sin cole slWrgiciy deleMnwwini-ieie.- ile]: WF» Shipcaleer= hel « 35), + 1000). 2522338 

SV Dih | eee ue i eee eee Gat Rs 1 eee os 524 oe 2S 34 6-7 476 93*3} Sadan 

Victoria— 

RVeEGan BUTeAIN:. -24 0946541). Yai DUAR oa fees epee tape eRhay aa DMOOR Oe ls weirs ley -anepaee & leaned ares 
Aris -VEHE. SUNGAIT asta aes iaiehias tia tates cine ta yb: eae Gage mice 1 0-3 386 G0: 7) ss cacheg 
Re hee SATS PTS OES eT h Pt. ek eA NAR Ct Oe). SRE RUE SALE eae 18} 100-0) .......- 

A) 4 lig SEO nee Ser CA OOO Tape cia dato CORIEEEOR SS FC 3 0-7 404 9-5] Ey. aee 


Fraser river— 


fnwo-year Btroaldis! /2 2204. fa. ek iivarias aeite os tele side he bday este cee 7 MOOOR Gh Ss ods Rep es aE 
Oe ei ipso aap gegen pate hee Abbe da nae ier SRO oT eT. 24 4-6 500 O54 eae ane 
SE Sie Ly SE sa ie Od ee a ee Pee ee Ae ee be || eel (ot re 65 1OOVO | RRZ. F4: 


Sauch-en-auch creek— 


REWO-VGAT BEECH VR icciac AEN pital tien lncints alte = mtas Bie leictchatels ajayeera 1 LODO)? 3c c ARS. Ee 2 ct 

Cmeby Gar intteadi ns) wlsilans edema) quceh ane Pita ane iptes cewae 9 6-0 141 O4-Ol) te ao es 

CE aed ead Be ot Be ar per ita bee Pn Pa ene RR Cha Nrebeeertra, ants Oh RACE etl ieee cea Oe 5 83-3 1 16-7 
BE OU Le Hens ctr pate centre roe eee etua iis leakep ise si amisteter tears 10 6-4 146 93-0 1 0-6 


GROWTH RATE IN PACIFIC SALMON 13 


The sexes were distributed as follows :— 


Total. | Male. % (|Female.| % 
Deepwater bay— » 
Plas OH E LS UE OREN 6). 2 = w's, cS eave terme ea sists sel aca saye ved dio, o) lp, Otay epee Five-year 5 3 60-0 2 40-0 
Biren AEGOATIN <3 ./0/s/-\s << ARERR On yng osie\iels sss) <aln pene wales Five-year 29 20 69-0 9 31-0 
Four-year 441 205 46-5 236 53-5 
SCR Loa SE Gh Be SIRF Bierce io onc ce3 0 ek See ies ES Four-year 35 25 71-4 10 28-6 
PA GN ON Sa 8 a ee RS Rae AE Nate clade be wie Jed gee 510 253 49-6 257 50-4 
Victoria— : ; 
Pirate COATT SEVORU s,s, 6 <)ais o\> eee IeMae Roi laidieinisis Steidias's'e ses sean eae Five-year 2 1 50-0 1 50-0 
SUE GAIT ELAN |”. = .)) 3,5 -ceeePRLe cele Glas Shisat eile sn cee ole ate Five-year 1 A) OOSOE aS eek Li ( 
Four-year) 386 167 43-3 219 56-7 
ENTE Yo) « 5. sae Sit ERR n cia nce meet a et cs «ss cits estea mine Four-year 18 12 66-7 6 33-3 
SRN sa eS Sit 225 53) SE ME LRA) of ch ev cVee) choral nha'e ot a's 0.3) o1sFeletahdl dei kere eremretet 407 181 44-5 226 55-5 
Fraser river— 
SEWO-VERIOSLOAIL., 1; caine tae eis see hus ence oes 8 sane Five-year 7 6 85-7 1 14-3 
ONE VOGMMULGAR 58 :.c mate ere Re Rian pete adiee «2 4+ ee cence Five-year 24 12 50-0 12 50-0 
Four-year| 500 222 44-4 278 55-6 
GEE OE ER, 2 cee eRe a ame sella Ga Marah - saarea vadleew an Four-year 65 42 64-6 23 35-4 
ATTED EISEN Ieee GMS, co alate ee eed ete srapte's aco arcs: o Sdiess thee RA ee ek 596 282 47-3 314 52-7 
Sauch-en-auch creek— : 
TIRE ES SY De (Se 0 Ba 1 Ef « Five-year Me hs os Ss SS eee 1 100-0 
OM UPEER LORIN CoE N cri ghia c's< «ic. dhita non tieeieie ek acest hoes ee a Five-year 9 6 66-7 3 33-3 
Four-year} 141 54 38-3 87 61-7 
SED wason sane Sadie np ARAB mea aaperr ce?155 COOMDE Sea en ePII Apes cictert Four-year 5 4 80-0 1 20-0 
Three-year 1 1 10070) Geese 
aREIL A wileds Cie sack SOR losd cd 2s. . Woust. a 157 65 | 41-4 92 | 58-6 


The females were in the majority in every locality, but very markedly so at 
Sauch-en-auch creek. This majority is obtained in the four-year class, of the stream 


type. 
Relative lengths of males and females are shown in the following table :— 
DEEPWATER Bay. 


Two-year stream, Five-year class. 


ICID HMR TRE casein ctceiato eos od faitrsin dhe micoice Gisicia Mia nae see ob itd slanclewirieanie als alehiasesie ete Gls hase Rete teoeer aa 22 22-5 23 
ISifirTd EG NEALE ae PEE A cerns ean bps R eek Gein wets SMe wate halen aS cf Cath ete Siar ale cae due ised SASS uae mel Ree 1 eee | 
UOT Ge sce se ne eke ata See es eats SE CUI a reece eas aya kad a Gitte bight ROMER Ee eee 2 
Average length, male 22-5; female, 22-5; total, 22-5. 
One-year stream, Five-year class. i ‘ 
erie LAMM eee Ses ot See EST Tae aa ae B ae Uae hats RRR Pasta: aye CEE cal 22 22-5 23 23-5 24 24-5 25 
ICH GeT DETR] ENO Ae, Bee ast AN pt sary SRR Rien py rt Sa eat en art Pale wb te mee eke OY alt (a 3) 02 
OTHRLOM ete ot See Sei oa PRM Le GLE a See hie alone suaeae bes 1 1. 6 1 
Average length, male, 23-5; females, 22-9; total, 23-3. 
Four-year class. 
erie AMAR an sie eae tate cer laf aaeccats, 9 rater a erm ctetalthes acneaith-ve/a exer tohenereveaeya(aven des 19 19:5. 20 20:5) 20. 21-5.) 22).22-5) 23" 2ae5 
INTL Dare EES i CB ee 2 emi A ne 2 add 2 NR, Are pant eae i 1 ae? 10 37 26 54 46 24 3 
Roemslesere se mienes cacectykans RR aE BORE oe ee nes Seba ey see ? 3 112 25 76 49 50 163 
Average length, male, 21-9; female, 21-3; total, 21-6. 
61 
Sea, Four-year class. 
rT si iui cite? ES Ne a Se On re 19-5 20 20-5 21 21-5 22 22-5 23 23-5 24 
BEAVER ERNE — IVE CRN ES hei este Sapte de Jo, chase Pais sles oue oie gue ey hs aclat> «ford cLakeneveL eee conve Paehe j (Bs ARG eet 2 1. 6 4 eo Luann | 
Memiale: (Asa 8 cenyoc eens. depos aeeiic tas cet) aicpte ta ome as cote! bes seis eereigipans ps 1 pigs} ea 1 
Average length, male, 22-4; female, 22-1; total, 22-3. 
VICTORIA, 
Two-year stream, Five-year class. 
1 male, 24; 1 female, 22:5; average, 23;3. 
One-year stream, Five-year class. 
1 male, 24. 
One-year stream, Four-year class. 
LOS SEA Bere SIAN Did Ciecktc Ne 5 ee AREER ca RY ALL ORR aR RL cess 1925) 20 20-5, 21 21-5 22 22-5 23 2325 
Nitin ber Malet esse ees 6 een Betis rela cc Water hdc EN aes Prd Cosa ibe wee 3 pe 7233 Si) 1D0 oan le 2 
J REET (eet Oh Ta ar ian as rattan sis oe Dee aii 20 66 63 41 20 


Average length, male, 21-9; female, 21-4; total, 21-6. 


14 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Vicrorta.---Conoluded 


Sea, Four-year class. 
Mgr ehh d Le ereeee s Lavoro on Be ave Tots folk folcte Remeron tla afte CAPE Ne orae wate Byataen ote nae etre teat 21 21-5" 22° 2255 23° 2355 
UN Ti eT — METS sess h ens. seceie cath athacisfexe aye Behe as lp ta ate eis Cee eee RMT Teed okt tate bs aioe secs ke 4 43 2 
LOST GS yh ie Fs RO a ee er meme (lo 4 A ier ae aan) Ray the, Ciel 1 Maher | 2 
Average length, male, 22-6; female, 22-4; total, 22-5. 
~*~ 
FRASER RIVER. 
Two-year stream, Five-year class. 
Beret hyd Remtm nian crt ce Ware nso OMEN: cl oh oie ORS ERTS SER clas vfo's os SS ORMRR RS eo ated 21-5 22 22-5 23 23-5 
tM por ses OR | Fe aes ss AE Res eidiciols pote eiaiest o/s AIRE oie o-oo, 0 050 CRIES = » Steaua eee cen 1 5 
SHEDS soe toate SS) cacao aver retae' a saci 5 oo ge ERI Ce tls ccd eRe 1 
Average length, male, 23-4; female, 21-5; total, 23-1. 
One-year stream, Five-year class. 
ETI TELS SP bss settee reece = bic teri mhe wie age areas Baas PMOL he so oib-e samen 22 22-5 23 23-5 24 24-5 25 25-5 
Te Tarra) Sac 1 SR ae 2 SO oe ae ot ee Se eee ee... 5 Os Se arr ie 12 BY | pes 1 
Hemalesacyaaen sad vate oubeteloth ee hare Vistas hia Sie WReis ae eS 2 tb histo seas 2 Let DS ie! 
Average length, male, 24-1; female, 23-1; total, 23-6. 
Four-year class. 
LOST Te es JRE Ieee SEO RSS 6 Cen eecrat a) re SEE, ine, 1s, er eta 20 20-5 21 21:5 22) 22-5 (2a asp 
Dip ond EN OR eo ber ae et tes in Aan ae! ae 1 So) tate CAS De 66 19 6 
Pe male ase 4:15 tee: sc a Pee ae oe olen ba eek ce eins ois samosas 1 9 49 81 94 32 11 1 
Average length, male, 22-0; female, 21-7; total, 21-8. 
Sea, Four-year class. 
UE T He (re pied ariel ai Ale eget a cy 4 0 Ue 1 CR SS SR 5 21, 21-5 22 .22°5 23) 2s-om24en 
Deh Malet are Lena eet hi Mame ee rte eM oUGT Ue MtMg ch Dilys Qi ra ae 1 2 4 Tra 9 
PIAL Bi. ee ede aia seeote Cictulcl oR Lane ee Ae cle (ie SIAR tek a! Ba. paltee g Bee 9 3 2 3 
Average length, male,22-8; female, 22-4; total, 22-7. 
’ SaucH-EN-AtcH CREEK. 
. 
Two-year stream, Five-year class. y 
1 female, 18-5. 
One-year stream, Five-year class. 
TLS EAB Re eto ee DIE eee rene SERN aoe ee reas iat fu meas WR nue yt, mel teller “5 21 21-5922 22-5 ens 
ONT ETE SEI ALO. nea ccieielAdrateramouie Shr aire sider eteraia seamen Te Cpe ae Bie wien i Vaio | ee 
Female 2 1 
Average length, male, 22-1; female, 21-2; total, 21-8. 
Four-year class. 

TESTE dae NEGO BEE RE alco: CACHE ac AA RORCEE Ue, SACO EE cna ae At 17.:17-5), 18-1825.) 19 19-5, 20 120-5 212155 22 
Number—Male....... SE Pa Es I hk CIS ea fee ec i ea 1 2 6 16 14 | 1 3 
Female....... JGBUR I sanahe Gone poC eo aaL bros ssh era cony 2 1 ie 3 18 22 19 6 4 3 

Average length, male, 19-9; female, 19-0; total, 19-4. 
Sea, Four-year class. 
Thro, pate Uo gt a een epi AP BS eo. A aio AS nin GN Rn At Se aes SIS eyrare Shar 18-5 19 19-5 20 20-5 21 21°5 
CTA EL So) el CLO eR STR SAG ie er PA NR SO SRT ut hs i ee Se a ra ire pia SS hea eC 12 1 


PE a retseler es ochre ate hac) Sete le Me See Mee istic eRe oie oie eidis ws t\eise io oe 1 
Average length, male, 21-0; female, 18-5; total, 20-5. 


Three-year class. 
1 male, 17-5. 


The male average is greater than the female average throughout. 


GROWTH RATE IN PACIFIC SALMON 15 


For the purpose of easy comparison the tables showing annual growth are 
arranged to group the localities for each type and year class. The tables are in pairs, 
the first of the pair showing the growth year by year and the second showing the 
length at the end of each year. 


TABLES SHOWING RATE OF GROWTH. 


Two-year stream, Five-year class. 


cae Ist 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 
TOE TNE 7g) 02 a aE Pa ee 75, ES Ca a Oe Oe Met ie 3-4 3-1 6-5 6-5 2-9 
ICANT eS A Scr 1 Oe eee oy aja) 91d os Se a 3:5 3:3 7:6 5-9 3-0 
(Bie: EER no 3 ARES ARG erie cs? VA aR OI ae ar Se <2 oP 3-6 3-1 7:7 6-1 2-7 
RTC HCON-RICHIOTOOK. «2 \., ol.) oA RMRRE Chey elec ale'srafb pins vieinsnseid sade Le opens oe elas 3-7 3-1 5-8 4-1 1-8 
ID IPS SGT Leh ee a so 0 re Cr eee 3-4 6-5 13-1 19-6 22-5 
VAL ORT See cy elt ha ke ote A NOTARIES cs ott Ma cae the Bile = bs.0 o/e. cd m sine tatshg eae oo 3-5 6:8 14-4 20-3 22-3 
IRIGERSE POL WON Met cio. oN) « 2 steep SEES stescteke aves aie tics)» ale aoe grains lhl ei a ena mae iene 3-6 6-6 14-3 20-4 23-1 
Ratab-en- RUC DACLORK 7-510 > ke be dee nee ae big isin ciatwsl« = 0:/~'s 0 «.o.aycin Stan Seaaeetemee oe 3-7 6-8 12-6 16-7 18-5 
One-year stream, Five-year class. 
Mean water Way sicoc. csbatinaete. ia. ho aispiekeide oe 480 3 POPE tee Ghent ane 3-3 7-7 6-4 3-8 2.0 
Victoria...... OEM t etekiiak Petone PEALE MSMR CER). he.s s «.07 om oat eels s 3-2 6-3 6-4 5-3 2-8 
LORD IG ae NR, VO een) ee ce I oR S 2 ee a See en oe Be, Bc ET 3-6 7-2 6-6 4-1 9.2 
Matnh an-AUGh Crea ane: els) BOm RP SRNR oro. doy Seto. 3-6 6-8 5-6 3-8 2.0 
DGS LORI DB years ser coeds tis tas ARE EO toa ad Mate tea te. 1S Ge 3-3 11-1 17°5 21-3 23-3 
CLS RE NY SE CRIIR) / SG arte eo 3-2 9-5 | 15-9 | 21-2 24-0 
OSE TEVOR Es s,s) y's nie eo sie lee ate aE SLB etree foledic are iata| fia fo a «ath aye ot 3-6 10-7 17-3 21-4 23-6 
SRM On ANGI ICLOGHA Ss helt eReae a bee SMe eB eile ls Ae lonioie cide nh a oy ee ieee ees 3-6 10-4 16-0 19-8 21-8 
One-year stream, Four-year class. 
—— } Ist | 2nd | 3rd | 4th 
TOs) DG HENAN GbAS Seeeth Ra W e a ie Si tu Cet pea Rural gee Sei Te a ae ie er. Se 3-6 8-1 6-8 3-0 
VUNG EDU rb She gp aa AS aot Oe Ed eta a Se SU WT ns Re ape ore 3-7 8-0 6-7 3.1 
ASR ELU CLOW TARE Pere fa Poin Set Sines Ramee als Spade avs clas PC Eee cs ais Apetcgake et cies om da 3-7 8-0 6-9 3-2 
PIA IGHECIICAIIC BCOTGRIC Ta ete SP re TRA tee ete etek RD: oie. by eleah eR cn aes MPN a 3-6 7-2 6-1 2-5 
ID CEE oo Whe ee aed MEARE: CC Gib Aa ae fier eee pe, TENS 3-6 11-7 18-5 21-6 
Victoria 3-7 11-7 18-5 21-6 
Fraser river 3-7 11-8 18-6 21-8 
Sauch-en-auch creek 3-6 10-8 16-9 19-4 
Ga bere Deere rn aaa 3 ek celta chy aae Meehan Pe ech eee ens Lhe et ere ees. 5-2 7-6 6:5 3-0 
VIR RO ae h De cline ar ig Ae eth ae ait RON LE GS he cee Wi She eR oa te eee 5-2 7:6 6-5 3-1 
TARE Aree Se: (A satek ek ive id mise Shia, VaR s Lets wa Fc atidee vue atts Giyoabes apices oo thats t 5-2 7:7 6-6 3-1 
POTIC HOUR MCLEE Ke, retya chats eect C RM Ak we) Mint ecHamARt EAN Us SR aucalan ky Dian co ceutlss as eat 5-2 7-1 5-8 2-4 
Deepwater bay.......-...-.-- ONE ee te: sate eee, Wikies Ce GL Ie BANS GARR ARR oY Re 5-2 12-8 19-3 22-3 
REGIE ern ear ete mare co ener te hey gh Me eRe, SAT Aig REYES so ee, 5-2 12-9 19-4 22-5 
TARP PRUCI ER co tao erties. han be oiyatt dre aes Set eh bre seueuaeMec teen teehee Leg tebe wp 5-2 13-0 19-6 22-7 
poe eH -ON-AVOHVCEOR Ke cme se ateiita aie jest Papert eleisia oleic as eiaid' a ai nS iliiole aux, is caso-njay nie ate 5-2 12-3 18-1 20-5 
Sea, Three-year class. 
Salch-on- sue eres ose css ramen neon fhe omer Neon TRIMER erlesnaey, hc) Nero ay Sn Wap ea ty Renee Oe gE el Waits) 7-5 3-1 
Splehi-en-AUCh CLES ay ue Meee el me ie CURL vae Pe LTC CEN una ties dare Bu) ilies ee) Sid ie AN Jat gsi tl 6-9 14-4 17-5 


Although the figures are available to present growth frequency curves, it is 
scarcely necessary to include them as there is not enough dissimilarity as compared 
with the 1916 figures. 


16 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


The table to show the ratio of weight to length in the sockeye is subject to the 
same limitation as that given for the spring salmon. 


RATIO OF WEIGHT TO LENGTH IN SOCKEYE. 


Length. / 17 |17-5) 18 |18-5) 19 }19-5) 20 |20-5; 21 |21-5) 22 22-5) 23 |23-5) 24 |24-5) 25 125-5 


Two-year stream, Five-year— 


Deepwater bay—Male.. sald MEER eel erelf sc 4m lee cf ee chaemtellietes oil's o> - [enolate | Orel hoeu | \O=O) 5 cect: an neta en 
Bemale.. 4.0/0. oe ll eect eo ER [Peer cis «2 [ro see Pea fa U faerie Ae ST ee ly a 
Victoria—Male. . dreescle. Leal eet st loose chao ime Pee cds oc Sf eres ten eee leer a 1:0): eee 
Worle eae. cea a tale AT is | PGS | Cs 5 och ca ae SPAS (or (Mee EA eal ede Sh 
rane pEvor— ale seeaes. .)- bj Nemes [dee «|| aiciarcll Oe lee eee ne ells, ow. « |uca elem] os SEN °2) 6-5). wally coe lees ee 
lommislge eke. |e. 2b ctliee ci acme decal cee: 2 Sottero sa DEB] «cove iflevestunif atte: wi] ebevere fe esattall ele tet ea 
Sauchsen-auch croek——Male... s.cifc doo fte ellie sed Pine [eter SPR tele a] eodlek [lc vave ellie ade |lovm aredfonavenell cate Gills. cha: | eeeteey | aa a rr 
emaale.: Sat oee. cleo teicmnee BEB] s. 2 apell peeebellecese! 6. | aysce » [ieveia cai is eheyf a. Stanbil tarese Raf la-osesed | Se See ae en 
One-year stream, Five-year— 
Deepwaterbay—— Male textes. 5 = Ws oelllde ns [svosifneis oats |eemmal etme « | s.. se Apel dis eS OHO? Oo] oso lie 7-2) 8-O}., 
Perr abe eee = s clp ene sall rote as covets tae tl zereeed SMT etc, « ail oso votadl afehent 5-5| 6-0) 6:8) 7-0)... 1)... || ope 
Mpa ayetre CVE AE STs Ties Be RBar eee eh || ic ioe | NSA cpa eyes ete | re 7:0):2ere| ee oe 
TRS elG hile: ee bes Scie | eee aetete lsc tal] ae oo] ol NE ed ove ~ jae), o19' mf oueieyef ata ai| otey alle by cede SEED ot Cee ee 
1 Shae Sap ea oi een EY ON Ne ee TB OR eon fey cic sl ia, cee (eee ia seMeretanel li 6-2] 6-0] 6-6) 6-7) 7-0} 8-2 8.5 
Weigle yy ori cele wes ache ON Se NaI peers, [sae cf cteee cif eee OIG b| Pua Ll vg es | eee | eee 
Sauch-en-auch GreGka= Maley eile cel T. a al 4-5)... ...| 45) 2:0) S27] Gedlit. | 32. caller alee eee 
Female: . 2) occeace |e gc fone les Come tee [ee =| Oe OMT ls ieee callie sll ele ee Re 
One-year stream, Four-year— 
Deepwater bay—Male BE Rick Jy Her alee cath odes. <' [ht aktuell Sea re 4-3] 4-5] 4-5) 4-7) 5-1] 5-4) 5-8) 6-1) 6-5) 6-7]....]....]....].... 
ema ale? hss kis actos ldree fasaciell cena 4-4) 4-5] 4-5) 4-7] 5-2) 5-4) 5-9] 6-0] 6-2]....}....]....]......... 
Wicroriae—Malercie.. Lee Seni rebreilicns wre floss aie ete | ase meee 4-8) 4-8) 5-1] 5-4] 5-8) 6-1) 6-7] 6-7]...¢]....]....].... 
Perel e074.) ht hare cee teres | elisre-olf cuatceey aetevall inden Ae1)e4-4) 427) 5-1):5-4) 527) 60). 0.4... ee ode eee 
Prasemriver—Malet 2. Get stes ee Peer cere chao] aievercl|lorce.a: il need eee 5-0} 4-5) 4-9) 5-1) 5-5) 5-9) 6-2] 6-3)....)....J....].0.. 
ere sile Ge se 21 ea Sir 9 Soa Se 4-7| 4-9] 5-0} 5-2) 5-4) 5-8) 6-1] 6-3]....]....]....].... 
Sauch-en-auch creek—Male.....]....].... 2-9] 3-1] 3-6] 3-8] 4-1) 4-5) 4-7) 5-0) 5-2)... .)....].0..)0 00 fee, 
Female, ..} 2:2) 3-7) 3-1) 3-4] 3-6) 4-1] 4-1] 4-3) 5-0)... ..). 0.2)... ]5-.0]0.-- |. ceed. oe alee 
Sea, Four-year— 
Pieepwaver bay-—wiale.s.sees ss Peta: [asaalevne|seeatiece. 4-2)....|....| 52] 5-4! 5-7] 6-1] 6-5] 6-81: 7 Fi. a, | dee 
BMemale se. 4: Ae sae | seth | ee tell creed] Seen omelet eco 925) 524! 606-4) 6-0)... cle celle eee 
WROEONIA— MEO cece s cate meee] lc cel linisicrel| ae veil eyeter || eer tell em baaertl ie ae 5-0)....] 5-5) 6-0) 6-3] 6-8]....]....]....].... 
Memtale ser ss thas ree ee tse oo eel Patna th cbse eect llc aoa trated eee 5:5), 521 5-8) i6-O)ho eo ocean ae 
raser' rivier— Maley ssc achcc mw actere eed |e oe | ermal Meee Eee een teres | bec. 4-5} 5-2] 5-9] 6-4) 6-7) 7-5)....]....].... 0 
Memalers shiese tse ties cise [Se ea ee fps There | te epee 5-4) 5-6] 5-9] 6-5) 6-2)....)....)....[.00. 
Sauch-en-auch creek—Male......}....]... my es tl (Wee e ine ess a | 7 TAG) Wats Yo) ie Oy te Uae cere eras Pent an eT Ct eM 
1 Ofc £2) (yA Pe eee ie TS 1} Pea (aay WTS) es aed sens (ties 


Sea, Three-year— 
Sauch-en-auch creek—Male......}....] 2-7]....]....1 ...]...- ee ick (Paced eesrecdl cae aed SPH Pasay eect loci bro col vce. 2 


All of these data serve as a basis for a comparison of the sockeye from the four 
different localities and of all of these with those of the preceding year. Taking in 
the first place, those from the different localities in 1917, the striking similarity 
throughout of the fish from Deepwater bay, Victoria and Fraser river, as distinct 
from those from Sauch-en-auch creek is a very noticeable feature. There are some 
points in common to all. In each the four year class of the one year stream type is 
very decidedly predominant. All of the other classes in this and the other types being 
poorly represented but yet there are representatives of the two year stream type and of 
the sea type in all localities. In each locality, in all fish of the stream type the increase 
in length during the first year at sea is greater than that of any of the following years 
but in the sea type, the first year growth is not so great as the second. It is in the 
growth examined more in detail that the resemblance in the fish from the first three 
localities is so marked and the difference between these and the fish a ‘SSauch-en- 
auch creek becomes evident. 

It has long been recognized that the route taken by at least a large aan of the 
Fraser river fish passes through the strait of Fuca and on through Haro and Rosario 
straits and the connecting channels and therefore it is not surprising that the fish 
caught off Victoria should be similar to those caught in the Fraser river, but the possi- 
bility that some of the Fraser river sockeye should come by way of Guech Charlotte 
sound and Johnstone strait was not generally suspected. Professor Prince, Dominion 
Comm‘ssioner of Fisheries, had publicly expressed’ the opinion, based on observations 
made on a scientific cruise upon the Canadian Fishery cruiser Quadra, that large 
numbers of sockeye salmon approached the Fraser river from the north (see Colonist, 


GROWTH RATE IN PACIFIC SALMON 17 
Victoria, B.C., August 26, 1897, p. 4). In his report of 1915, Mr. Babcock called 
attention ‘to the opinion of Mr. W. E. Anderson, salmon canner of Quathiaski, that 
the fish caught at Deepwater bay, in the years of the b’g run on the Fraser river, 
were Fraser river fish. In 1915, Dr. C. H. Gilbert examined 198 fish from Deep- 
water bay and found they were similar in length and in scale characteristics to 

* those from the Fraser river. Hence he concluded that this run by the northern 
route was not confined to the years of the big run on the Fraser river. Thus Pro- 
fessor Prince’s expert view has been fully confirmed. Since 1917 was a year in the 
quadrennial series, known as the years of the big run, although there was not the 
usual large run on the Fraser, the examination of the collection from Deepwater 
bay does not show anything for the off years, but it does show that for that year 
at least the identity of the Deepwater bay fish can scarcely be doubted. Taking the 
growth year by year, the similarity is so marked that it would scarcely be possible to 
get two batches of such large numbers on different days from either locality to give 
better agreement in any respect. 

It is fortunate that with the fish from these three localities that show unmistaken 
identity, it is possible to compare the fish that enter Sauch-en-auch creek, since these, 
also entering the strait of Georgia, show a decided departure in type, or rather in 
absolute rate of growth, as the rate of growth for each year, relative to that of the 
preceding year, is much similar to that of the Fraser river type. 

In general appearance the Sauch-en-auch sockeye seem quite different to the 
Fraser river fish but doubtless much of this is due to the smaller size. A collection of 
undersized Fraser river fish might have much the same appearance. Although they are 
small, the flesh in the can, is not readily distinguished from that of the Fraser river 
sockeye. According to Mr. W..F. Anderson of Quathiaski, the sockeye that are caught 
in Loughborough inlet and Philips arm, are of the same type. It would appear there- 
fore, that the fish that pass from Johnstone strait through Discovery passage, are of 
the Fraser river type, while those that are diverted from this course to pass through 
Chancellor channel are of somewhat similar type but they are of an undersized race, 
that do not get as far south as the Fraser river. Instead they pass up Loughborough 
inlet and Philips arm while some of them get as far south as Sauch-en-auch creek. 
According to Mr. Anderson, in earlier years the Indians had a narrow portion of this 
pass entirely staked so that all larger fish were caught and only the smaller ones gots 
through. This may account for the small race of fish, for evem if this selection went 
‘on for only four years, and it may have done so for a much longer period, there would 
be a possibility at least, that the majority of the large sized fish of the run would be 
eliminated. Since, occasionally, a larger fish is found among the others, there is all 
the greater probability for such an explanation. There were three of those in the four 
year class of the one year stream type in the collection from Sauch-en-auch creek, each 
22. inches long, the average growth of which in the four years, was 3.7, 8.0, 7.2, and 3.1 
inches respectively, very closely coinciding with the average from the other three locali- 
ties. 

Tf this run of sockeye, passing through Chancellor channel or other adjacent chan- 
nels, was originally of the Fraser river type, a cause for the diversion of this run from 
the main Fraser river run in the first place is not readily surmised or a reason for their 
passage up these inlets and creeks instead of meeting with the others to move up the 
Fraser river, although, to be sure, at the south end of the strait of Georgia, the run 
divides to pass through Haro and Rosario straits and the intervening channels, and 
some pass up the smaller rivers into the State of Washington. 

In making comparison of the 1917 sockeye with those of 1916, a direct basis can 
only be obtained in the Fraser river sockeye of that year, since none of the 1917 sockeye 
were of the same general type as the Rivers inlet sockeye, and the Rivers inlet sockeye 
were compared with the Fraser river fish in the previous paper. 

Comparing the Fraser river sockeye in the two year, is is evident that there are 
the same three types—the two year stream, the one year stream and the sea, but the six 


79550—2 


18 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


year class of the first type and the five and three year classes of the last type were not 
represented in the 1917 collection. The one year stream type predominated even more 
largely than in 1916 on account of the lack of fish in the two year stream type, as the 
percentage of sea type fish was much the same. In the one year stream type, the four 
year fish made up even a larger percentage (95.4) of the whole number than in 1916 
(82.9). There was little difference in the percentage of males and females in the two 
years, the females being slightly in the majority in each ease. 

With the exception of the two year stream fish, the average length was slightly less 
in all classes and types in 1917 than in 1916, the average difference being 0-5 inches. 
The growth in the first year was so consistently higher in the 1917 collection that it 
would seem that the fish must have come from different parts of the Fraser river water- 
shed in the two years. This difference is more than made up in the 1916 lot by the 
more rapid growth in the second and third years. Which collection is more typical it 
is hard to say but possibly since those caught in the Fraser river in 1917 agree with 
those caught off Victoria and in Discovery passage, they are more likely to be typical. 
Judging from the size of the yearlings this is likely to be the case 

Looking at these figures there may be something in the contention that the fish of 
what has been the largest year of the four year cycle, are smaller than in the other 
years. 


Coho. 


The coho of the 1917 run, 1,417 in number, were obtained from localities within 
the strait of Georgia and adjacent waters, and although they are considered in four 
distinct lots, most of them were caught before they were mature enough to indicate 
to what river or creek they would have returned if they had been allowed to proceed 
to the spawning grounds. Most of those obtained at the Quathiaski cannery (407) 
were caught around Cape Mudge and from this point to Heriot bay. The Lasqueti 
cannery specimens (417) were caught in the vicinity of Lasqueti and Texada islands. 
The Fraser river specimens (89) obtained at the Nanaimo cannery had become defi- 
nitely localized on the way to the spawning grounds, but the remaining 504 obtained 
at this cannery were widely distributed from Lasqueti island, Qualicum, Northwest 
bay, Winchelsea islands, all the way to Gabriola pass and Cowichan gap (Porlier pass). 
@They were therefore a cosmopolitan lot but they could not well be ‘kept distinct, 
although differences were plainly to be seen at times, since the one day’s catch was all 
put together on the cannery floor. Even although there is not the same definiteness” 
in delimitation as in the case of the sockeye, there is still enough to make it wo-cth 
while to draw comparison. 

All of the 1917 coho examined had gone down to the sea some time during the 
second year and were in their third year when they were caught. In some cases where 
the migration had been delayed until late in the second summer, the scale had much 
the appearance of one from a fish that had spent over two years in fresh water, but as 
the central portion of these scales corresponded with the complete scales of cohos in 
their second year, caught in fresh water as late as the end of June, the conclusion 
that they could be fish in the fourth year, having spent over two years in fresh water 
can scarcely be justified. 

In all cases the females were more numerous than the males, the Quathiaski fish 
showing the greatest difference, as the following table indicates :— 


a Total. Male. % Female. % 
Qiathiaskt. teil wrk: kere ee. MR be crac als chin nee wate 407 159 39-1 248 60-9 
WASCUEL I be or ys ltrn fee Asan ciate a, MPN RE he ea cit sp Dyes ae ia an, 417 195 46-8 222 53-2 
Braser river. ani Eke Lk. Coe ee, a Seer eee AEE Oe 89 43 48-3 46 51-7 
Nana Oi 1. ie ay eR Le ey a gt cal eS, ee 504 234 46-4 270 53-6 
otal tis «eps traaite an cris abe Scrat cord cee ok ape 1,417 631 44-5 786 55-5 


The length shows much variation. 


GROWTH RATE IN PACIFIC SALMON 19 


QUATHIASEI. 
Wonethederae idee ci set aide 1725. 1818-5 119 19-5° 20) )20-5) 21 21-5" 22°" 22-5 23) 23-5) 24) 24-5 2b 9 25 
Nim per——Miale- of. 0)... 0k Makin teetia- ae 3 aes ne 6 12 16 15 34 29 22 9 8 1 2 
Bemaleye. soo. 28 < fabs 16 Ae Wes Ep ba! 16 52 39 67 30° 13 (PE Dee 1 


Average length: male, 22-0; female, 21-7; total, 21-8. 


LASQuETI. 
Mapiothneere: Serie tacks. fonts a. eke 15-5 17-5 18 18-5 19 19-5 20 20-5 21 21-5 22 22-5 23 23-5 24 24-5 | 25 
Number—Male................. 1 4 4 3. 8 13.56 9 31 20 37 34 (16 LOS ae 1 
Remale? 2.3.) Livt eee 1) 42 5 eae os a Lop ev 33 44 40 27 6663 2 
Average length: male, 21-4; female, 21-8; total, 21-6. 
FRASER RIver. 
engine: sy 4. 18 18-5 19 19-5 20 20-5 21 21-5 22 22-5 23 28-5 24 24-5 25 25-5 26 26-5 27 27-5 
Number—Male... 1 1a | 1 3 Radha’ h We ir See! iis ore leas, 1 
Hemalor 20) i) |e en ATLAS 235.) 2 3a 2 10 ide, oR Gisus sd. 2 ie a 
Average length: male, 23-0; female, 23-6; total, 28.3, 
NANAIMO. 
Dene thers. cess. 18-5 19 19-5 20 20-5 21 21-5 22 22-5 23 23-5 24 24-5 25 25-5 26 26-5 27 27-5 28 28-5 29 
Number—Male..... 1 hae. | a 6 to 18 25 41 Ou ate LL 6 8 23 32 3 64 3.3 
Female... 2 2 3. 8 14) (20 42 54 47 31 1311 ae 3 JS aces il DBs 1 
Average length: male, 22-7; female, 22-4; total, 22-5. 
SUMMARY OF AVERAGES. 
— Quathiaski. Lasqueti. Fraser river. Nanaimo. 
WEN). 50s 006 ee ae a a ee A Oa 22-0 21-4 23-0 22-7 
INSTAL « 4aes oiSRA Soe Sere OE CAPR teen EOE e 21-7 21-8 23-6 22-4 
DT | ha Se RO Se eee © 21-8 21-6 23-3 22-5 
TABLE OF GROWTH. 
Growth in— Years. 
1st 2nd \ 3rd 
Bia a ENTS yee See ae RS See peek BORO Be SCeTIONA Tuer See 3-5 10-5 7-9 
[ERR CLIM ee te a eee Ae. COPE, ath Taos sade . A 3-5 10-4 7-7 
Fraser river 3-7 10-8 8-8 
MSATEISTRON MMT ne riveree ee re ates 0. Pt eagenerh Ae ei, eeoleHeg Bh aeearta ret ed 3-6 10-7 8-3 
Length at the end of—Years. 
Ist 2nd 3rd | 
Myst EAE EO TIS ee eR. le costa nue « olsie tiplotas shoe Mame toe Seite 3-5 13-9 21-8 
ASG ete. te kt L! JAE 3 Wai. PL NS eee TER was 3-5 13-9 21-6 
MIPASGMEICLEPeEA e e t ee er! to ae Bis aaa oe clan ne oe abel fe 3-7 14-5 23-3 
vaneless eens A ettee eine Fe heed PENI. ACTA BART ATU Se RETO. 3-6 14-3 22-5 
LencTtH—WEIGHT Ratio. 
Length. 15-5] 16 |16-5| 17 |17-5| 18 |18-5} 19 |19-5] 20 |20-5) 21: |21-5} 22 
Quathiaski—Male............ o.oo A RRA ds BiB Gicterh is ence] Mier ane ieee neh _...| 3-6] 4-0]....| 4-5) 4-8] 5-2] 5-5) 6-0 
Hemaleiccer aerate rete 5 fis) Sob aed Tbe Pe Alcott wr. 3-5|....| 3-5] 3-9] 4-3) 4-6] 4-7] 5-1] 5-4] 5-7 
Masa ireti— Wales 2 serie Sere ie Pale al ede iin Da Nagar epee pera all eter: 3-6] 3-8] 3-9) 4-2) 4-5] 4-9) 5-1] 5-5) 5-8 
WemMmaleth Pe eee ee teen. Ae tens ela s Spee es 3-0] 3-0) 3-4] 4-0] 4-2) 4-4] 4-6] 4-9} 5-3] 5-7 
Inraser civer— Males orca ae ee are ame as raven ete efor 2ilsheeta | eat |S shake 3-5] 4-5] 4-7] 3-7| 5-0} 4-5] 5-2) 5-2) 5-3 
HEMAIG. 12) Taree. ete Pere | Nags b (ame ei oie) re tees REE ae eb else ae 5-0) 5-2 
INannimG——— Maleso- bry. verve leet, Wil dF roe 5, alltel [e PRR a, Sales Sl tienes 3-7| 3-8| 4-4] 4-4] 4-6] 4-7] 5-3] 5-4 
Heniale:. 5... oat sits Serre Rrathe LI het | |S l(t I a co 3-3] 3-6] 3-7| 3-8) 4-3] 4-7] 5-0) 5-4 


79550—24 ' 


20 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


LrenetuH---WeriIcHt Ratio.---Concluded. 


Length. 29°5).| 23) 2d-5 Wy 24a | Bh 2b 25-5 260 26-5 | kr 2 ou) 28 snes 
Quathiaski—Male.......... 6-2] 6-6] 7-0] 7-4] 8-2] 9-5 Sa] oath elects settee be Ei] Cereal mei lle Sonica ae nae ae 
Female....... 6-1 64h 20 7-5 a8. Olea. QO fo stevie ine ecereneske| attest pe | aerated | ee eel 
Lasqueti—Male...... ; 6-3 6-9 7:3 825 oS ae |. . 
Female.........| 6-1 (Sy Gl Vea fo Ul PR Sr Fite 9013 el (eke | ec etraal Rare MENS eres IR Ton Ot oo 
Fraser river—Male. .. 6:5°| (6-5) 6°59) @ 7-5) S78 litegso| 10-2)) SOO Ibe? vee. : 10°5.): 0...) 220) ee 
Female...... (TI eel ee: i oir Al RS (Osan Nene cee Cott ne 10-2) 90-54) 10-0) )40.. le ae ee 
Nanaimo—Male.. Sceaeeos 9 || O° 2aiG-6' lo 6-O2 sire daummsnan) O°2.), A0eralO- Sat ated “11-9 | 13-2 | 13-8 | 14-4 
Female......... 57 | “6-0 B42" pies 9-5':| LOaeleee . 12-0.) 10-S9\" 14-20) ee 13-7 


In comparing the cohos of 1917 according to the groups into which they have 
been placed, those from Quathiaski and those from Lasqueti have practically the same 
rate of growth throughout the three years, while those from Nanaimo ‘and still more 
those from the Fraser river, have greater growth in each year than these. In all 
probability some of the Fraser river coho, if not all of them, had been out to the open 
sea, and some of the late caught Nanaimo fish may have been, or may have been 
living in the deeper water of the strait, since in 1917, as in previous years, most of 
the larger fish were caught late in the season. Since these fish have greater growth in 
each year, it seems that in the case of the coho, as in the case of the spring salmon, 
those that go out to the open sea get better feed and are larger fish than those that 
remain within the confines of the strait throughout their marine life. On the other. 
hand the data available for 1917 indicate that there is comparatively little difference 
in the fish that remain: in the inner waters, no matter what river or creek they pass 
up to spawn, or at any rate that the fish from the various rivers and creeks roam about 
the strait, so that a cosmopolitan lot is likely to be caught in any one locality unless 
this locality is at the mouth of a river or creek, where the members of an individual 
race have congregated before the final migration begins. The relatively small number 
of males in the fish from Quathiaski is unusual in the cohos as far ‘as observation has 
gone. All the others more nearly retain the equilibrium, although the males are in the 
majority in every instance. Seldom anywhere among the Pacific salmon has the 
average length of the female been found to be greater than that of the male as it was 
*n the case of the coho from Lasqueti and from the Fraser river. In the ratio of 
weight to length there is no indication of any definite difference between male and 
female or between those in the different groups. 

The Nanaimo group may be. compared with those of 1916 and 1915. The first 
year’s growth corresponds exactly with the growth of those caught in 1916, and is 
somewhat greater than in those caught in 1915. The second year’s growth is the least 
of the three pats, 1915 and 1916 being nearly equal. The greatest difference is shown 
in the third year’s growth, that of 1917 being considerably greater than that of 1916 
but much less than that of 1915. Since there is the greatest difference here the total 
length varies in much the same proportion as the third year’s growth. 

The catch of coho in the strait is getting less year by year. One might suppose 
that there might be more food more easily procured for those that remain and that 
these should grow larger. Since they do not do so, there must be other limitations 
to growth than those depending on the amount of available food. 


Humpback. 


Of the 925 humpbacks examined from the 1917 run, 181 were caught in Deep- 
water bay, 231 in the Fraser river and 513 near Pender island in the vicinity of Haro 
strait. The first lot was obtained at the Quathiaski cannery, July 24 and 25, and 
the other two at the Nanaimo cannery, August 15 to August 30. As many would 
have been taken from the Fraser river as from Pender island if it had not been that 
after the first few were caught the scales were too badly disintegrated at the margin 
to make growth calculation possible. All of the scales used for calculation were in 
good condition. 


GROWTH RATE IN PACIFIC SALMON 21 


All of these humpbacks were of the sea type in their second year. ‘The sex per- 
centage shows a wide divergence. Only those from the Fraser river were appecoxi- 
mately equal in numbers. At Deepwater bay the males were almost twice as numer- 
ous as the females and off Pender island the females were nearly three times as 
numerous as the males. The Deepwater bay fish were the first of the season but the 
others were caught well in mid season. 


Sex DisrriBuTion. 


~ Total. Male. % Female. % 
Deapwateribaves.. 42! . .\ peepee ae. tise sd e hss f 181 118 65-2 63 34-8 
TREENTES Ri 103) Ae OTE Dee Do), ACG GAO e Grn ara aan : 231 111 * 48-0 120 52-0 
Henderislands 225... -< sade teereah ee sotto ED. OM 513 136 26-5 377 73-5 


LENGTH—FREQUENCY 


Lisi a Boe tO ON ae Sees aces ot oan 1318-5 (14 14:5, 15 15-5 16 1655 17 17-5 18) 18-5419 “19-5 
Deepwater bay—Male........ ett Bre 4 4h ea te Ae Bint Jy. eT ee Cit Be 1 4 328 13 11 9 
HOMAGE? S. | Gii-un etc e etelatee «pisses oo oeide uae aaa eer 1 ey ee te os 8 6 11 
Fraser TR Tt ENP, So 8 eR REA, Shek A OR MR OR Te d= 2 4 oie! Le Se gg IR EE URS 2 14 3 3 
Berra st Le ee ae 2.685%. SORE Meet cake iio US & ida alaska kid PARE ohh a acsiticls: dle euphsdate dale 8%. 4 Lisl 5 
Capex SEE Ye EEN Y PDL get at PR a sk cee Os RE Ta SE) NMS Me a a aan a ey 1 4 
Hentale peas), {UAE aasiahs rts cas OLS MaRS AES aS. M998 9-5 hetce yo. Went cee 4 4 
METTLE Me ec aa ste ze ale ois Sis oF aa s'eia sua geve an Ae arage hE ape 0 eye, we 20 20-5 21 21-5 22 22-5 23 23-5 24 24-5 25 25-6 
Deepwater bay—Males syd bis bot ewido ieee ed tie es sieinee 12 Sijds 5 6 3) 8 655 4 
ONO ic ericts eens vines crt Ma bearshare Ati s, 0. S688 6 31 12 1 ou: jee 
HrAsOr TEVOI—— MALG sees we eae aR alee wathe dare be 10 13 24 11 13) 5 18 10 6 Beal 
IEMA er ise ie i) teieeia antes Baan, inlet cas 10 15 30 27 +14 14 3 | 
Remon isiind=-Malesk. Man tos. fics me ht ctaea ethene tis 2 eslnt 16525 23! 22 TT 8S Gers AR 
RemaletPiiys. see lsat. ek a. eee lee 21 54 108 88 65° 27 3 3 
Deepwater bay, average length: male, 20-3; female, 19-9; total, 20-2. . 


Fraser river, average length, male, 21-9; female, 21-2; total, 21-5. 
Pender island, average length: male, 21-6; female, 21-3; total, 21-4. 


The average length of the male is greater in each instance than that of the 
female. 
The average prow for each year is as follows:— 
Deepwater bay, Ist year, 11-7; 2nd year, 8-4. 


Fraser river, Ist year, 12-2; 2nd year, 9-3. 
Pender island, 1st year, 12-1; 2nd year, 9-3. 


LenetH—WEeIGHT Ratio. 


Premete a ite fs ticles) iets Au heste sats 13.) 16) G= Spe tT 175, 18) 18-5" 19 49-5) 20) 20-5), t2ie aie 
Deepwater BS ade ts A fe 2 1-5 2-0 2-5 3-0 3: 2 3-4 3-7 4:0 4:4 4-6 5-3 5-6 5-9 
Female. : 3:3 3-6 3-9 4:3 4-8 4-9 5-3 5-7 
Fraser river—Male. . 3°5....... 4:2 4:4 49 5-1 5-3 
Female... “4:0 45 44 4:7 4-9 5-1 5-3 
IPenGer Is auc Malena Scere cera fala ara temitts Worse nana!) a choi baie, cle: elacoteca 3:5 4:6 4:9 5-0 5-3 5-5 
QUIROS’ ACa. hae ere ea see NER aNd ete Gea yun tA RS aul bMS Ee URE Ad 4-3. 4-6 49 5-0 5-8 5-6 
Tommie 228 9407; . SRE SRE oe Ls Rea at ri ee ye it es A Ae eee a 22. 22-5 23 © 23- 24 24-5 25 25-5 
Deepwater bay—Male Sa pNes see elefeeetaniny cd aoa eat ct O21). O20) ae Br, ded, wee “6 
Hen al Gtryee a 5 aes co tis enable cares commnteiets accra eG leer aa 6-1 6-5 6-7 
Rraser riyer— Malet: ey.) 22k. hides.) eR ele. Pee aN oy) hea cs 5-7 6:0 6:5 68 7:3 7-8 85 8-7 
DG its Sn -. 5d oI er Mee er ba sc cS Aeact> Be ae 5-56 5-9 6-3 
Penderisiand— Ul aleve noemeeens foes eck saat oes ssi een yot ees 5 oles si 5-8 6:2 6:4. 6:8 7-5 8-0 8-0 
omnale reese oes ohis istaetelactaie sie MRRP eS oo alors Sra 5-8 6-2 6:4 6-7 ' 


In comparing the humpbacks from the three localities it can be observed at once 
that those from near Pender island correspond almost exactly with those from the 
Fraser river, while those from Deepwater bay differ materially from these in total 
length as well as in the growth in each year. In each case the range of length is 
much greater in the males than in the females, most noticably so in the case of the 
Deepwater bay fish, where the male range extends both below and above the female 


22 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


range. The under size of these fish is indicated in the number of small fish as well 
as in the average length. One male was but 13 inches long and there were 63 fish (34.8 
per cent of the whole number) less than 19.5 inches long, while in the fish from the 
other two localities there were but 8 under 19.5 inches (1.1 per cent of the whole num- 
ber). The range in length in both the males and the females is almost the same in 
the Fraser river and in the Pender island fish. If the fish examined were typical, it 
is apparent that those humpbacks that keep near the Vancouver island shore at the 
south east extremity, and pass up through Haro strait, or through the channels to 
the west of this, are on the way to the Fraser river, even if some of the others that 
pass in through the strait of Fuca, enter some of the Washington rivers and streams, 
unless all of those coming in through the strait of Fuca are similar, and this is not 
at all probable. Those from Deepwater bay, on the other hand, are surely so different 
that they constitute a different race. Although they were caught in the net at the 
same time as the sockeye that evidently were on the way to the Fraser river, they 
must have parted company later, probably going up some of the Vancouver island 
streams. 

A direct comparison of the 1917 humpbacks with those of 1916 is not possible, 
since there was no common point of collecting. The Rivers inlet humpbacks obtained — 
in 1916 were but slightly larger than the Fraser river or Pender island fish of 1917 ” 
but apparently the Rivers inlet fish of 1917 were much larger than those caught in 
1916. Mr. F. Burke, of the Wallace Fisheries, was kind enough to give me some 
canning figures from their eanneries, going back for some years. Pinks have been 
caught at the Strathcona cannery in Rivers inlet since ‘1912, and the number of fish 
to the case in each year was as follows: 1912, 18.6; 1918, 17.9; 1914, 16.9; 1915, 16.14; 
1916, 16.5; 1917, 12.15. This indicates that the 1917 run consisted of much larger 
fish than the 1916 run or any other in the last six years. It is possible that in the 
earlier years the fish were not cut so closely as later but this could not account fer, 
the great change from 1916 to 1917. 

This superiority of size was not evident all along the coast as on the Skeena, for 
instance, the 1917 pinks were much smaller than usual. Even if the number of fish 
to the case is not a very definite guide to the actual size of the fish, it is some indica- 
tion at least, and since, by measurement, the Rivers inlet fish of 1916 were larger than 
the Fraser river fish of 1917, the Rivers inlet fish of 1917 must have been very much 
larger. 

The humpbacks caught in Deepwater bay in 1917 are, in type, much hike those 
caught in the strait of Georgia between Cape Lazo and Comox in 1916, although they 
are somewhat larger. In all probability the Comox :fish came through Discovery 
passage and thus used the same route as those caught in Deepwater bay. They were 
bound for the Courtenay river. The 1917 fish may have been en route to some of. 
the adjacent rivers, the Clyster river for instance, or they may have been Courtenay 
river fish, larger in 1917 than in 1916, or they may have been a mixture of 
the two, which might account for the wide range of length already referred to. The 
more rapid growth in the first year and the less rapid growth in the second year of 
the 1917 fish would apparently indicate that they were not all Courtenay river fish. 


Dog Salmon. 


In 1916 dog salmon were obtained from Qualicum and from Nanaimo, but mixed 
with those from the Nanaimo were a few from the neighbourhood of Crofton and Che- 
mainus. In the 1917 collection it was possible to keep those from the three localities 
better separated than in 1916 and hence although they were all obtained at the 
Nanaimo cannery, they will be considered as Qualicum, Nanaimo and Chemainus 
fish respectively. There were 1,024 altogether, 139 from Chemainus, 379 from 
Nanaimo and 506 from Qualicum. The number and percentage of the different year 


GROWTH RATE IN PACIFIC SALMON 


23 


classes in each group are shown in the following table: All of them were of the sea 


type. 
Five-year. Four-year. Three-year. Two-year. 
— Total. eS - 
No. 

No % No % No. G No % 
(CUTE DAI ea ne NO SOT 2.05... thera me 13 9-4 126 OO.G8 lock ocr 
INTENT ain er OL a eT ea ERE cote ar one EF 379 1 0-3 112 29-5 266 704d | a 
RI ALIGUTIA oer Dip bustoy hale 2h APRN TRS eee 506 3 0:6 315 62-3 187 36-9 1 0-2 


The males and females are nearly equal in number except in those from Quali- 


cum where the males predominate in each year class. 


Sex DistripuTion. 


CHEMAINUS. * 


Total Male. % Fémale. 
POUR VOAT cone fn Ls Me. tt, 5 ae Was ice AR oie ot 6 a yat toon ole ala lanaye 13 4 30-8 9 
“LELEIRE SATE DE Seve ane taeS Stl A Sg AI SIS 6 es es Se ree 126 65 51-6 61 
BROLAIET Cet 2 TaN ae isiats. cos. oR a te mites a 2's a ac geteg 139 69 49-6 70 
NANAIMO, 
\ 
TART es SET As A Eee} A RANE AA oR ee A ee eee bra 1 1 100-0 
aie CH tess Wise ce MOR AE a OE MEE S od. ete ae 112 59 52-7 53 
PIEHTCOAVCATIR MED tn tits, fur ete ee ak OE EA NLT soe ee Seek fy 266 116 43-6 150 
SRO GAL a AER caste ie ae Sse Ss ce SOS nh oT: sbrose 379 176 46-4 203 
QUALICUM. 
EAVO-VOALS He Aiea RRR anual Sesete Pui doaohees eet Reise as Mh pide 3 3 100-0 
TAG ENOL ESR a: GI QoS sate See ange PEEL Iniobiec: oualeeeas tara rier rete dae 315 232 73-7 83 
PRLHRGO-VORI ne CON ng tub tare Comte Wc cha nisi ats viecedc see aes aed = 187 94 50-3 93 
ACTUATE MRC Tao St Lacs chs aise ssh, cecal: winds Waatne aubidh« yok «clea 1 1 100-0 
FESS GEL etait AS ele acer Secs Froteig = Mite © gia nad laasl Fars chale'w eae ae aate 506 330 65-2 176 
YS 
Tasies oF LENGTH FREQUENCY. 
CHEMAINUS. 
Moreh ea aan ve «DASH. te nities tose oe deloia binds dees e his Restate aad Merl beh S Palate a ceptable 26 26-5 27 27-5 28 28-5 
ER AVG Ne ee Ae Gate dS P eA rae Be A ISS eros ANE ah a ans 8a ah oa acl kala) Smaragd 1 a Dp. 
Iemale: 32) hs Bai oie wiot sees et fos hea Bae cue, SORA CED te SS 1 ae see 2 Lakd 1 
Average length: male, 28-5; female, 27-9; total, 28-1. - 
TUITE tH Diet CRN le ee eh onan Ocala I Bee ete, 38 pei ae at 21-5 22 22-5 23 23-5 24 24-5 25 25-5 26 26-5 
Mhree-vear—Male i... sca! caries Sterae src ee b's ie AA ORO AEE OE EEE Ws Mound 8 13 And 10 
Remale- see cn este ace sales eeiets 1h eh 4 8 6 12 8 4 857.6 2 
Average length: male, 26-0; female, 25-3; total, 25-6. 4 
NANAIMO. 
Five-year—1 male, 31 inches. 
Keene tty. Sue lodt: TAR Oe dere oth da 5 Sales 26 26-5 27 27-5 28 28-5 29 29-5 30 30-5 
owr-year— Wale. ss iene ee eet on oe Sys icka eter aatale, © ehasnvele cfeie aialajsin aicielo sw me = ty 02 12 11 (Guat 3 
eamsle ster cee cles Shae aetna cihovgad sees te bel a 5 14 17 a4 2 
Average length: male, 29-1; female, 27-9; total, 28-5. 
PUTA EEN arated ope ger <= ate cays o's, eer ie chs axesie Phe sess a. 8 ook 22 22-5 23 23-5 24 24-5 25 25-5 26 26-5 272 7-5 
EHEC) GAL —— Mal. - etre Mee ails sR eee aR er code Wl a ete lee Di 2 A 6 11 12 22 22 21 
Hemialete Mrs Ser cttot cs abitcts nates retorer a 1 Pee 16 25 29 30 17 10 


Average length: male, 26-6; female, 25-9; total, 26-2. 


24 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 
TasLes oF LENGTH FREQUNNcY.—Concluded. 
QUALICUM. 
Teorigghits 22022 seciescis eta'e.- he luiaial slats eles a)a os Whale «Piele efs elt ele s/pleleinieiaie atayateelgiawe foniays e\sie)> vlntnla\a/nipiale\e/ain|sia/alalm\elaleis\«iely)efe\eliyelsteteleria= 30 32-5 
Pive-year—moale, 1... (0006 e cece ee seen er eens eres cejmgase dence etee sees ceee ane ce ses tesscener te ccnb peers 1 
Average length, 30-8. 
Beenie ilies cn yaptorne easyer aisha eo sp sae aie elas = 26 26-5 27 27-5 28 28-5 29 29-5 30 30-5 31 31-5 32 32-5 33 
Hour-year— Male)... -see on ee nt e epln ere 1 a 4 15 31 34 41 38 43 12 11 eee 1 
Memalel &. he: aise A eipoae meld etna: ' 5 6 30 14 14 fo Oya eo.et 1 


Average length: male, 29-1; female, 28-0; total, 28-8. 


a FA a er Ween tet Oe iis See by aa 8 Ch a > BS 22-5 23 23-5 24 24-5 25 25-5 26 26-5 27 27-5 28. 28-5 
Three-year—Male. .\ 2.0... 020.eecedeee cere ns pL Re > 1 gat yf 10 19 21 15 5 3 
Hemsley Fete: Jeo eee VEE Ss NO yoke csielr. 5) 13 15 19 aes 
Average length: male, 26-6; female, 25-9; total, 26-2. 
Two-year—1 male, 21 inches. 
SumMMaRY OF AVERAGE LENGTHS. 
5th Year. 4th Year. 3rd Year. 2nd Year. 
Male. Female. Male. Female. Male. Female. Male. | Female. 
Gihemaimusee cy ees s Rw ch ae he cian es 28-5 27-9 26-0 25 Oc esaateee 
MHEINION, S20 tHle dais s.cerieysiabe 4 SIEOU ashe lat cee 29-1 27-9 26-6 PAP MUW BLE BS oe Sines 
ETE Aeealanintae, £0 Deis ale SET Cis | kre Aa 29-1 28-0 26-6 25-9 21-0 
TABLES OF GROWTH. 
Growth during— Years. 
= Class. 
Ist 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 
GANT Ie Ce BE SE oy hoten ts Me GAGES Ricci aehote ee aes —year 12-3 8-4 4-9 
4-year 11-9 7-9 5-0 3-2 
FETE CAT) die a ae ened cAI Bich en oe i a etn eet 3-year 12-1 8-7 5-3 
4-year 11-5 8-2 5-3 3-6 
5-year 9-8 7:5 5:8 4-8 3-1 
Oy Gira i te Ment ati Derr aU bas photeee | Beet Spinco: 2-year 12-0 9-0 
3-year 11-9 8-8 5-5 
4-year 11-7 8-1 5-3 3-6 
> 5-year 10-8 7-8 5-5 4-1 2-6 
Length at end of—Years. 
= Class 
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 
Nema eee nk A oe lS ER ao ae eee se 3-year 12:3 20-7 25-6 
4-year 11-9 19-8 24-8 28-1 
ct AITO Naas eRe oe tee se ead: EE en eer 3-year 12-1 20:8 26-2 
4-year 11-5 19-7 25-0 28-5 
5-year 9-8 17-3 23-1 27-9 . 31-0 
ATT ee Dee ee ee eS Oe Aiea rind, OME seat ee ete eRe (i 2-year 12-0 21-0 
3-year 11-9 20-7 26-2 
4-year 11-7 19-9 25-2 28-8 
5-year 10:8 18-6 24-1 28-2 30-8 


DWP Way SON nieces ENA A IE IEF SY he A OM ee eee hab 0 ee LR 


LENGTH-WEIGHT Ratio. 


CH RD Ete Cape penoD Oo AB erbo na nerane 21 21-5 22 22-5 23 «28-5 24 24-5 25 25-5 26 26-5 27 
Chemainus—Three-year—Male.......... tas ss SRA GREE.) Rey eS 6-5 6-5 7-1 7-6 8-2 8-6 8-9 97 
Memaless sos; ASO eee Be 5-5 6:5 6-5 7-3 8-1 8-2 8-4 9-3 9-6 

Hour-year— Malo) oe sn co es ite ule eee ee oo amet os sas PS en ROPE sae nt ssc rh: 

(Merial) ss anaes ah: udod ya piteder tec, © Coy euaes read PRUNE toy oc heater 1c. ett eae Get eat ae 10+0i82 4.09 dOr0 
Nanaimo—Three-year—Male. ... 00... - cee ene cs jee nts eee va nee (OCEAN 7:7 7:9 8:0 9-3 9-5 9-6 10-6 
Femalat.s; ie et ee DOs 6-0 6-3 7:2 7-8 8-3 9-1. 9-3 9-9 10-4 

Four+Vear=Minle Fee 328 cae gd «alas Spite ahd siecdeh te toe ee MBE ke sg AE ay tiphc d Dicdeyne fale eats oA ee ee ee 

Bermialer ete eee ce cee ee ee Te ee Es ee eee ©. 8 alc coe Riee creme 10-0...... 10-1 

Bive=year—M alle ei.e. siteie sR Di gay oes pe as aah bud igh Pele Bate aio RR Beh are a =e vl a Sa aio 
Qualicum—T wo-year—Moale. 20)... esas | DD eat s.c anya oelycss cleans fol Balpbeleryye estar’ eles lot a Siaeiels sis] s ake at pana eh Reet eee a 
?Three-vear—Male i) 48... Wh 8. sage) Sew rea 6-5 8-0 8-0 84 8-8 10-0 10-3 10-6 

Hem ales ¢:). i006 ssa; ora es ssidlecae Sets we a eet MEE i Mp 7-5 82 8-6 9-0 9-5 10-2 10-7 

Poun-y Gar sla Fee Pe hee Bice ed eco go Re Re laa oe tite ce ls aerate cs ze eRe Sapa tere ee gee a TE, 1) ee ad 10-4 

Barniale tira kelecoisisA ee fds aie oes oe abs aca «ch els Do Rens ht Ae pina t elalel AO RNa rh eee 10-8 10-8 

Bive-year—Male orci boi esis seh on saves ase diate dcolattlte a MPEaEAe 2 28 Git qittle ain tale 6 ATS A of lett ter Lie catty fel eben eae dege rete 


GROWTH RATE IN PACIFIC SALMON 25 


LeNGTH-WEIGHT Rario.—Concluded. 


Perit lige Wee ee ryaete icy 24: ete Aa cere aes Bi ayard wahcalel ose» oie 27-5 28 28-5 29 29-5 30 30-5 31 31-5 32-5 33 
Chemanius Theos: year—Male.. er capita eee) £0709 Osa tLO 
Pamalec. skates Wk: 10-8 11-0 
Houreyear— Malan i sre tcis iso «9 nis 10 2 '0)2)0 1O0*3 a2 cas 1 WS eae 13-5 
‘ Bemalotereeeer ace atk os lose, LOCO 10h bel Obs 11S 
Nanaimo—Three-year—Male....................-..- 11-3 12-5 12-8 
Remalee eee cscore sates: 11-1 12-7 
Four-year—Male........... ba Ge SS PACE 100 12-0 12-3 13-2 13-6 15-1 16-3 17-0 15-0 
. Remale? ria 8 tomes ae 11-2 11-8 12-6 14-0 13-5 
EVE=y.CAr— Mia le men eearh ene fe nde hoc RR Dag yy. le eee cue Ree 16-5 
Qualicum—Two-year—Male.............-.0cee cece ccc c eee eens NE er Cate Be ute ye Se Sos CAs a oo) 0 ee 
Three-year—Male................... Pare a Leh Glee BB 8s 2157 
Hamaleiawet An. . bs kotes > 1133 
Wour-year—Malesmoncone cata lece os cawss. 11-4 12-4 13-0 138-5 14- 3 14-8 16-0 sth ; AU pee ie 18-0 
: Pemale ays ao ye2s ors 11-9 12-4 12-5 13-2 14-2............ 
Five-year—Male...... 5 EE a ee ee | eo) Vo! 2 en eae oe 17-5 


The three localities from which these dog salmon were taken are but little distant 
from another and the differences are not so marked as in different groups examined 
in the other species; nevertheless, there are some points that are worth considering. 
There is greater similarity between the Nanaimo and Qualicum fish than there is 
between either of these and the Chemainus fish, but even here there are some points of 
difference. There is a great dissimilar:ty in the numbers in the different year classes. 
Chemainus supplied no five year specimens and very few four year, the three year class 
being nearly ten times as large. Nanaimo and Qualicum have the five year class 
merely represented, but in the former the three year class is 2-4 times the size of the 
four year, while in the latter the four year class is 1-7 times the three year and there 
is one representative of the two year class. 

With regard to the proportion of the sexes, Chemainus shows the less usuai 
condition of having a greater percentage of females in the higher year than in the 
lower, but as the four year class is so poorly represented this is not of great signifi- 
eance. There is little difference in the general proportion. From Nanaimo the pre- 
‘ponderance of females in the third year is more than euough to offset the prepon- 
derance of the males in the smaller four year class, but even here the difference is not 
excessive. From Qualicum, the large excess of males in the large four year class 
makes a heavy general excess as in the smaller three year class the numbers are 
nearly equal. 

The Nanaimo and Qualicum rate of growth corresponds almost exactly, year by 
year. The Chemainus rate is different. There is a greater growth in the first year but 
less in each succeeding year. Thus at the end of the first year the length is greater 
than in either of the others, at the end of the second year it is equal to and in later 
years less than those. eh 

The weight of the Chemainus fish in proportion to the length is somewhat less 
than that of either the Nanaimo or Qualicum fish and these show but little difference. 
Judging from the figures of the one year, one should conclude that the earlier spawn- 
ing fish are the largest of the year class. 

The Chemainus fish come in much earlier than the others and probably come from 
the open sea by way of the south end of Vancouver island while those from Qualicum 
and Nanaimo evidently come from the north. 

In comparing the 1917 dog salmon with those taken in 1916 only those from Nan- 
aimo and Qualicum can be considered. The proportion of the four and the three- 
year fish is almost the same in the two years with the Qualicum fish but in the Nan- 
aimo fish, the three-year class from being in a small minority in 1916 changed over to 
a large majority in 1917. The excess of males in the four year Qualicum fish, which 
was great in 1916, became greater in 1917 but in the three-year class, the excess of 
males, which was not great in 1916, became practically eliminated in 1917. In the 
Nanaimo fish, the excess of males of the four-year class in 1916 was somewhat reduced 
in 1917, but the excess of females in the three-year class was much the same in both 
years. 

The 1917 fish were Jarger on the average than the 1916 fish in both year classes 
and in both sexes. This difference is due almost entirely to the greater growth in 


26 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


each of the first two years. When, however, the four-year class of 1917 is compared 
with the three-year class of 1916 (both of them spawned in 1913) no such difference 
appears. Looking at the question from this standpoint, it would appear that those 


of the 1913 class that spawned in their third year were not larger at that time than- 


those that remained over to spawn in the fourth year but rather that the 1913 class, as 
a class. consisted of larger fish than the 1912 class. If that continues to hold good, 
then, the 1914 class must consist of still larger fish. It is scarcely possible though that 
each succeeding year class will consist of larger and larger fish. It might be possible 
that increase and decrease work in cycles on account of the conditions of getting food 
supply, or other matters on which growth depends, getting gradually better or worse, 
but it would take examination for a series of years before that could be determined. 


Summary and Conclusions. 


Among the 1917 salmon there were the three different types according to the 
time of migration to the sea, as in 1916. A larger percentage of spring salmon were 
of the sea type (78-2 per cent as compared with 65-4 per cent). In all localities from 
which sockeye were obtained, those of the one-year stream type made up almost the 
whole number, although in each case the two-year stream type and the sea type were 
represented. Only 15 of the former (less than 1 per cent) and 124 of the latter (7-5 
per cent) were found altogether, the largest number in each case from the Fraser 
river. The cohos were all of the one-year stream type, and the humpbacks and dogs 
‘all of the sea type. . 

The spring salmon of either type did not differ materially in rate of growth from 
those of previous years. There has not been anything thus far to indicate that any 
one-year class has had more rapid growth than any other. Four six-year fish of the 
stream type were obtained. The sex ratio changed from a slight predominance of 
males to an excess of females (especially pronounced in the sea type). 

The three types of fish were represented in the sockeye from each locality. Those 
of the two-year stream type were all in their fifth year and those of the sea type all 
in their fourth year with the exception of a three-year-old from Sauch-en-auch creek. 
The fish of the one-year stream type were nearly all im the fourth year, the percentage 
ranging from 93-8 at Deepwater bay to 99-7 off Victoria. The remainder were in the 
fifth year. 

In every feature the sockeye, collectively and individually, from Deepwater bay, 
off Victoria and from the Fraser river, were similar. Those from Sauch-en-auch 


creek were similar in general type to these others but were smaller and showed less - 


uverage growth in length in each year. They agreed so well with the smaller fish 
from the other localities that it is credible that the race had become smaller through 
continued elimination of the larger members. The route that these fish take must be 
the same at the beginning as it is for those that pass through Deepwater bay, but 
evidently they turn aside from Johnstone strait through ‘Chancellor channel and 
through some of the passages mearer the mainland, while the direct route through 
Discovery passage and on to the Fraser river is taken by the others. 

The average length of the 1917 sockeye was somewhat less tham that for 1916, 
hence it may be that the fish of the quadrennial run are somewhat smaller than those 
of other years in the cycle. As there is also a greater predominance of four-year fish, 
the number to the case of canned salmon is greater than in other years. 

Since all the soakeye were of the same general type one should scarcely expect to 
find any material difference in the weight-length ratio, nor did any such appear. 

As in other years, all the coho were of the one-year stream type. Although they 
were obtained from four different localities, Quathiaski, Lasqueti, Nanaimo and 
Fraser river, there were no indications of four races of fish. There may readily be 
two, one that stays in the strait of Georgia and neighbouring waters throughout the 


/ 


GROWTH RATE IN PACIFIC SALMON 27 


whole of the marine life, and another, a race of larger fish that goes out to the open 
ocean and comes back only as spawning time approaches. The Quathiaski and Lasqueti 
fish were made up largely or entirely of the former, the Fraser river fish largely or 
entirely of the latter, and those from Nanaimo included some of each. There seems 
to be little difference in the first two years’ growth in the different year classes; the 
variation occurs in the growth during the third year. Of the fish brought into 
Nanaimo, the 1917 fish were larger than the 1916 but smaller than the 1915. The 
weight-length ratio shows no material difference in the different localities. 

All the humpbacks were of the sea type in the second year. Those from Deep- 
water bay were evidently different from those from mear Pender island and those from 
the Fraser river, but these show no material difference. Those caught in Deepwater 
bay were similar in type but somewhat larger than those obtained from near Comox 
in 1916. Evidently they do not go to the Fraser river but rather to some of the 
rivers or streams of the Vancouver island east coast. ; 

All of the dog salmon were of the sea type but those from Chemainus, Nanaimo 
and Qualicum varied much in the percentages of the different year classes. There 
were very few of the five-year or the two-year class. Chemainus had less than 10 per 
cent in the fourth year, Nanaimo nearly 30 per cent, and Qualicum over 62 per cent. 
Qualicum and Nanaimo fish were similar in rate of growth, but the Chemainus fish 
are smaller, not only in absolute measurement, but also in length-weight ratio. The 
two former apparently come in from the open ocean around the north end of the 
island and the latter around the south end. Where comparison was possible, the 1917 
fish were larger than the 1916 fish. To judge from the different year classes represented 
in one year’s catch, it would appear that the larger fish of the class spawned in the 
third year, but when the catches of 1917 and 1916 were compared this was not borne 
out, this appearance being due to the fact that the fish of the 1913 class were larger 
throughout than those of the 1912 class, but if this is the reason, the fish of the 1914 
class must be still larger. 


; Let Ba Sang) fie 
‘ * ia ety UN Sian ancy ue poneehiges Sab aes» 7 TOO 

ee Y pages fe. 
bla Ea a eh i eA, aati one dacs Cale ae % le ATER NE ys) Ok 


+a it am f es p es 4) | Fes 
ae >) Be $8 he vie bes cate hay ew fe) i ed itil Hy wens ma baat 
YSU CARP ACARD Oa gaa CN i? oe * Beate b 2 8 taal frei 4 
\ ° y 


; NAR pil vetigrih) uit 4 3 CVF) tigeae Ba id ite Satine Bei 
ihe han baa erst teh deat hehe cedegiencthly oh TICE: Sula ARG: ery 
; Hh Shaye tbs Gre aS er Seer 
ae ot syed ae a) ahs 14s Pe ne fe ecdarunl De oe 

0 ti Spee spss ee lege dxstetties hye ales. oo Array ptt ped BTaty iu! 

; 4 y pel yee sch tery eto ree) int Sigelbagel 5 


oe any PACD, MS BOY det Ge a b We ah oe i 


igtte 4: ; ; oy % in at hy Bekhe 4 wt pk 
‘ea ‘4th “1 eae dh 
MS 3 
{ u aby 


Heer bans g ay us Ra; 
rs So ESE ‘ 1 : r : an 
: OHH SUA PLR teen vere able Pusch > deectenes Eb: 
ae Re a SPT ees Asad ey By 
om ir i ee ene zits * Re MEO PPT. 1/ } } 4 ro : 
Ray outa Ye ’ Ke 1 


y - ’ 

, . ; - , y Vast ue r 

<1 Bilt Gling Ri. Hops tp » ron ae ies ris 

Ae ey “ ai hie 

Fes BN om Hine 1 es rok si pater ee SLT corer? eh Mey. 
Tha. itt ef. 4h ‘ A ‘ 


S ae a aa ‘ye 
i pote ar he gs 4 areeige 


¢ toed vt nds Angee se paige 


kes ne pela il 


ite W AD ida lies ae he reg 
a brie Hy ppotesaih Aine wet 


EFFECTS OF WEATHER ON MARINE ORGANISMS 29 


If. 


Some Apparent Effects of Severe Weather on the 
Marine Organisms in the vicinity of Departure 
Bay, B.C. 


BY 
C. McLean Fraser. 


From a fisheries standpoint, the first effect of the severe winter and spring of 
1915-16, almost unparalleled in British Columbia records, was the loss of so many 
human lives and the serious destruction of boats, gear, etc., in the storms of the North 
Pacific, which were so bad that those who did manage to make port, did so after so 
much stress and strain, that, even to men, inured to the hardships of the wintry sea, 
it was a new and most unwelcome experience. In such a winter a close season for 
halibut would be worthy of consideration from a humanitarian point of view. 

Another effect, also of much importance from a commercial standpoint, was the 
loss of oysters both on dyked and undyked lands, due to the low temperature reached 
when they were uncovered or covered with ice at low tide. . The Puget Sound region, 
I understand, suffered extensively in this regard and other areas to a less extent. 

Besides these special cases, it is possible that there was a wide-spread effect on 
the whole life of the sea, and particularly in such an area as the strait of Georgia, 
which is nearly landlocked and hence more subject to changes than the waters of the 
open ocean. This effect was produced by the severe weather in three ways. In the 
first place, on account of the continued low temperature, the surface waters became 
colder than usual and this had an effect on the organisms that come near the surface. 
In the second place, some of the low temperatures were coincident with low tides 
and shore forms suffered thereby. In the third place, as the streams were also 
affected by the cold weather, anadromous forms may have been influenced. 

To consider these in the order mentioned, the first is the effect of lowering the 
surface temperature of the water in the sea. The daily range of air temperature has 
little noticeable effect on the temperature of the sea water and hence the maximum 
and minimum daily temperatures need not be considered. The average temperature 
over a longer period of time has a more direct bearing, hence it is well here to com- 
pare the average temperatures by the month in the fall, winter and spring of 1915-16, 
with those of the preceding season. The following table shows a comparison from 
October until May, both inclusive. 


AIR TEMPERATURE. 


1914-15. 1915-16. 
, eG °F °c oF 
COPAYS) Olen 2 ote ak Setter ee RAR LaDy URAC REarnn aan Cenerge GF EPR aren an RA TAT Fis Seo 13-3 55-9 10-0 50-0 
BK onTGiaH 07) wae nthtel ae Beha ad 8 A il al RM a a CER! og Me a ie MEPL IO a RTL 6-1 43-0 4-4 40-0 
IDECeMPeOr aye 6 Re ee eee eres Pets Rey mee atl bloke ONS cota Seats 2-4 36-4 3-7 38-6 
SFSRMUULAT Vet ee ata yore iene eRe ne IE Toate etata, oho ee ie eal eft achalt aia ataysiby sy 2-9 37-3 -2-2 28-0 
UR agi he aM ME sue nn). Sear cack oot TOR | acon Midas Bein © Oe ane ee 5-0 41-0 2-7 36-8 
itsere hale Shot! eee ee te ie ou ee feb Pais Ais eatcls Miter ies etched Oc ayepaie)alslay ayes 3:6 7-9 46-2 4-7 40-4 
507 eb ob TH Gnneat clon OOTP CGC CORSO ant Cad pate Sebi At DAE Soins. 10-7 51-2 8-1 46-5 
EAT SES SO SHOT ala sae Ca yo CEN Ee Eanes nto cee ct Aer Sten. ey Sen Pete cee 12-8 55-0 11-1 51-9 


30 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


The average temperature for the whole eight months was 2-3°C (4-2°F) lower 
in 1915-16 than in 1914-15. 

No record has been made of the maximum and minimum temperatures of the 
surface water daily and hence the average in the same sense in which it is applied 
in connection with the air temperatures is not obtainable, but as there is so much 
less daily variation in the water temperature this is not of so much moment. The 
water temperature was taken at or near eight o’¢lock each morning at the landing 
float of the Station wharf, Departure bay, and from these records, average, maximum 
and minimum figures for the months above referred to, were obtained. 


WATER TEMPERATURE. 


CENTIGRADE. 
— Year. Oct. Nov. Dee. Jan. Feb. | Mar. | April. | May. 
PROC T AO Mee EN OT. . y SOS RA hrs ne 1914-15 11-1 9-0 7-2 7-0 7-4 8-6 10-5 12-5 
: 1915-16 11-0 7:6 6-1 4-4 5-0 5-6 7:6 11-1 
MARIMNUTA Secen sso. cio ae oes ee 1914-15 12-7 10-5 8-6 8-7 8-6 10-3 11-9 13-9 
ae) ’ 1915-16 14-0 10-0 7-7 7-2 6-5 6-7 10-2 13-1 
1 PET DhIT\ Hi ele ae en a Dn ee 1914-15 10-0 7-3 6-3 5-6 6-5 7-5 9-0 9-9 
1915-16 8-2 4-5 4-0 1:2 0-2 3-5 6-5 8-0 

FAHRENHEIT. 

1 

Average.......... See AR VEE SAS 1914-15 52-0 48-2 45-0 44-6 45-3 47-5 50-9 54-5 
: 1915-16 51-8 45-7 43-0 39-9 41-0 42-1 45-7 52-0 
WISEXETUED A. eee eee a ke 1914-15 54-9 50-9 47-5 47-7 47-5 50-5 53-4 57-0 
Ae - 1915-16 57-2 50-0 45-9 45-0 43-7 44-1 50-4 55-6 
NPEETNERHETSTIN ye eos on ae 8 eas hese 1914-15 50-0 45-1 43-3 42-1 43-7 45-5 48-2 49-8 


1915-16 46-8 40-1 39-2 34-2 32-4 38-3 43-7 46-4 


This shows that the surface water although not going to the same extremes as 
the air temperature, is yet very materially dependent upon it. In fact, taking the 
two seasons into consideration, there is almost as great a difference in the average 
water temperature for the eight months, viz., 1-9°C (8.4F) as there was in the 
average air temperature. 

It is not probable that this difference in temperature is so great as to be beyond 
the power of accommodation in the larger species, food fishes for example, but these 
all, directly or indirectly, live on much more minute forms that are more readily 
affected by changes that act as stimuli, than are the larger forms. During the 
months of December, January and February, the greater portion of th> minute 
animal fcod consists of crustaceans, copepods predominating. On account of the 
rough seas or of the cold surface waters ‘or from the fact that the diatoms on which 
they feed are influenced by these, copepods were extremely scarce during the past 
season and hence many larger forms remained at depth as well. During the winter 
of 1914-15 there was scarcely a day that the fishermen, using a troll and spoon, and 
fishing near the surface, were unsuccessful in obtaining spring salmon. In 1915-16, 
when they did venture out, very few salmon were to be obtained and those that were 
caught, were caught at depth. 

In the Nanaimo district herring are usually caught with purse seines and in such 
a method of fishing it is necessary to be able to see the schools of fish near the surface 
before the net can be cast successfully. Last season the seine fishing was a failure 
until very late as no herring could be seen. Doubtless they were there as usual as the 
gill net fishermen at Pender harbour on the other side of the strait found a good 
supply during the surface scarcity. When the herring did come into shallow water 
towards the end of February and early in March, the copepods were plentiful again. 
The herring spawning season was somewhat later than it was the previous year but 
not very much so, and possibly the weather had nothing to do with it. 


EFFECTS OF WEATHER ON MARINE ORGANISMS 31 


Usually towards the end of February or early in March the water becomes 
thoroughly stocked with larve of all kinds, crustacean, molluscan, ascidian, ete., and 
these help much to replenish the larder for many of the larger as well as the smaller 
fish. The numbers were not Jacking this year but they were much later appearing at 
the surface. Many annelids and crustaceans come to the surface to spawn and in 
some cases at least the spawning was delayed. One especially notable case might be 
mentioned. At a certain time in the spring, certain crustaceans, known as schizopods, 
come to the surface in such countless numbers that large areas of the surface water 
may be pink from their presence. The two-year-old coho, in the strait of Georgia com- 
monly called the “blueback,” have a decided preference for these and naturally they 
follow them to the surface and often in their haste go beyond them into the air. At 
this time they may be hooked in large numbers. The schizopod rise was much later 
than usual this year and in consequence the “blueback” run was also later in the 
season. 

These are special instances but it is not at all likely that they are isolated cases. 
Many other species large and small would naturally be similarly affected. 

Apparently there has been no especial difference in the salinity of the water in 
the two seasons. ‘The snow melted but slowly at the head waters of the large rivers 
and in consequence these rivers were lower than usual in the early summer, but on 
the other hand on account of the greater amount of snow on the lower levels the small 
streams have kept up their flow better than they did last year at least. 

In the littoral zone. the greatest harm in any one night was probably produced on 
January 3-4, as on that night, according to the tide tables, the tide went to —0-3 foot 
at 22-07 and the minimum temperature of the air during the night was -9-0°C 
(15-8°F). With such a long run out, even half-tide shore forms, would be exposed 
to the cold for a long period. It is quite possible, however, that the cumulative effect 
of the continued cold from January 15 to January 19, with quite low tides, would be 
even greater than the effect during that one night. For these four nights we had the 
following: 


January 15-16—Low tide, 2-6 ft. at 20-50; minimum temperature, —11-3°C, 11-6°F. 
16-17 ry 2-2 “ 21-30; be — 8-9 15-9 
17-18 bs 1-8 “ 22-06; = — 7-2 19-0 
18-19 Wet So) a Bede KS — 6-9 19-6 


These records are for Sand Heads, at the mouth of the Fraser river. The time 
is nearly the same at Departure bay but the change of tides is about one and,a third 
times that at Sand Heads. That does not affect the question materially as there 
would be the same relative change. 

The forms that inhabit the littoral zone may be divided into three classes. First 
there are those, that move freely, such as certain flat fishes, that go in and out with 
the tide. These would not suffer with the cold at low tide. Secondly, there are those 
that move less freely and are thus left on the shore when the tide goes out but they 
are able to huddle together to retain moisture as the starfish do or keep under cover 
of seaweed or rocks as many of the crustaceans do. These might suffer but not very 
seriously, sinice that which would protect them from being dried out would also pro- 
tect them from the cold. Thirdly there are the sessile forms, that throughout a great. 
portion of their life-history remain firmly attached to rocks, logs, ete. They are left 
behind when the tide recedes and have no means of getting shelter or of retaining 
any very large amount of moisture. It is to this class that the oyster belongs and 
such as these are the worst sufferers. Reference has already been made to the oyster 
loss. a loss which was felt commercially. The destruction im some cases was more 
widespread than in the case of the oyster, but the loss in money value was not so 
noticeable. 

On sandstone everywhere and sometimes on other rock as well, from nearly high 
‘tide mark to low tide mark, barnacles have established themselves. Those high up 
on shore are used to extremes as some of them get moisture and food only at the 


32 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


highest tides, but evem those much lower down would be exposed for a long time at 
such low tide es that on January 3. These suffered from the abnormally low tem- 
perature and without doubt many of them died. But as human beings do not eat 
barnacles, what difference does it make if they were killed off? Human beings may 
not eat them in quantity, but other animals do. Many fish eat mature barnacles. 
the various species of viviparous perch and rock cod live on them continually when 
they are available in localities suitably situated. In other seasons perch and rock 
cod could be seen around the piles and near the sheer rocks at almost all times of the 
year, but this year scarcely one was visible until well on towards spring. They had to 
go to deeper water to find other supplies of food and these as well as those previously 
referred to, may not have had enough food for the normal growth during that period, 
or if they had they may have deprived some of the regular inhabitants of the deeper 
water of their share. 

‘Starfish live extensively on barnacles and no one who has not seen starfish in 
certain areas along this coast can realize how abundant they are. This year they had 
fewer barnacles to supply them with food and hence they attacked clams, cockles and 
other shellfish to a greater extent. Thus while the shellfish may have been deep 
enough in the sand or mud to be protected from the frost, they suffered indirectly as 
the numerous dead shells on various beaches testify. The starfish was not alone in 
this work of distruction, the boring mollusc, Thais, probably accounted for a greater 
number of shell fish than usual, for it too depends on the barnacle to some extent 
for its food supply? 

Some of the small fish, commonly called “bullheads,” although that name is 
applied to a host of species, feed on barnacles as do a number of the crabs. These 
in turn serve as food for larger fish such as the various flounders, the ling eod 
(Ophiodon) and the tomeod (Hexagrammus). All of these therefore, had to seek-their 
food supply in deeper water, with less success in all probability. Certainly they were 
mot to be found in their usual haunts. 

But this is not all. ‘When the adult barnacles were chilled to death, the eggs 
from these would also die and quite probably in many cases where the adult was able 
to survive, the embryos would fail to do so. When the embryos are hatched out they 
are little shield-shaped creatures with three legs straggling out at each side. Later 
they grow a bivalve shell and become somewhat changed in shape. In these two larval 
stages, the nauplius and the cypris, the barnacle is free swimming and it forms an 
important part of the food supply of freely moving forms, different to those that eat 
the adult barnacle. 

These barnacle larve ordinarily are found in plenty during the latter part of 
January and from that on until April or even May. This year they were very scarce 
during the first part of this period. Although the plankton was examined often, it 
was not until April 6 that they appeared in large numbers. It would seem therefore, 
that those far advanced in development, during the cold weather, suffered much more 
than those in the earlier stages. : 

The herring devour these larve in great numbers, for which purpose they move 
along in schools parallel to the shore in close proximity to the barnacle zone. Here 
then is another reason for their late appearance in shallow water last season. Even 
when they did come in they had to feed on copepods for a time or on their own spawn 
when it was deposited, but the later larvee kept them supplied when they appeared 
so that they stayed in the shallow water later than usual. The young herring 
immediately after the yolk is absorbed begin to feed on these larve, but as it is only 
the later lot that they make use of, they were probably put to no inconvenience. 

The sand launces feed on the barnacle larve as the herring do, but they are by 
no means so plentiful as the herring around Nanaimo. The salmon fry feed on these 
larve extensively, probably because they are plentiful, as they will eat almost any- 
thing that can be swallowed, but, as is mentioned later, the salmon fry appeared in‘ 
the sea much later than usual this year and they did not suffer from any lack. 


EFFECTS OF WEATHER ON MARINE ORGANISMS 33 


It is quite possible that serpulids and other annelids as well as many other clinging 
and boring forms would suffer, but little observation has been made on these. The 
anemones, many of which are entirely exposed at low tide, seemed to come through 
the cold all right. Finally the effect on anadromous forms is to be considered. The 
water in the rivers and lakes answers to the change of air temperature more readily 
than the water in the sea as the volume is comparatively small. The lowering of the 
temperature of the fresh water would have an effect on the food supply similar to 
the effect im sea water, and as the change would be greater the effect would probably 
be more marked. We are not here concerned with the food supply of fresh water fishes 
and of the anadromous forms that live through the winter in fresh water we have no 
definite information. The most important anadromous forms are the Pacific salmon, 
but the fresh water food supply does not affect the adults, since these die in the fall 
or early winter. Of the young forms, apparently all of the coho, most of the sockeye 
and some of the spring salmon remain a year or more in fresh water and these small 
fish would come under the influence of this cold weather. At present I have no data 
to compare these with those that were hatched out the year previous. The low tem- 
perature certainly did delay the hatching out of the eggs. At many hatcheries the 
time of hatching was as much as a month longer than usual and in some cases there 
was a corresponding loss in the number of healthy fry for liberation. As in nature, 
the eggs, deep down in the gravel, are fairly well protected, and one might have 
supposed that the difference would not be so great as in those hatched in the hatch- 
eries, but apparently it must have been. The dog salmon fry are very plentiful near 
the Station for two or three months after they come down to salt water in the spring. 
In 1914 the first were noticed on March 4, in 1915, on March 7, and in 1916 none 
were noticed until April 8, and they did not become plentiful until much later. 
Judging from the numbers that did appear one should not think that a greater 
number than usual had been lost. If they had come down early in March they might 
have had a difficult task to get a sufficient supply of food. The cohos (in their second 
year) and the humpbacks were later than usual, but I have not exact dates for com- 
parison. Probably all the species were affected in much the same way. 

If it is the case that the fry that get the earliest start, other things being equal, 
makes the greatest growth during the first year, and ultimately becomes the largest 
fish, it will be interesting to compare the growth of the fry that hatched out in 1916 
with those in other years, but while the conditions might be much similar among the 
fish of the same year group, it might be*so different in different years as to shut out 
any such comparison. In the older fish, in which the scales are already formed, there 

,should be ‘a greater winter check for the winter of 1915-1916. Since the yeat’s 
growth in all these older fish would be off to a.bad start this year, this should be 
shown oni the scales. 


Summary. 


The weather on the British Columbia coast during the winter and spring of 
1915-1916 ‘was much more severe than usual, affecting not only the atmospheric con- 
- ditions but also those of the sea, lakes and rivers. 
On account of the cooling of the surface water and possibly the disturbance by 
. storms, marine forms had to go deeper for a food supply and in‘ consequence many 
of them have not been able to get the normal amount for food requirements. 

On account of low temperatures at low tides, some forms of commercial value 
were destroyed and the destruction of others made a great difference in the food supply 
of many marine species. The low temperature in the rivers and streams caused a 
retardation in the hatching out of embryos and hence the fry of anadromous forms 
got a later start than usual. 


79550—3 


WY 
bth Aa eee 


thre 


i pi le 


( ei if 


ie vit bar 


ra 


TEMPERATURE AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY VARIATIONS 35 


FEE: 


Temperature and Specific Gravity Variations in the 
Surface Waters of Departure Bay, B.C. 


BY 


C. MoLean Fraser. 


An earlier paper provided some preliminary notes on the variations in temperature 
and density in coast waters, based on observations made during the summer of 1914}. 
In continuation of one phase of the work then begun, the daily record of the tempera- 
ture and the specific gravity of the surface water at the station landing float in Depar- 
ture bay, has since been kept. This paper deals with the record for five years ending 
May 31, 1919. 

It is fully realized that temperature readings taken once a day and specific gravity 
readings taken with an hydrometer do not give sufficiently accurate data for getting 
any light on such problems as diurnal migration but in a location such as this where 
there is so much variation during the year, certain general conditions of value may 
be deduced which at least may form the basis for more accurate observations by one 
who may put his whole time on the work. It is true also that in the waters of a 
sheltered bay the conditions are somewhat special, but, although they cannot be con- 
sidered as truly oceanic, by any means, they are typical of hundreds of situations along 
the north Pacific coast, where there are such extensive areas protected in a similar way, 
while at the same time they are directly connected with the open ocean and hence 
share to some extent the oceanic conditions. 

In considering the temperature records, it will be noted that there is a definite 
relation between the temperature of the surface water and that of the air. Since the 
readings were taken but once a day, there is nothing to show coincidence throughout 
the day, but although the water does not show the variation in temperature during 
the twenty-four hours that the air does, it is probable that there is a certain amount 
of coincidence. As the water readings were-taken at a definite time of the day, 
at or near 8 a.m., and the air records were not taken at a definite time, since only the 
maximum and minimum temperatures were recorded, there are no records exactly 
comparable. ‘Since the water varies comparatively little during the day, the mean 
of the maximum and minimum temperatures each day shows a better parallelism with 
the water temperature from day to day than either the maximum or the minimum 
temperature does, hence the mean readings are considered here and it is these.that are 
given in the table of air temperature. 

While there are many small fluctuations in each record that are not found in the 
other, practically all the larger fluctuations are common to both, although the water 
variation is not so extreme as the air variation. Thus when graphs are made of the 
daily readings, many differences show up, whereas, when averages are taken for more 
extended periods (the periods taken for the graph appearing in the plate are of ten, 
days), the correlation is very distinctly marked. 

The curves for the different years are similar in a general way but each has its own. 
special features and these may have much to do with changing conditions from year 
to year for the inhabitants of the sea. This is noticeably true in the hatching out of 
waters of British Columbia, Contr. to Can. Biol. for 1914-1915, 1916, p. 133-148. 

79550—34 4 


/ 


36 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


embryos, where a comparatively slight variation in temperature may make considerable 
difference in the time of hatching, e.g., in the spring of 1916, when the waters were, 
colder than usual, many larval forms were much later in appearing and some at least 
were killed during development. A lack of larve in smaller species is sure to mean a, 
lack of food supply in larger species and hence the whole fauna of the séa may be 
more or less affected. x 

In the spring and fall the water temperatures and the mean air temperatures prac- 
tically coincide. In the winter the water does not keep up with the air in its extremes 
of cold and in the summer with its extremes of heat. This is particularly true if the 
change to the extreme is sudden and if the extreme is of short duration. 

As to the minor fluctuations in the water temperature that do not necessarily 
coincide with air fluctuations, the main cause is evidently the variation in the amount 
of fresh water present. Taking this by itself it may be said in general that an influx 
of fresh water tends to raise the temperature in the summer and lower it in winter. 
The raising or lowering may accentuate or may counteract to some extent the fluctua- 
tions corresponding to those present in the air temperature records. 

The causes for the fluctuations in the specific gravity are not so easily placed. A ' 
study of the five years’ records shows certain of the predominating factors. The specific 
gravity is high every year in the spring, about April, and in the fall, about October, 
and drops low in the winter, about January, and in the summer, about June, but vary- 
ing somewhat in each case from year to year. 

In the previous paper it was indicated that the low salinity in the summer was due 
largely to-the waters of the large mainland rivers, the Fraser in particular. This has 
been fully borne out by the more extended records. Mr. ©. C. Worsfold, District, 
Engineer of the Department of Public Works, New Westminster, has been kind enough. 
to give me a copy of the records of the height of the water in the Fraser river at 
Mission bridge, about forty miles abowe the mouth of the river, during the months of, 
May, June and July for these years. The records are kept for these months only as 
these cover the flood period of the river, but they are sufficient to show the coincidence 
in time of the high water and the low specific gravity of the water in Departure bay, 
the change in Departure bay naturally taking place a little later than the time when 
flood appears at the Mission bridge. t 

, The main driving force to take the fresh water across the strait is the flood from, 
the river itself. When the river is in flood a large volume of water is being continually 
emptied into the strait, forced onward by the hundreds of miles of water following it, 
up. The fresh water, particularly while it is going with a strong current, mixes little 
with the more saline water below, so that its effect in reducing salinity is felt but a, 
few fathoms down, scarcely five fathoms. down where the current enters the strait, but, 
somewhat deeper than that when the strength of the current is reduced. At times the, 
muddy water of the Fraser appears to be carried right across the strait of Georgia 
to Gabriola, Valdez and Galiano islands, without, on the surface, becoming materially 
mixed with the saline water of the strait, while logs, sticks and other debris, carried, 
with the current, give some idea of its rate of flow. The ebb and the flow of the tide 
have some effect on the current, swerving it somewhat southward or northward, as. the 
case may be. As the flow spreads out over a wider and wider area, the rate of flow 
diminishes, and the water brought down mixes to a greater degree with the waters 
of the strait. When the main current strikes the shore of the islands across the 
strait, is is deflected northward or southward and the effect is gradually extended 
for a great distance from the mouth of the river. The degree of extent is evidently 
affected somewhat by weather conditions. More or less still weather is conducive to 
extension at the surface, while a streng wind, particularly if it is strong enough to, 
cause the waves to break, disturbs the surface, causing a greater mixing with the deeper 
water and hence tends to hinder the spread. In many cases when the layer of fresh, 
water is very superficial, much of the fresh water seems to be carried along by the wind, 
in somewhat the same way as a floating object is carried. 


TEMPERATURE AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY VARIATIONS 37 


As Departure bay is somewhat northward of the direct flow of the river, light 
‘southeast winds favour the influx of Fraser River water, while northwest winds hinder 
its progress. In the summer the northwest winds are usually the strong winds and 
hence their influence is commonly strongly marked. As the trend of Departure bay 
is at a definite angle to the general trend of the coast, the wind in the bay is not 
always in the same direction as the wind outside in the strait. Practically speaking, 
the wind in the bay is always in one of two directions, either into the bay or out of 
the bay. When the wind is blowing out of the bay the specific gravity of the surface 
water may be greater than that of the strait near by; when it is blowing into the 
bay the reverse may be the case or the difference may not be noticeable. 

An attempt was made to connect up the fluctuations in specifie gravity with the 
variations in barometer but the path of cyclonic centres varies so much in this 
locality that it was impossible to trace any relationship, although the periodicity in 
the fall and rise of specific gravity corresponds more or less regularly to the eyclonic 
and anticyclonic periodicity. : 

The effect of the Fraser river and the other large rivers of the mainland gradually 
wanes after the height of the flood in late June until by the end of September it has 
“practically disappeared as far as Departure bay is concerned. For a longer or shorter 
time at this period the specific gravity is constantly high, before the winter fluctua- 
tions begin. These winter fluctuations are largely dependent on the height of the 
water in the local streams and rivers and hence on the rainfall. The graph that has 
been made for the precipitation, taking ten-day periods as in the other cases, shows 
very definitely the relationship between the specific gravity of the water and the pre- 
cipitation. , 

Tn the daily readings fluctuations take place apart from the general rainfall effect, 
and, as in the summer, this is largely due to the strength and direction of the wind. 
A southeast wind may drive in fresh water from the Nanaimo river, to send the sur- 
face specific gravity away down and in a few hours the wind may change to the north- 
west and the wind blowing out of the bay may cause the specific gravity to rise again. 

As the time of greatest rainfall varies from year to year so does the time of 
lowest specific gravity, but ordinarily the effect of winter rain is well over by the end 
of March. Hence during April there is constant high specific gravity as during 
October. In May the effect of the mainland rivers begin to show and the eyele is 
complete. 

There is no doubt that the variations in time and degree of the various phases of 
the cycle, both as to temperature and to specific gravity or salinity, have much to do 
with the time of migrations of many, perhaps all, marine animals that come within 
their influence, and the fuller the data on these factors, the more fully the migrations 
may be explained. Data on migrations are accummulating from year to year. A 
paper was recently published calling attention to some points that have been observed? 
but in this paper attention was not directed to migration of fishes and from an 
economic point of view, these are of the greatest importance. 

Although the conclusions from these records are very general, they are sufficient 
to show what might be expected from more accurate and more extended work in the 
same field. 


SUMMARY. 


The temperature of the surface water in Departure bay is subject to much the 
same fluctuations as the mean air temperature but does not go to the same extremes. 
It is affected by influxes of fresh water, which tend to raise the temperature in the 
summer and lower it in winter. 

The specific gravity is at its highest in the spring and in the fall. In the summer 
it is lowered by the influx of water from the Fraser and other mainland rivers, being 


3 Fraser, C. M. Migration of marine animals. Trans. Royal Soc. Can., 1918. Sec. iv, p. 139. 
143, 


38 


most affected when the water in the rivers is highest, usually towards the last of June. 
Daily fluctuations are largely due to weather changes, more particularly on the direc- 
tion and velocity of the wind. In the winter the specific gravity is lowered by the 
flow from the local rivers and streams, depending definitely on the precipitation. 


DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Loeal weather conditions produce fluctuations here as well. 


The variations in the time and the degree of the different phases of the yearly 
cycle, both as to temperature and to specific gravity, from year to year, evidently have 


much to do with migration, time of spawning, etc., of many marine animals. 


Table I gives the daily mean air temperature records in Centigrade degrees. 
Table II gives the daily records of the surface water temperature taken at the 


EXPLANATION OF TABLES. 


station landing float, Departure bay. 


Table. III gives the specific gravity records taken at the same time and place as 
the temperature records in Table II and reduced to 10°C. Maximum density of water 


taken as 10,000. 


The plate includes graphs taken with a ten-day period as a unit, for the five years 


beginning June 1, 1914, and ending May 31, 1919. 


The upper figure gives the air temperature graph in continuous line and the 


water temperature graph in dotted line. 
The second figure gives the graph of the specific gravity records. 
The third figure gives the graph of the precipitation in inches. 


The fourth figure (discontinuous) gives a graph of the records of the height of 
the Fraser river during May, June and July of each year, measured in feet above a 


zero mark.on Mission bridge. 


TABLE I. 
1914. 


Jan. 


April. 


May. ‘| June. 


DD tt et et et et et tt tt et et 


CADW MAEHY WE LPWOTRWATRHONODADWNWONINKOO 


July. 


Aug. 


_ 


es 
DORK GSOHOKM OOH WDWODOONFPRPRHOOCHNOOOCCeMoOs! 
DWONN RK DWOOMN RH WORF NWWONAINOWROMNOF ORC OO 


_ — 


rary 


| 


SCOSCFPSCOCOCOCON ER WRNWHR OW 


SHDN ODRENWOWNNORRWWHNEOOTOMUIGON 


bene he caest stad 


ie 


TEMPERATURE AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY VARIATIONS 39 


TABLE I.—Continued. 


1915. 

a Jan. Feb. Mar. | April. | May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dee 
5-7 6-1 7-7 10-6 10-6 13-1 26-1 17-2 16-7 12-8 5-8 2-8 
4-8 4-2 4-7 11-9 16-2 15-1 25-4 18-7 15-4 12-5 7-5 6-4 
4-9 4-6 5-9 10-1 16-3 15-3 20-7 15-9 18-6 11-5 8-4 7-0 
1-9 2-8 7-2 9-2 16-3 19-4 18-5 17-4 17:8 9-2 8-0 5-9 
4-1 4-4 5-0 8-7 16-3 21-6 16-5 16°4 14-9 11-2 5-1° 4-6 
5-3 6-7 8-6 10-1 15-4 19-7 16-4 17-6 14-1 10-2 4-4 5-1 
5-5 7:8 5-8 10-0 13-8 14-7 14-8 18-5 12-5 9-4 4-8 4-8 
5-6 6-3 5-0 7:3 11-9 15-4 18-9 18-6 - 12-8 10-6 5-9 4-2 
2-5 7-3 4-2 9-0 11-1 14-2 15-8 19-1 13-6 10-9 5-2 2-6 
4-8 4-7 5-0 9-2 12-2 14-6 15-7 19-5 15-5 11-1 3:3 3-9 
5-3 4-9 5-8 10-2 13-4 14-3 14-7 17:3 14-1 11-3 2-9 5-7 
2-2 4-6 7-6 11-1 13-5 13-6 13-6 20-9 13-7 11-1 2-2 5-1 
2-9 2-8 8-1 10-2 12-4 15-8 12-4 21-3 11-8 10-1 2-4 5-1 
3-3 3-6 9-5 8-7 10-9 16-4 17-1 19-3 14-7. 9-6 2-8 3-1 
3-4 5-3 9-2 11-7 10-7 18-3 15-3 17°5 15-7 9-3 6-2 2-7 
1-2 4-5 8-5 13-8 11-6 18-7 15-8 16-6 17-2 9-4 4-4 3-7 
2-5 4-2 9-3 15-2 13-2 13-5 14:9 19-3 16-3 11-7 8-6 1-2 
2-2 3-3 7-1 14-3 13-9 13-4 16-8 21-1 17-4 9-2 6-1 3-6 
2-1 2-0 7-3 12-8 12-5 14:3 19-8 24-5 16-4 7-8 4-1 5-2 
2-4 5-6 9-3 10-5 12-7 14:9 22-0 26-8 17-2 10-4 2-7 4-9 
0-6 3-7 10-6 11-0 12-6 15-0 21-3 26-7 15-1 10-4 4-3 7-1 

—0-7 6-4 12-2 11-2 11-6 17-0 21-0 24-2 14-4 9-8 4-6 3-8 
1-7 5-8 10-8 13-0 11-3 15-0 21-2 20-2 14-2 9-1 4-3 2-9 
1-1 7-4 10-7 10-3 12-1 14-7 21-4 18-3 11-9 6-9 3-7 2-2 
0-2 4-7 9-7 12-1 12-0 13-4 19-5 17-1 12-4 9-8 * 4-3 2-3 
0-4 3-9 6-6 11-6 11-6 14-8 17-5 16-8 11-8 11-9 5-3 3-1 
0-7 7-1 7-7 10-7 12-5 16-6 17-1 18-0 11-8 9-0 2-1 3-4 
1-1 6-4 9-0 10-8 11-4 18-2 17-7 18-6 11-4 10-8 2-1 2-7 
Sia ee teare 10-3 8-8 11-5 22-2 19-4 17-2 11-7 8-6 3-3 1-5 
BieO) a Nes Paks 8-4 6-9 11-2 23-9 19-3 18-8 13-8 6-5 2-2 —1-6 
Lg? AS Ree Band Nie Ves. . 1 ey ee ee oe 17-7 1S oy ae eee B*8e Ta .. sekte —1-0 


TABLE I.—Continued. 


1916. 

— Jan. Feb. Mar. | April. | May. | June. July. Aug. | Sept. Oct Nov Dee. 
0-1 —3-3 3-3 10-7 12-1 11-7 14-7 14-2 16-5 7-5 5-7 3-1 
—2-4 3 2-1 10-6 13-2 12-8 16-6 14-6 16-1 7-5 7-5 5-8 
—2-9 —1-7 2-9 9-1 14-3 13-4 15-1 13-9 16-2 7-1 6-7 3-4 
—4-1 —1-0 2-3 8-9 11-2 13-4 12-7 16-8 14:8 7-2 5-9 1-5 
—3-0 —0:7 1-2 8-5 9-3 10-7 13-2 16-6 15-9 7-9 4-7 0-4 
—0-3 0-4 1-9 6-6 8-7 11-4 14-8 17-8 14-5 10-9 6-7 —0-4 
2-1 0-2 3-9 9-6 5-7 11-6 16-9 18-9 14-2 9-8 5-2 0-0 
1-9 —1-1 6-1 7-8 7-1 13-9 16-1 18-7 13-2 9-8 6-9 2-6 
1-7 0-8 7:8 8-4 5-0 11-6 16-4 17-0 11-9 10-7 7-4 2-6 
—4-5 3-7 8-6 7-9 6-4 13-9 15-3 18-4 11-8 9-6 5-3 1-2 
—6-7 1-9 8-8 7-4 8-4 17-2 17-7 16-3 13-3 10-8 0-9 3-1 
—4-7 3-4 6-3 5-5 11-1 19-1 17-9 19-2 14:3 9-6 0-3 3-5 
—5-0 3-3 4-0 9-3 12-8 19-6 13-9 17-6 15-3 9-8 0-4 3-6 
—7-2 4-7 1-9 7:3 11-4 20-0 15-2 16-6 15-1 9-0 1-6 2-8 
—5-8 4-4 4-2 6-8 12-8 22-6 14-7 15-3 15-0 9-6 2-6 1-2 
—5-0 4-0 7-2 8-6 14-5 23-2 16-0 14-6 15-5 8-9 1-7 2°8 
—2-9 4-1 4-6 6-5 11-4 23-0 15-1 13-5 14-4 10-7 1-7 3-7 
—1:9 3-1 3-2 7-5 11-9 20-0 15-1 13-3 13-7 9-1 5-0 5-6 
—2:8 2-8 3-6 5-0 9-9 12-5 15-0 13-5 13-7 7-9 2-8 3-1 
0-9 | 3:7 7-1 6-9 11-2 14-6 14-8 14-8 13-8 8-2 4-3 1-6 
—0:-9 Al 4-3 5-9 10-5 13-2 11-9 16-7 15-6 10-2 3-3 2-2 
3-2 3-6 4-2 7-0 8-6 12-7 15-4 18-7 15-4 8-0 5-9 1-2 
—1:3 5-1 4-0 6-1 10-6 15-0 15-3 22-7 11-4 6-0 2°8 1-1 
—6-2 4-3 2-8 8-8 16-9 16-2 15-7 24-8 11-8 4-7 3-1 1-4 
—3:3 6-1 4-4 7-9 16-9 14-2 11:7 22-2 11-2 8-8 5-2 —2-2 
—5-0 9-3 4-7 8-1 2-4 15:8 12-6 21-0 13-8 8-7 3-4 —0-9 
—4-1 5-2 vat 9-9 12-6 14:8 13-3 20-2 11-9 7-9 5-3 —0-°8 
—6-4 4-2 “7 9-9 11-1 14-0 14-9 17-4 14-3 6-1 3-7 0-7 
—6-1 2°8 4-7 9-9 11-4 14-6 15-2 16-4 12-1 6-4 5-3 —2-6 
Ae Gy jicode ne: 6-6 9-3 12-8 15-3 18-4 16°3 10-4 5-4 2-6 0-5 
= Sa ahs gee Uy. an Baeie ee tty Kee: CO ay 16-4 ily (Ge im | Heteeg or 7A feta | epee eA 1-8 


DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


40 


TABLE 1.—Continued 


1917. 


Nov. 


Oct. 


DANM ADO AIDDOAWDHEAMDOHM ADH NOGOOOAMNODH 


ar em etal yet veh say cet el Rete walet Ve) nee ee ane ce Monet i640) LO 86) ce. 


ANAAN AM OINDANAMOMOOMMOMAMOTNMARNAMOOS 


I Wd 


COD OOD Oe HH OOD DH CO 0D SHO OD DH SH HN CO OO F 
AMAOAROHOOCWDOCOHME EK AOrOMOTMOHAMOr DANO - 
rc bal ol Son ihon ian! Con hoe on hare . 


DAN AAOANHDODrOCAAAAMDMANONDH MAH OO 


Sept. 


DPAQHOOH DAM HOOADOHNMMMOANRAHOMTOD - 
ee ir ie en Oe re ee Oe eo oe ee oe ee ee Sos i on Oh oe Bh oe oe eed . 


Aug. 


MPOOHOOHM AMA HHO ORO O MH NWO Pe HAHN 


July. 


June. 


SASH HAAANHSHABBHKN BAAN MMAAASIDIOGAH - 
Sond Se oe Bh oe ee ee ee aed Ce Be he eee eel . 


May. 


a De ee el Ser 


Mar. | April. 


Feb. 


MOM MMM APDONAMDAHMADABWOWOWMMNINOINMWOTN : 


CD HH OO HOR OND OCOOONIDOOOMDTANOOD : 
weer . 


Jan. 


SODAMAMAMIN~ BANOMOIN DAD OAD AGIs OND 


CD OD AI Had HHOM MO HRA HOODOO OC CANAN HIN OD A 1 09 1D 


TABLE I—Continued. 


1918. 


Dec. 


Nov. 


ee ae sale Corda, Meo wet lela ee ete. tea Mp! oles) Nyaa! aeiaga Aah le vas re ne 68 


ADO CO SH SHO OH HOD CUI ES OD OD A HHH tt rt HI HN 


HOE IDOANOHHOMHOMHOrOINOAMEO-M- OAM : 


SEEM GO ES Re: 60 sO Es 2 6 0S om GO Rom SES SIO RIND COED : 


Oct. 


SP OD AD at OO HOO 4 0 Ht O00 ON OD SD SH OO De rt S21 0D et HH et 1 COD OOD 


DAMHASDADAKSSHDASSSONAGHHOM NN HAGSNH 
So De Be Dh oe I en! [eset esi Renner Son 


Sept. 


June. | July. Aug. 


May. 


Dre SONS SO HOS NM MOO HHL OK NL OSUDHOHAAN 
BOMB BBA RASA ASA BIANN 


MHRA OMONHHAR RARE HOAMONNMHREANDAGIO 
OO SD OO G2 G3 AD B= > Oo SH SH Hd CD © OD OD 21D Pe D2 2 De 19 Be POL 
So Bc ce Oh en Bh Oc ce De Be he hn eS SS he he he eee 


SOM OMDOOrwNORAWDAHMOOMNHHOCSOSM-OWDOr-DO - 
SSM BARBRA AN NM AAAS AN 


OOO HHO OO HR OOO HH HONE MWD OMIOMmM ANOS 
SAMACCOMNANARAMANCAWMDRBODOOMMO AIH AH OS 
Se ee Bo ce De ee eo AB AANA eS 


April. 


Mar. 


WOON HAEADOMARWOMM ARAMA ONANS Hr : 


DCOiIINOWDOCOCHMOHDRAHWOMDHDOWDAOOARBONSCHNSCS : 
alkane! Ress RNAse - 


Feb. 


Jan. 


PSA SROSAS A HA HS 09 0d Ha ad 1 CA od A A C0 


41 


TEMPERATURE AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY VARIATIONS 


TABLE I—Concluded. 


1919. 


3 

A 

> 

Z 

we) 

o 

(S) 

+3 

2 

2 

iv) 

op 

z 

ial 

ae 

=] 

5 

zl 

Le) 

2 AMOANALROLRAMDMONH HOME ORAMADOMMODH 
Gi BPSSAHSOTNASCM ARONSON AIAG ARON OM 
= eS SS Ste Re Se oe ioe Ee SSS SS SSSR 

I SSeS oe ANS oor SE eoe tse Ss saad Re 
5 SSAOKNNHHNL HHH SODSSSM EN SSOAAUGAS - 
‘3 AAHNOK AHH ODOSOOMARAMEEOHMONM HOA tH 
s Sod HAD OD Heder HOA HOOM OHO EM OOCON SHON 
“3 Pe NO PIDAM OOOOH OO HHAIOM ORO HON AS - 

2 AA ACOA AMINO SHAHN OADHAANOAMAR - 


Jan. 


HOM DONT AODOMmAHAAHANDINGCOMOCOOmM ANA OMOr 


TABLE II 


1914. 


Mar. | April. May | June July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 


Feb. 


HH SOM MDODODRDOM HAN He OHS OOMHMOAA HORM ei 


Dy 00 De OO Pe Ie OD OR YH He OOO OO OD IH OL OOD 


OAD HS ODD Be OD B= NO OD ID HOD ON OD DA HOO HD OH HCO CO OOD : 


These oi Gia at ana, inc aT es ei ee eee ian Aer aca er Wat oon gure bd 


iin oe RCL gE Sit ae en het eam ARE ED BG Leah BOS eR SLA sa ie Ce 


IDOI HHO MAMMAAANGGAHAMMMAGGG : 
ee ee ee ee ee ee Oe ee oe 


AAAHAMAAINHMORDO ARNO WDrOROHHANHO 


RRR RRReOORRRRRER ‘Oro 'RROOSONRERONOOWD 
i ee oe Boe ce Oh oe De eh fe eal eat seh A Noh oo TED cl eal a 


Sf ER PIDHOMDMOMWODHMOMHONDAH 


CDH aH 
BO > RD) ) AOSHAHLAHDRHROnGKHMOOKRE 


19.1919 1. oH SH HOD HO 6019 SHE 00 CO O19 OO 19 ‘oro : 
a eet) etree et eet eed ed ved re | ee ve raed eee veedved! Sweet ed et ved 


42 


DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


TABLE II—Continued. 


1915. 
— Jan. Feb. Mar. | April. | May.+| June. July. Aug Sept Oct Nov Dee 
ee 
1 ea Paes, & 7-9 6-9 8-4 9-4 10-7 12-5 16-8 17-5 15-2 14-0 10-0 5-3 
2: od Reis meee eee 8-1 7-9 7-7 9-8 11-0 13-5 17-1 17-1 14-7 12-8 9-8 5-7 
Se A oA ee 8-7 7-4 7-7 9-1 11-5 14-2 17-3 16-2 16-3 11-5 9-8 7-4 
ree 5 7-3 6-8 7-5 9-3 11-6 14-6 18-0 15-8 18-1 11-7 9-8 7-0 
EL ees reer 6-5 7:3 7:8 9-4 13-3 14-5 18-0 16-6 17-3 11-8 8-4 6-9 
Gera eee ots Ke 6-3 7-2 7-7 10-3 13-0 14-5 15-1 18-9 16-4 12-0 8-9 5-7 
(fo #AeRe eS Has 6-8 7-9 8-2 10-4 13-9 13-6 15-1 18-7 16-7 12-0 9-0 6-8 
Biotest aa 7-4 8-6 7-8 9-0 13-3 14-1 16-1 18-3 15-5 12-0 8-7 6-2 
Ae ac 7-8 8-4 7-9 9-8 12-8 14-6 15-1 18-0 15-2 12-1 7-9 5-4 
AD Re Ft ene: 7-1 8-1 8-2 10-7 12-2 14-3 16-0 17:3 15-4 11-8 8-1 5-9 
A Le is 2 aa ae 7-2 7:3 8-2 9-9 11:8 14-5 16-8 17-0 15-4 11-8 7-8 5-8 
LY) ey eed a 8-2 7-3 8-2 10-3 11-6 15-1 15-2 17-9 15-4 11-9 8-0 6-3 
Sa ee eee 7-6 7-8 8-5 10-3 12-0 13-1 14-7 18-8 15-5 11-5 7-2 7-2 
ees ee ee: 7-8 6-6 8-7 9-8 12-1 14-4 16-5 19-0 15-6 10-2 8-0 7-7 
GE RiGee PSH ene 7-3 6-7 8-5 10-9 12-6 14-5 16-1 19-0 14-9 10-8 7-9 7:5 
MO iraicts s sthienes.c 7-2 7-7 82 11:3 13-1 15-7 16-6 18-0 15-2 10-7 7-5 6-4 
Ae eer ere 7-1 8-5 8-2 11-7 13-4 16-0 17:3 18-0 15-1 9-8 7-4 7-2 
1 Tee pais 7-2 7-7 8-1 11-9 13-7 16-0 17-3 18-6 15-5 11-2 7-9 5-7 
MO nasal eis ceca 6-6 7-4 8-6 11-7 13-5 15-7 18-2 18-8 15-7 11-0 7-5 5-5 
OIE AR Fee 6-7 6-8 8-1 10-6 13-2 15-7 19-0 19-0 15-3 10-9 6-1 5-2 
7 WEN td ey ee a 5-7 7-3 9-1 10-6 12-2 15-3 19-7 19-3 15-7 11-5 6-9 7-7 
Die ae tee De oe 6-3 7-0 9-7 11-1 12-6 16-4 19-0 19-5 15-6 10-1 7-9 6-7 
Ae pa tO a ae 6-7 7-3 9-4 10-8 12-2 17-0 19-0 19-2 15-4 9-7 7-5 6-6 
A elie RS 5-6 7-1 9-7 11-8 12-1 16-6 18-5 18-2 14-9 9-8 4-5 4-5 
Ae ate Se he he 6-9 7-1 9-7 11-3 12-7 13-3 18-6 17-1 15-0 9-5 5-8 6-3 
PL ee 6-2 7-1 9-3 11-1 12-4 15-9 18-2 17-5 14-8 10-0 7-3 5-7 
P| (ee ee 6-9 7-7 10-0 11-0 12-4 16-5 18-2 17-4 14-4 9-8 5-8 5-0 
Bee Sak he 6-7 8-6 10-1 10-8 9-9 16-4 17-2 17-5 14-2 10-2 5-4 6-3 
a te ae ae GeO. | Rsrrsecn 10-3 10-6 12-4 16-5 ‘17-0 17-6 14-2 10-4 5-9 6-1 
a perate See ekelauc'e Geto seesos 9-7 10-6 13-5 16-8 17-7 18-1 14-0 8-2 4-6 4-2 
31 Lab cke Gar teers (et) al eee be | Eines ac 1328s |e esc: 17-9 16914 ssc eee 10-0) ierenceee 4-0 
TABLE II—Continued. 
1916. 
—— Jan Feb. Mar April. | May. | June. July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec 
3-0 4-0 6-1 6-7 11-1 12-0 15-4 15-5 14-5 11-2 7-4 6-1 
5:5 0-2 4-1 7-0 11-5 12-8 15-3 14-0 13-8 11-8 7-2 6-3 
6-9 4-8 3-5 8-1 11-7 13°8 15-0 16-6 14-6 10-9 7-7 6-6 
4-8 3°7 5-7 8-2 12-0 12-0 15:8 16-9 15-8 10-5 efca 6-2 
4-6 4-0 5-3 7-8 10-5 12-7 16-1 17-4 15-1 10-5 7-0 5-6 
3-8 3-8 6-0 7-2 10-7 12-8 15-4 17-3 16:6 10-8 7-3 5-5 
4-7 5-8 5-7 7-8 8-5 13-1 16-2 17-3 16-5 10-6 8-5 5-7 
5-0 5-2 5-9 8-0 8-2 13-2 15-5 17-5 12-8 12-0 8-2 5-5 
6-0 4-8 5-7 7-8 8-5 13-4 15-8 17-5 14-8 10-5 8-4 5-3 
7-2 4-6 6-1 7-1 8-0 13-8 15-5 17-8 15-8 11-3 8-5 6-3 
5-1 5-6 6-4 7-2 9-8 13-4 15-5 17-5 15-5 10-5 6-4 6-0 
4-8 4-5 5-5 7-0 9-8 13-6 15-5 19-1 14:3 10-5 5-5 5-3 
5-6 5-0 5-4 7-0 10-1 13-6 15-2 18-6 15-5 10-5 6-1 5-9 
5-0 5-1 4-9 6-8 10-8 13-5 15-3 14:3 14-4 10°5 6-5 5-7 
4-2 6-5 5-2 7-5 11-8 13-7 13-5 15-3 14-4 10-5 5-8 4-6 
4-3 6-0 5-7 6-6 12-1 14-5 13-1 15-8 15:3 10-4 5-5 6-6 
4-2 5-1 6-1 6-9 12-8 14-5 15-5 16-6 14-3 9-5 6-8 5-5 
4-2 5-0 5-0 7-8 12-4 14-8 14-4 15-8 15-7 9-4 6-6 5-9 
4-1 5-4 5-4 6-7 11-5 15-3 15-5 17-8 15-4 9-4 7-1 6-2 
3-5 5-3 5-6 6-5 10-8 13-3 13-2 16-3 15-5 9-5 7-T 6-2 
4-1 4-7 5-2 7-1 10-5 13-8 14-3 17°3 15-6 10-3 7-0 5:3 
4-3 5-0 5-0 6-8 10-6 13-8 14-0 18-9 14-8 9-5 7-5 5-9 
5-0 5-2 5-4 6-9 10-9 14-1 14-8 20-5 15-1 9-3 6-4 3°5 
4-4 5-1 4-8 6-9 11-7 15-0 14-8 18-9 15-0 9-0 7-0 6-2 
2-8 5-2 5-8 7-1 12-0 14-8 14-7 19-5 12-5 9-0 6-5 5-1 
4-3 5-2 5-8 8-0 13-1 14:8 13-7 20-2 12-5 9-3 8-2 3-7 
2-0 5-1 6-2 8-8 12-2 14-4 15-4 19-2 12-0 9-3 6-5 3-8 
5-1 6-1 6-2 8-8 11-9 15-5 16-4 19-5 11-5 9-0 6-9 5-7 
3-0 5-2 5-8 9-9 12-0 15-6 16-6 18-0 11-6 8-7 6-7 4-4 
DO) he BEES 6-4 10-2 12-8 13-0 16-4 16-2 11-6 8-8 6-1 4-5 
TP ies Pee Get lke 1 PE eos oroad 17-0 TAS oe iis ofa tarct or ave Lied | Hee eee 5-0 


TEMPERATURE AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY VARIATIONS 43 


TABLE II]—Continued. 


1917. 

—_ Jan. Feb. Mar. | April. | May. | June. July. Aug Sept Oct.. | Nov. Dec. 
5-3 3-4 5-8 5:6 8-3 12-8 15-4 15-7 15-7 11-2 8-7 8-1 
5-3 3-4 5-5 5:5 8-8 12-6 16-6 16-0 15-9 11-1 8-7 7:7 
5-6 5-0 5-0 6-8 9-2 12-7 17-6 16-1 16-6 11-5 9-0 7-1 
6-0 4-5 5-1 6-3 9-5 12-2 15-0 16-7 16-5 11-5 8-4 6-7 
5:7 6-0 6-2 6-5 9-7 13-0 15-6 16-7 14-2 11-3 8-4 5-9 
5-6 5:8 5-5 5-8 9-5 13-5 13-7 16°5 14-0 12-2 8-4 7-1 
5-5 6-0 5-3 6-0 8-8 12-8 14-9 15-5 14-0 12-5 8-0 6-1 
5-4 5-2 5-5 6-6 9-9 14-0 16-3 15-7 14-0 13-1 7:8 6-5 
6-5 4-2 5:5 6-7 10-5 11-0 16-6 16-5 13-8 12-0 8-2 8-1 
6-1 4-9 5-0 6-6 11-3 12-7 16-4 17-0 14-5 12-2 8-0 7-1 
6-3 5-7 5-5 6-5 10-4 12-4 17-5 17-9 14-6 12-2 8-3 7-0 
5:3 5-4 5-4 6-2 9-5 12-4 17-5 17-8 14-5 12-4 « 8-4 6-7 
4-5 5-7 5-1 6-2 10-0 - 12-6 18-1 17-9 10-1 11-6 9-4 6-6 
4-3 5-6 4-5 6-5 9-7 14-8 17-6 17-9 10-9 11-6 9-5 6-7 
3°8 5-7 5-5 6-6 10-7 15-0 17-5 18-3 11-8 11-5 8-8 7-0 
4-3 5-5 5+5 6-8 9-7 15-1 17-2 18-4 10-7 11-2 7-0 7-8 
4-5 5-5 5-5 7-1 10-3 15-0 16-6 18-8 12-3 11-5 7-7 6-7 
4-2 4-8 5-6 7:6 10-5 14-5 17-2 20-0 13-1 10°8 9-1 6-6 
4-0 4-6 5-4 7-0 10-5 15-2 16-9 18-7 13-1 11-1 8-5 7-2 
5-6 5-1 5-5 7-0 11-1 15-7 17-8 16-1 13-1 10-4 9-1 6-4 
6-0 3-6 5-7 6-2 11-5 14-0 17-0 12-2 12-8 10-4 9-3 6-3 
5-0 2-8 6-0 7-0 11-6 11-7 14-7 15-5 12-3 10-0 9-6 5-7 
5-6 5-5 5-7 7:2 11-2 12-1 14-5 16-4 13-2 10-1 9-1 5-5 
5-7 5-1 6-0 8-0 11-1 12-2 16-0 16-6 13-1 9-5 9-5 5-0 
5-2 5-1 5-8 7-9 11-2 13-2 16-9 16-4 13-0 9-5 8-7 5-7 
6-0 5-0 5-5 8-5 11-8 14-6 17-5 16-4 13-0 9-8 7-0 5-6 
5-8 5-1 5-5 8-5 11-9 15-7 17-9 16-6 10-0 9-0 8-6 5-3 
6-0 4-9 5-9 8-7 13-0 15-7 17-4 17-6 10-1 8-6 8-3 4-9 
AO Ol Parasia © 5-5 9-0 12-5 15-9 14-5 17-2 10-4 8-6 7:4 5-4 
Ama tinee «asad 5-4 8-5 13-7 15-5 14-4 15-6 11-0 9-4 7:7 6-2 
TIC ee Fee sene G20r, lietecrenk 14-0) ae octane 14-1 Lie, peadc ens: tir (i PO eee 6-1 


TABLE II—Continued. 
1918. 


6-8 3-9 5-6 6-0 9-8 12-5 15-0 16-6 16-9 13-8 9-6 8-3 
7-0 4-5 6-1 6-2 10-7 12-2 15-2 18-4 17-0 13-9 9-5 8-6 
6-9 5-5 6-8 6-1 10-8 13-5 14-8 17-6 17-0 13-6 9-5 7-5 
Teal 5:7 6-0 6-9 10-5 12-8 15-0 14-9 17-9 13-7 hed 6-9 
7-5 5-5 5-6 7-9 10-0 14-1 15-0 15-0 17-9 13-3 9-7 5-7 
6-5 6-0 0-9 7:8 9-3 15-0 15-8 17-0 18-4 10-2 9:0 - 6-9 
6-6 6-2 5-6 8-6 10-4 14-7 13-0 18-4 18-0 10-2 8-8 7-1 
6-7 5-2 5-0 8-7 10-7 13-8 14-8 17-4 1729 10-2 9-2 7-0 
5-6 5:7 4-6 7:8 11-2 12-4 15-9 18-1 17-4 12-3 9-3 6-6 
5:4 5-6 4-8 7-0 11-5 12-4 16-2 17-0 16-6 12-3 9-0 7:8 
5:8 6-1 5-6 7-5 12-0 11-2 14:8 15-7 15-8 12-1 8-3 6-0 
5-6 6-6 5-1 7-4 |, 12-2 14-4 14-4 16:3 16-7 10-5 8-9 7-0 
6-2 5-7 5:3 6-5 12-2 15-6 15-7 16-1 17-2 10-0 8-4 7:5 
6-3 5-1 5-6 7:7 12-0 13-1 16-8 16-6 16-6 11-0 8-0 7-3 
5-5 4-2 5-1 6-5 12-6 13-2 17-8 17-0 17-2 11-2 8-0 5-5 
5-5 4-2 5-9 6-4 12-2 15-3 18-1 16-7 17-2 11-8 7-2 5-1 
5-8 4-7 5-7 7:5 12-3 15-2 18-5 15-8 17-2 11-4 8-1 5-0 
6-2 5-0 5-6 7:3 11-0 13-4 18-7 15-1 17-2 11-9 8-6 6-5 
5-0 4-6 5-1 8-2 11-5 14-0 18-1 15-4 17-0 11-4 9-0 7-0 
4-1 3-9 6-4 8-6 10-8 15-2 16-2 15-7 17-0 11-0 9-0 8-2 
5-0 5-0 5-7 8-8 11-6 15-7 15-9 15-0 16-2 11-0 8-3 8-2 
4-7 4-5 6-1 8-9 12-5 15-7 16-4 15-5 16-1 11-2 6-9 7-1 
5-5 4-9 5-1 9-6 11-2 16-2 17-5 14-5 16-1 10-6 7-6 7:3 
5-7 4-7 5-9 8-5 12-1 16-9 17-8 15-2 15.8 10-3 7:7 7-4 
5-6 4-9 6-5 8-4 11-4 14-5 15-0 15-2 15-5 10-6 6-7 7-2 
5-0 4-9 5-4 9-3 11-7 15-0 14-6 18-6 14-8 10-3 8-2 5-9 
5-3 5-5 6-0 9-6 12-6 15-7 16-1 18-8 14-6 10-1 7-6 7:7 
5-2 4-8 5-8 9-1 14-0 15-4 16-3 17-7 13-8 10-5 7:8 7-9 
CLA ors Sek 7:3 9-8 13-1 15-4 16-3 17-6 14-4 10-0 8-2 8-6 
Seif Moses aoce 6-5 10-8 13-2 14-5 16-6 16-5 14-9 10-0 7-6 7-5 
BSE lion Abo Gr Si. aa ae: BoA Weta iss oho 17-2 GIG) || onannae eal esocia st 6-2 


44 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 
TABLE IIl—Continued. 
1919, 

— Jan. Feb. Mar April. | May June. July. Aug Sept Oct Nov 
18 AONE ONG ame 7:3 2-5 6-2 8-4 10-7 
i AR 6-9 4-2 5-0 7-6 11-2 
Daren nse ne AY 5-5 4-9 6-3 9-1 10-8 
BAe do. ah.’ 5:3 6-4 6-4 8-5 10-7 
Le ar eee De ae 7-4 6-2 7-2 8-2 10°6 
(Ue ope same eo ae 6-5 6-8 6-7 7:8 11-1 
(CES Sean: Re 6-2 5-5 6-1 8-6 12-0 
ES Sep bea 5°5 6-0 6-2 8-0 12-8 
DF Fe gas MBE. 6-3 8-2 6-5 7:5 11-4 
LTE Sean we 6-5 6-5 6-2 8-2 11-3 
SIT 5 Ree eer ae 5-9 6-1 6-7 7:8 11-7 
LD ee Aico ee: 26-8 5-5 6-2 7:3 11-3 
ES eta tet ok Wo. 7:9 5-8 6-5 7:8 11-0 
LLM ok Sa ere ae 7:8 6-3 7-0 7-7 11-2 
See ce fea 7:5 6-2 6-1 7-2 11-2 
LUE A sons Un Aa 7-0 6-9 7-1 8-3 11-2 
Mae tae se be atone 7-2 7:0 6-9 9-2 10-7 
NSS Ae Lace: 7-5 6-3 7-5 9-8 10-3 
NO Sik eR. 7:8 6-0 6-5 9-6 10-4 
OE ae ceive Aekteys 5-3 6-8 7-2 7:8 11-0 
2A Boe Pee oe 6-9 6-2 6-8 8-7 13-0 
DPA S ta ere eee Le Bae 7-1 6-4 6-1 9-3 14-0 
3) eee ee yea 7-3 6-1 6-7 8-5 13-0 
DAES Ato: See: 5-9 5-2 6-9 10-6 12-6 
74a, Oe Oe ie 7-0 5-0 6-5 10-1 12-1 
OME ti cE. so ans 7-2 7-0 6:6 9-8 10-0 
2 (ae A a Oe 6-5 6-5 7:2 10:6 10-0 
PL Ae ee red nee a 7-0 5:9 8-0 11-2 10-3 
ZALES aS et ae is! US Beek 7-9 10-7 12-1 
Ve ee ee ae Asi "Wnts APA 9-2 10-3 12-8 
SE Se eae Coie (0 je bel (se ors of Ml Ramen oc 12-1 

TABLE III. 
1914. 

— Jan. Feb Mar April May June July. Aug. Sept Oct. Nov 
LL Ot: Siepaeiens Sis en Bact ee cel AD Col RRR tr | ee Oe te! ee oO 10,184} 10,140) 10,190} 10,186) 10,197) 10,165 
2A. EE RESO et Par Be ae el RAS See | POMee > eS) Ig oh 10,182} 10,155} 10,197) 10,196} 10,196) 10,125 
Sic Oi RRO acy es 12 cee teal Pe geet IB Re JB ae lk LOPS ee 2 10,198} 10,192} 10,208) 10,114 
ce es Pap ey oe, | NP Bt A eR TU a a ae eB 1OST9O | PES ern. 10,204} 10,203) 10,206} 10,204 
se EN Ne cies a | Reka el oe aie | Fs RA (Ltt 2s (Oe eB Ms LN 10,177} 10,182} 10,207) 10,202} 10,204 
Ub ra a> Perna e ae Hh Ao Emm age et Al Dy io a al Be | ee OL 10,217} 10,189} 10,211) 10,207} 10,217) 10,090 
Vt RUS CRY RL Ne BA C8) A A Sa e LOSZ09N pee i: 10,209} 10,207) 10,204) 10,159 
ae ete ea SPSL hes Sa eae at. SORIA | Si, em aay A (Ch Uc, fe om TOS ZO 7 eee 10,209} 10,216) 10,206) 10,151 
OE Bikes actA ae DRONE ASI Ber. teal alliote ccthe Maal che eteonetsl tobe seat ee LO; ZIG ici ee 10,180} 10,219} 10,208) 10,192 
Oe tas ANS. STAs eee as | Bee ella, ke oe | ate EN, | a ee 10,215} 10,185) 10,176) 10,219} 10,206) 10,124 
SAS ete del es Re Al eae en.| he eine Ae NN po tee 10,216] 10,158} 10,180)........ 10,212} 10,038 
LZR A Ly. Aeoe Roe Fl dee Al Pee nee | key vd dete aad Gade tA Sok ere 10,169} 10,157) 10,187} 10,208). 10,217} 10,151 
MR ae Pls oe eek ages eae dese dette | Tapia ee a] eee tte ee ae 10,166} 10,161) 10,190} 10,185) 10,185} 10,179 
LES SB UREA BAN SO EE POM acral aches aah er.t Dea, Retes| [tee Ai a 10,205} 10,165} 10,192) 10,184) 10,103} 10,181 
este aco tee ee A Ss eed Re, RENO Ye ee ae ee 103075) P10; 208). sce. ee 10,188} 10,096} 10,166 
LY) et eee pea Ceo BL eae | ee Oe Be) Be oe ek 10,168} 10,187} 10,196} 10,193} 10,146} 10,177 
feed a Siar tae 2 TS. ee Sl be teens A ayy cones | pee oe 10,174} 10,179] 10,202} 10,190} 10,192] 10,179 
Lf, A eee tiene” as ee tn Ma Gia a a 22 yD on Er 2 10,188} 10,173} 10,193) 10,197] 10,141} 10,171 
eyes sc ere ees all obs ts Sra aceeat| psn ses aa eee ed) oh ean 10183) LOPTS0) see a 10,205} 10,120} 10,177 
241 Se a ar sore Ae Ws yes bg Se eerie peer tee a Bo PS A 10,188} 10,195} 10,182} 10,209} 10,185) 10,124 
DAM Neen oe ee a es Seal eee fae eter chore tet alles cen as 10,192} 10,197} 10,188} 10,208} 10,086} 10,065 
7p, 5G ey oC IE IPES PE SOME | IB est racine [Pee all ei Pee] BSAA the 10,213} 10,199) 10,215} 10,207; 10,143] 10,132 
78 SEEN IE] PP PRAIEN Poeicy cen Pe, OF OER Se Oy are ane 10,212} 10,204) 10,201} 10,183) 10,163] 10,176 
PAs te ee TaD ee Sea Seta a Aldo olan aad. Cee rhe eee 10,205) 10,216) 10,195) 10,186) 10,164) 10,156 
717) St SEO CO AIAB EL Le SAE UER | BARAT Mel NBEO Bes 8 Bac Aat ee 10,174} 10,214) 10,188} 10,193) 10,135) 10,136 
DORIS A PA eles all gabe ciel a| he eo cho eel Ro ce eka 10,208} 10,210} 10,195} 10,198} 10,129) 10,138 
OA fb obese Bcc Fae Se ce bE Cee ted apo nn Ree aabhn| Baaac ae 10,207} 10,217} 10,200} 10,198) 10,153} 10,109 
DOM Ak de FC cal Adc) Be eee ell dic d een tio Beep mall) omnes 10,200} 10,199} 10,203} 10,207) 10,181] 10,205 
ZOR SS hee MONS Sol Sees KO] elite tater oats ae tegen et erate 10,137} 10,189} 10,206) 10,209) 10,184] 10,156 
OU sere ec ROMS FE aE RT SAG re oe Ak oe ee eee 10,144} 10,185} 10,208] 10,218} 10,186) 10,173 
+5 TRS NRO a Aes SP RCTreet el [Rare bo es) PRUnna ae ame| TE) SB Cpe lA 7 res EU MR AE 10; 184) 105 ZOL| a0. ler LO 184 sey oe 


TEMPERATURE AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY VARIATIONS - 54 


\ » TABLE III—Continued. 
1915. 

— Jan. Feb. Mar. | April. | May. | June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dee. 
tira tis beset 10,199) 10,206} 10,212} 10,187) 10,214} 10,196} 10,193) 10,219} 10,197) 10,217} 10,196} 10,130 
PEAS Eas see Sees 10,209} 10,207) 10,212} 10,174) 10,214) 10,196} 10,201) 10,224) 10,206} 10,219} 10,202} 10,148 
SS i ae ee 10,209} 10,185) 10,177} 10,102) 10,212) 10,197} 10,206) 10,227) 10,185} 10,217} 10,192} 10,160 
BEAN Ape are sis 10,198} 10,206) 10,212) 10,113} 10,215) 10,195) 10,206} 10,233) 10,156) 10,214) 10,191] 10,158 
BE eae sates than 10,186) 10,206) 10,197} 10,109} 10,216) 10,196] 10,213} 10,227) 10,177) 10,216) 10,211] 10,130 
(ae ee ee ‘| 10,175} 10,191) 10,204; 10,114) 10,216) 10,201] 10,228) 10,177) 10,182) 10,214) 10,212} 10,130 
Ti Sha te Ee ee Be 10,188} 10,176, 10,207} 10,159} 10,217) 10,209} 10,223) 10,156) 10,193) 10,214] 10,212) 10,143 
Baer n. seas 10,180} 10,162] 10,212} 10,189) 10,216) 10,216} 10,224) 10,173) 10,209) 10,214] 10,209} 10,108 
eee, OE aa: 10,209) 10,207} 10,212} 10,198) 10,216) 10,216] 10,229) 10,185) 10,189) 10,214) 10,212) 10,180 

102 ete Ses eae 10,205} 10,182) .10,212) 10,205) 10,215) 10,213} 10,213) 10,184) 10,174) 10,218} 10,211} 10,122 
RE hh 10,188} 10,123) 10,212) 10,213) 10,200) 10,216} 10,195) 10,184) 10,164) 10,218) 10,211) 10,106 
1p Ge! Rm ost a a 10,202} 10,186) 10,212} 10,178] 10,215) 10,216; 10,203} 10,186) 10,175) 10,216] 10,214) 10,140 
a ee eR ee Ss 10,150} 10,207) 10,212} 10,188) 10,215) 10,216} 10,219} 10,157) 10,183] 10,215} 10,207} 10,129 
1 AS ee ee 10,185} 10,166} 10,209} 10,213} 10,199) 10,218) 10,188} 10,163) 10,188} 10,216} 10,204} 10,213 
Eick a 10,206} 10,201} 10,204) 10,214) 10,197) 10,219) 10,203} 10,161) 10,202) 10,217) 10,214) 10,213 
LH Coe nee 10,203} 10,206; 10,185) 10,205) 10,175) 10,196} 10,191) 10,182) 10,201} 10,217} 10,208) 10,179 
1 Re Se 10,138} 10,207) 10,179} 10,215) 10,162). 10,182} 10,166} 10,200) 10,196] 10,216} 10,209) 10,211 
Ie ee 10,196} 10,207) 10,212) 10,215} 10,163) 10,193} 10,155) 10,183) 10,170} 10,217} 10,188) 10,201 
UR ORS seas eae 10,206} 10,206} 10,212) 10,215) 10,183] 10,193} 10,150) 10,165) 10,180) 10,217} 10,207) 10,185 
PUTS | oa 10,206} 10,206} 10,198} 10,214) 10,193) 10,194} 10,152) 10,164) 10,190} 10,217) 10,159] 10,149 
ese. Naetee ald ".| 10,205} 10,206) 10,192) 10,214) 10,215) 10,205} 10,151) 10,176) 10,197} 10,217) 10,186) 10,161 
7D AS Fa p SSL E =. Ba 10,205) 10,206) 10,193) 10,214) 10,212} 10,205) 10,168} 10,183) 10,199) 10,216) 10,208} 10,136 
el ee - 10,206} 10,198} 10,212) 10,214) 10,203] 10,193] 10,189} 10,189} 10,201) 10,218; 10,209} 10,206 
Pt IB 3 RA AY Oe a 10,205} 10,182) 10,213) 10,215) 10,215} 10,204) 10,200} 10,159) 10,204) 10,170} 10,159} 10,141 
ZS Uh ae See 10,206] 10,206} 10,213} 10,214) 10,216) 10,216) 10,202} 10,205) 10,210) 10,216) 10,207) 10,209 
Os ct OU os. 10,205} 10,206} 10,212) 10,214) 10,201] 10,146) 10,205) 10,186) 10,214] 10,210) 10,208] 10,209 
hi Sse RRs eb 10,206} 10,109} 10,210) 10,214) 10,215} 10,156; 10,208} 10,179) 10,215) 10,216} 10,210) 10,141 
streets site a tas 10,206} 10,204) 10,216) 10,214) 10,217) 10,165} 10,222) 10,182) 10,217} 10,183) 10,124) 10,209 
Oe eos BH Mtay dea, LORZOG ES Diss. 10,188} 10,214) 10,181} 10,176) 10,224) 10,177) 10,217) 10,137] 10,140} 10,209 
AUS Sia ee, ae TOLQOGIL HORS. 10,182} 10,214; 10,176} 10,180) 10,215) 10,159) 10,213) 10,167) 10,151] 10,147 
8 Oa Ree oe LOSZOB). mse. LOPTSS at ek 22 10,178} hy a UDO A e010 eee TOE21 Glew, eee 10,206 


TABLE IlI—Concluded. 


1916. 
—. Jan. Feb. Mar. | April. | May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dee. 
Deer cc Wibes cate a 10,191) 10,209) 10,209} 10,211) 10,193) 10,199} 10,133} 10,183) 10,210] 10,212) 10,210) 10,207 
ah ea 10,189) 10,154) 10,193) 10,209) 10,188) 10,211) 10,080} 10,191} 10,211) 10,214) 10,210} 10,208 
She Sean Coane 10,210} 10,209) 10,156) 10,167) 10,209) 10,220) 10,114} 10,122) 10,178} 10,213) 10,209] 10,209 
Ce ae eee 10,210} 10,191) 10,211) 10,213} 10,193) 10,214) 10,123} 10,113} 10,145} 10,212) 10,208) 10,208 
Le Cera a eae 10,210} 10,209} 10,211) 10,208) 10,136] 10,187) 10,124) 10,116) 10,153] 10,212} 10,209) 10,208 
(eee cecame 10,210} 10,207) 10,211) 10,192} 10,179} 10,181) 10,141] 10,136} 10,150} 10,212) 10,208) 10,209 
hey Spee ae tere 10,209} 10,209) 10,209) 10,210) 10,211) 10,199) 10,142} 10,155) 10,155} 10,213) 10,211) 10,208 
tt My eee 10,198) 105211] 10,211) 10,181) 10,194) 10,211) 10,146} 10,165} 10,196) 10,214} 10,210) 10,208 
Ct eee 10,210} 10,203) 10,170) 10,183} 10,211] 10,207) 10,156) 10,176} 10,173} 10,212} 10,211) 10,209 
SO rae SPE saps cys aye 10,214) 10,209) 10,124) 10,194} 10,211} 10,203) 10,170) 10,176} 10,178} 10,213} 10,211] 10,210 
71 is Re ee es 10°,176| 10,209} 10,168} 10,212} 10,173) 10,215) 10,182} 10,136} 10,180] 10,213) 10,209] 10,208 
1D aaa ae 10,211} 10,124) 10,177; 10,173} 10,198) 10,215} 10,188} 10,139} 10,188] 10,212} 10,210) 10,208 
LS eed ae ae ee 10,213) 10,158); 10,211} 10,177) 10,202} 10,214) 10,153] 10,157} 10,193} 10,212} 10,210} 10,209 
1 Oi ae ae 10,213) 10,123) .10,187| 10,212) 10,187) 10,216) 10,139} 10,191] 10,189} 10,212} 10,209} 10,210 
irae eee 10,213} 10,167; 10,125) 10,202} 10,194) 10,214) 10,163] 10,193] 10,191} 10,212} 10,208] 10,209 
BG) £4 eibolsgriois <i 10,213} 10,132} 10,164) 10,145} 10,205} 10,217) 10,184] 10,184] 10,193} 10,212} 10,209} 10,209 
Wikre’, Pan Ae se batt 10,213} 10,105) 10,211) 10,198} 10,209} 10,218) 10,175] 10,169] 10,195) 10,213) 10,210] 10,209 
LS Ato. rtac tie eee 10,213} 10,099) 10,209} 10,201) 10,160} 10,214) 10,139] 10,153] 10,201} 10,213} 10,210} 10,194 
ICS eis bs Siena 10,213) 10,104) 10,197; 10,206; 10,188] 10,203) 10,175] 10,164} 10,197} 10,213} 10,210} 10,209 
rae eye iGo, e\e 10,210) 10,115) 10,188} 10,198} 10,187) 10,212} 10,185} 10,168] 10,193] 10,213} 10,209} 10,209 
OS Aas eco 10,209} 10,120} 10,201} 10,190} 10,206) 10,198} 10,120} 10,170} 10,196} 10,212} 10,210} 10,208 
end secre ek. 10,211} 10,091) 10,193} 10,203] 10,211) 10,200) 10,125) 10,164] 10,202) 10,212) 10,210) 10,210 
J ae les St ea 10,211} 10,207) 10,187} 10,206} 10,211) 10,212) 10,166) 10,155) 10,205) 10,212) 10,209) 10,208 
Py are (1 wae 10,211} 10,209) 10,175} 10,183} 10,202} 10,200) 10,166] 10,155} 10,197} 10,212} 10,210] 10,210 
ee eee IE A ee 10,212} 10,143) 10,180) 10,191} 10,204) 10,200) 10,157) 10,155) 10,214) 10,211) 10,211) 10,208 
WGhaye tote ence 10,211} 10,207) 10,179} 10,193} 10,198) 10,193) 10,163} 10,157} 10,215} 10,211] 10,211] 10,178 
Devan mies es 10,181) 10,209) 10,211} 10,191} 10,212) 10,155) 10,168} 10,162} 10,215} 10,211} 10,209} 10,209 
ge oy ae .| 10,213) 10,209) 10,180] 10,195} 10,214) 10,119) 10,127) 10,174] 10,213) 10,211) 10,210) 10,210 
PL Sh Paes - lea 10,199} 10,209} 10,211) 10,201) 10,206] 10,141) 10,163) 10,184) 10,212} 10,211) 10,210) 10,209 
BOR seic teeta Pa PLOSTSB eee 10,199} 10,201) 10,189) 10,189} 10,154} 10,194) 10,213} 10,211} 10,209} 10,206 
5) Cae ee LOGO case. 5 1OSIO5 ee LOSERS Sr re 1 VAs OR 204 oe es LORI un) pees 10,201 


46 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


TABLE IlI—Continued. 
1917. 


— Jan. Feb. | Mar. | April. | May. | June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 


10,102) 10,205} 10,168} 10,183) 10,209} 10,211] 10,214) 10,210 
10,152} 10,141) 10,164) 10,137; 10,208) 10,211] 10,213} 10,210 
10,205} 10,131) 10,112} 10,157) 10,213} 10,211) 10,213) 10,206 
10,211) 10,151} 10,169] 10,161} 10,214) 10,211} 10,213) 10,199 
10,159} 10,174] 10,175) 10,186} 10,215} 10,174] 10,213} 10,189 
10,145} 10,171} 10,201} 10,189) 10,213] 10,199] 10,213) 10,208 
10,186} 10,159) 10,142) 10,197} 10,215} 10,209} 10,211) 10,197 
10,187} 10,179) 10,112} 10,200} 10,216) 10,210} 10,208) 10,198 
10,211} 10,177) 10,112) 10,175) 10,216) 10,209) 10,210) 10,211 
10,172} 10,149) 10,122} 10,175) 10,175} 10,211) 10,209} 10,210 
10,105) 10,156} 10,139) 10,172} 10,169) 10,207) 10,210] 10,209 
10,138} 10,144) 10,150} 10,173) 10,165} 10,208} 10,208) 10,210 
10,189} 10,163) 10,149] 10,175} 10,197] 10,212} 10,208] 10,209 
10,213} 10,179) 10,151] 10,177) 10,212} 10,210} 10,208] 10,210 
10,191} 10,166) 10,166} 10,179) 10,213} 10,212} 10,208) 10,200 
10,121) 10,132} 10,192) 10,183} *10,213) 10,211} 10,210) 10,209 
10,121} 10,470) 10,148) 10,188) 10,210} 10,211) 10,211] 10,138 
10,202) 10,174} 10,180) 10,188) 10,200} 10,211} 10,211) 10,120 
10,212} 10,184} 10,186) 10,194) 10,205) 10,211} 10,209) 10,155 
10,213) 10,135} 10,174) 10,196} 10,195) 10,211) 10,211) 10,118 
10,209} 10,175} 10,179] 10,214) 10,211) 10,212) 10,209) 10,135 
10,210} 10,212) 10,196} 10,200) 10,210} 10,212) 10,112} 10,189 
10,212} 10,213) 10,198} 10,150) 10,213} 10,212) 10,099} 10,203 
10,213} 10,154} 10,178) 10,174) 10,213) 10,211) 10,179) 10,208 
10,213) 10,097| 10,166) 10,181} 10,213) 10,212} 10,211) 10,208 
10,190} 10,101} 10,173) 10,192} 10,213) 10,212} 10,210) 10,208 
10,212) 10,103} 10,173) 10,184} 10,212) 10,213] 10,211} 10,154 
10,215} 10,113} 10,179) 10,190} 10,212) 10,213} 10,211) 10,164 
10,214) 10,137) 10,194] 10,165] 10,212) 10,213] 10,209) 10,133 
SHURE Abe wann sete LOR210 See. tie:- 10,210} 10,187} 10,204} 10,159] 10,194) 10,206} 10,212} 10,213] 10,211} 10,041 
cise Sonpqgoestuled LOPZLO|s 290.252 AL OPZ10)| Srey Fee 105206|2 Fe. 10,184) 10,202)]........ 10; 213 |e see ee 10,119 


TABLE I1I—Continued. 
1918. 


—— Jan. Feb. Mar. | April. | May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 


Lin a EP EE 10,127} 10,208) 10,209} 10,208) 10,212) 10,182} 10,198) 10,188} 10,199} 10,218] 10,209] 10,210 
Wee iia soe sfsie's 10,069} 10,207) 10,209} 10,209) 10,212) 10,191] 10,206) 10,131] 10,201) 10,217) 10,212} 10,211 

BMP ote sila hs arate 10,111} 10,207; 10,209} 10,207) 10,212) 10,197} 10,212} 10,187} 10,202) 10,217] 10,212) 10,165 

Oe ee 10,109} 10,193) 10,209} 10,209) 10,212) 10,186) 10,212) 10,153} 10,202) 10,216] 10,212) 10,138 

OT acgnee aeee 10,109} 10,104) 10,208} 10,210) 10,212) 10,192) 10,210) 10,200} 10,201) 10,215] 10,209} 10,130 

Gildas o\sigrMa ss 10,112} 10,129} 10,209) 10,210) 10,211) 10,196] 10,205) 10,155) 10,197] 10,213} 10,210) 10,133 

Missle clea Jaehia » 10,125} 10,195) 10,209) 10,200) 10,212) 10,194) 10,211] 10,155) 10,199} 10,213) 10,207} 10,151 

Bet ciageaees ye 10,096} 10,138) 10,207) 10,176} 10,212) 10,205) 10,214) 10,160} 10,200) 10,203] 10,210} 10,173 

Wnoctok Copernic 10,157} 10,135) 10,207) 10,186} 10,212) 10,210} 10,208) 10,157} 10,210) 10,199] 10,211) 10,173 
Le ieee ever 10,099} 10,107) 10,209} 10,158} 10,212) 10,213} 10,173) 10,176} 10,216) 10,205] 10,211) 10,205 
LN Se One ae Se 10,095} 10,124) 10,210) 10,175} 10,213) 10,213} 10,195) 10,194} 10,220) 10,214) 10,195} 10,125 
LP GOR MEIOE a 10,201} 10,206) 10,209} 10,184) 10,214) 10,153) 10,202} 10,149) 10,196} 10,213) 10,201] 10,206 
AD Sato s se ois ete 10,208} 10,194) 10,209} 10,210} 10,212) 10,150} 10,209) 10,152} 10,196) 10,213] 10,185) 10,176 
ene aan oras 10,200} 10,207) 10,208} 10,211) 10,214) 10,186) 10,110} 10,153) 10,195} 10,209) 10,210) 10,151 
a eee ee 10,198} 10,200) 10,195} 10,210) 10,197) 10,187), 10,124) 10,160) 10,203} 10,156) 10,187] 10,132 
i poet apodaone 10,123} 10,153} 10,178) 10,210) 10,214) 10,173] 10,125) 10,160} 10,203) 10,190] 10,169} 10,073 
LY OS Ae Seer: 10,154) 10,207) 10,114) 10,212} 10,214) 10,170} 10,132) 10,174} 10,203) 10,184] 10,181} 10,153 
Ler Rieti ciet ales 10,124} -10,209} 10,149) 10,212} 10,212) 10,176} 10,173) 10,190} 10,207) 10,191] 10,193} 10,174 
oa Bor eee 10,182} 10,208) 10,112} 10,211) 10,206} 10,200) 10,161} 10,181) 10,210} 10,207] 10,211) 10,188 
74 es eee 10,091} 10,209) 10,173} 10,212) 10,193) 10,166} 10,185) 10,165} 10,215) 10,214] 10,209} 10,210 
Maras ets atts 10,149} 10,209) 10,165) 10,212) 10,170) 10,167} 10,200) 10,170) 10,206} 10,213) 10,210} 10,211 
Te ee als tgs of 10,129} 10,209) 10,158) 10,211) 10,175) 10,178} 10,188) 10,175} 10,214) 10,212] 10,182] 10,209 
Ds oie Sedans ae'a 10,187} 10,209) 10,159} 10,206) 10,175) 10,181} 10,126) 10,195} 10,215) 10,212) 10,191] 10,209 
72 aCe BID 10,191} 10,209) 10,133} 10,211) 10,212) 10,187] 10,145) 10,201) 10,219} 10,212) 10,209] 10,210 
Duet. = ates sess 10,205} 10,209) 10,133} 10,211) 10,189) 10,213) 10,188) 10,153) 10,217} 10,213) 10,160] 10,209 
DOs Sis nite Baris 10,206} 10,209) 10,144) 10,211) 10,198} 10,210) 10,205) 10,137) 10,209] 10,212) 10,211] 10,175 
RUB RS Or eh ee cee 10,207} 10,210) 10,155) 10,212} 10,210) 10,183) 10,182] 10,148) 10,216] 10,212} 10,211) 10,192 
Be nts Poss ote 10,201} 10,209) 10,126} 10,211) 10,199) 10,190) 10,205) 10,167) 10,212) 10,211) 10,212) 10,211 
PALS oe ea my LOPZ07 IR 2. 2 ois 10,164) 10,212) 10,200) 10,190] 10,204) 10,173) 10,212) 10,212) 10,205) 10,211 
BU orirate eet es 103199 |e. nla 10,209} 10,213} 10,200) 10,203) 10,193] 10,195} 10,211] 10,212} 10,209) 10,210 


6) ae aera AO 207 esc. 3th 3 LORZP7 |e Sete = LOS USB) Pe ois 0's LOFIS21) LOSLOB Sees 22. LOS 210 cet 10,195 


mY 


TEMPERATURE AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY VARIATIONS 47 


TABLE III—Concluded. 
1919. 


— Jan. Feb. Mar. | April. | May. | June. | July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. | Dec. 


bit z r; ¥ 
PO. eel 
‘ala mM + 
. 
' 
, 
“ 
‘ 
: 


* 


TR ae) fu 


6I61-BI61 BIGT-2T6T LIGI-9T6T 9T6I-ST6T “Gl61-F16L - 
>I a) I] 


“ANT Lo ee 


a iat 
eg Toate bcdy ieee 


fe 


— gi 


a 
al sd 


Re Sd 


, 


hog YA pats 
“ ca olan aeeaeetaa ran Lal ees fon pentane 


aie 


. 
? * 
: 


OP SESE ea 


PLANKTON DIATOMS IN ST. ANDREWS WATERS 49 


IV. 


Plankton Diatoms, their Distribution and Bathymetric 
Range in St. Andrews Waters. 


: BY 
Ciara W. Fritz, B.A., M.Sc. 
Principal East Angus Academy. 


(With three plates.) 


INTRODUCTION. 


Tf a bottle of water be drawn from the sea and examined with the naked eye nothing 
presents itself but the clear, sparkling liquid; but if this same sample be centrifuged for 
half an hour and the residue examined under the microscope, it will be found that 
many organisms of unparalleled beauty have been extracted. Chief among these are 
the diatoms, unicellular plants, exquisite in beauty of symmetry and design. The 
object of the investigations recorded in the following pages is to add some facts to 
the present knowledge of these interesting forms. 

Collections of material were made throughout the year from October, 1916 to 
October, 1917, at various points in Passamaquoddy bay and the adjoining waters of the 
the bay of Fundy. Careful examination of these has revealed the presence of eighty- 
two species, representative of twenty-six genera. Material collected during the 
different months was found to vary greatly. Attention was, therefore, given to the 
seasonal distribution and relative nbundance of the many forms. Ordinary tows were 
taken at the surface and at a depth of from five to six metres, but, during the summer 
of 1917, a series of samples was drawn from certain. stations at various definitely 
recorded depths, and the contents examined in order to ascertain the bathymetric 
range of species. 

Eighty-two species were found, and figures are furnished of those which are rare, 
or, owing to their similarity, difficult to classify. The system of classification used 
is that introduced by W. L. Smith and followed by Wan Heurck (1) and by the Chal- 
lenger Report (3). 

I desire to take this opportunity of expressing my thanks to Dr. A. Willey, under 
whose guidance the problem was commenced; to Dr. A. G. Huntsman, Director of the 
Biological Station, and to his assistants, for their careful attention to the collection 
of material; and to Prof. C. M. Derick for assistance and suggestions, which she has 
kindly given. ' 


Locality and Collection of Material. 


Passamaquoddy bay is situated at the south west corner of New Brunswick, 
where it serves as a boundary between that province and the state of Maine. Into 
it empty the waters of the St. Croix river; and its waters are in turn mingled with 
those of the bay of Fundy by the ever-changing tides which sometimes reach a height 
of twenty-four feet. A group of islands, of which the largest are Deer and Campo 
Bello, form ja partial barrier, through which the tides flow swiftly and with force. 


795504 
} 


| 


\ 


50 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE ; 

Collections were made with more or less regularity throughout the year at each of 
the seven stations marked on the appended map: Prince Stations 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, and 10. 
Particular attention was given to tows taken at Station 6, which it will be noted is at 
the mouth of the St. Croix river and directly opposite to the Atlantic Biological 
Station. Here material was obtained with great regularity: at first twice a week and 
later, when it was ascertained that changes in the content were not rapid, weekly. All 
collections made were taken in a net of No. 20 silk bolting cloth. The same net was 
used on all occasions, and was towed for twenty minutes behind a boat, the speed of 
which was kept as uniform as possible for all the tows. Culture material was imme- 
diately emptied into a large jar of water; material for examination was preserved in 
two to three per cent formalin. 


Seasonal Distribution and Relative Abundance. 


Station 6—Tows, as recorded above, were taken twice a week at the surface and 
at a depth of from 5 to 6 metres during the months of October and November. Later 
weekly collections were deemed sufficient, and during the winter, material was 
gathered even less frequently. Owing to a misunderstanding only surface tows were 
made for a few weeks after the first of May. Enough has been obtained, however, to 
.give an accurate idea of the monthly possibilities. Tables I to IV give a record of 
representative five-metre tows throughout the year at Station 6; and from these the 
gradual increase and disappearance or general constancy of the different forms can 
be traced. Since, with the counting apparatus employed. it was possible to use only a 


TABLE I. 


Station 6. October—December. 5m. Tows. 


October. November. December. 
6 12 16 24 27 7 15 4 13 19 27 
DADC AD:  txe eee FE ES AAD CA QAQOO WI: Rare eB: 666)2534 4). SOD thi seats 
PP aSCtOlG o>. 8s esi ce 3,000} 2,000 50 50 50) 2,000], 1,333 800 300 600 
Pl. angulatum........... 3,000} 2,000 i Sea 1,333} 2,000 666 500} 2,000) 1,400 200 
IRL SEPtGOSUIMN.,« j0'3,ci> + sees SOO | a eitereif ener plallle © feycie coal Map pete gece bccatns apenas 1,333 200 400).e/76 288 400 
PP AMMELOLEREUIIES Re eee eee eA ee eth all stators cle all eysimeettos ell betes eee settars ass 666 200 200 sacs a 
ET AOnMORUMD |. 722i rAd a) ct Bo fonts Lee ote Ee eiaie es allietekels ca CCHS talon dE reat eR eee 200 HOO SES 200 
PR RLERRUIGLUL oar ete as cis ol cis Pista ed ois iy ie Seis Ios aveie a pis alte ae DE Ssa lb nc tock amersrertaslitae eee 200 | eg. 
orb Bye SS eee es oS ee A OOO WME DOGO 28s Ani oS EES: eee Bede ces 100 300| eka 
PARTNER see Per Biy  acs sec Vee Nei: th tS eeaT sk Renee seca | eva Pe here To ead eae chau lteter 50 600) 4,500)...2....% 
Pe ATATIITE TILT SA, 8s atte a ache rac eel oe are he IRs rete | a ei thers tea] cktt otc ene til = tee cies aicer eve etebeeratel mera = haat 100A Sacmese 
DSC TIER ELI Tok a och iE a ole Soph bewostal etna a tcc tate as Spee pall ssopcretec ss etea| aves asirg seul an taj aeeae les | ane helene 100 200 200 200 
ISLS, SL ie eh a 12,000} 72,000} 2,000) 18,000 | esis ee eyed see ars vs Eilts Caves ova eat | Mae verge os eee |S eee 
INCLOSLEF BIND 1522's) (0 crsreiese,| (sistemas DOOD Rerantoneltee Be oe a etn ns Wl ivere wenstoiel| CR eae tase Ett) sleet etl ticle 8 
ON MPEL OETA ee sla so Sit co Sane geal are tla ex bhede het crag seases | me tesa ll oeetohan stapctcd| tetany ducal tiie scarce te sonata aba ial | Preece Veta 200 
SNERGSIT ITE ARE igs RANG ORNATE. A Bllctn acerca lla atetchaneile [paps aer ne ake, mi rRPLH be cohapereptce| | ate net iarcth ce aie. ct came ea RMR mage 200 
Thal. nitzschioides........ GOO iy 82000| ashen kal ey tor cil, stead oi haeeeemts esa we ere ice 1 500|; aus 
Thal. longissima.......... 522,000} 92,000} 8,000} 2,000 50} 2,000) 2,000 100 800} 1,000 
We ahrvbeolets caches ein 141,000] 188,000} 156,000| 72,000] 10,666; 2,000 GGG) hy - ee LOO} suites’: 
Te OOHESA lun nist saaernins 15,000} 20,000} 2,000 BO) eseusers teal seh sts ieate G66). ote ale eeles olemeepnaae 
Pe REM CtOtE cede) see ed IZING A ZEO00 a 2000 | te 2 O00 te. br ceria iene ele ats 100 1OOP SENS 
We MGETOCNSIS reese Salas atl as: 2,000 BOO | ssiotece sell ok tse AAQOO lias coasbis facil aire die lel eee ee eal eee 
Gorebir an oe ee ase osha eae oe DADO teen eh reer ee Oo ee ate ehe Se betel erorsiteceds tell gets ote erate eftue tater ode ail te enerciatete 
YOU LT aes ae TS A 99,000} 82,000} 38,000} 48,000} 9,333} 12,000) 3,333 50 200 be tency 
(64 ef Fe IE AE SHUN acta oer 2,000} 6,000) 1,333) 4,000 5 100 100 200 
CRidebileh adsl de ad spetg 14,000 BO eeetestos 2,666 EU ere ree bate ss 8 1,000; 1,800 
CRIGOCHHE. .2 2 ceases ene as 108; 000]! 1265000)" \105 COO) E He «8 2te' overt nce: craved excl <ciate atlfanas « wieter=|| (epee ererete A eteversce praia] eeeitalttae 
CRaWillees. SSS LPNS iA ACO) ee aed Gs Re eee lh AR | ee ol ee Bee te ry aoe at 
Gi dindemaees orcas ses 3| eS aclee 16,000] 32,000} 16,000]........ 62000 Sateen ee 800): eo eal bes eae 
Ch. laciniosum...........- 3,000} 12,000} 16,000 50 50 BO fo sene nc ieee eee AOOW 3 cet 
CRU COME TACIT os sole Poets | aa: 2 he aie |e toga coeell eerste EA) ae eons | (Sete tary oe bch eae ceed BOO Nos meebo 
Ch. decipiens............ 3,000} 8,000) 2,000 50 50 Oe 2 Beas [eros ac ciieiieteatrer mercll eeremeras 
CR. Criophtlunts.. acess ec Viveda soe AN OOG Ee Ro aR Saco | SR NRA Bree Ore eee el sis ve yerntelf toncs sens eel leyateseveea are 
hop PIG TAT 7 SIEP A BNo| EOE Ga ae) DOR Adin nema bce | ooo acre ce ones oar tin ol root. oil eseoee.s 2. SOO seeierete 
DURAN ST LEO OP cee o] Meas Seek PIOR eA Inada ae (ACS Asal Pe citer aah eh aiteeoc 8 | fay or Gre. SOL sates eames 
MeL MEN DOT EGS. see sels soins ciara gt Re cadiell crete. aie 20) 0 etalpietons, si] ace keyere ets | move areteal | tletere eet ote OE eer (Pe ae 
Mel sticata.ss0 toe 5 Se \ucoh amelie ole dels 8,000) 4,000} 1,333) 6,000} 4,000] 1,100} 5,400} 6,600} 2,800 
DUTCH EMULE  Nroe chek cic ee oc tien FP acare wie oll a relcka ieee clas] aevate tetra cal tesco, ley oy all ete ante risa ecient eval [iatece st eeeravel lac esoyenVatage 800 
Thalgemoeind ss pisses settee needs eta ook ee BON 544000): -:12 424 eo cdieens Mle mbee Sheath pee lee paeete [paren ee 
Cematagilinasa. nade << 5 a1 G O00) cat get 6,000) foc acta!| As jem « GpOQO ON sera ieis ite c's foc tek | betapo-seeeels-cllloneeaenees 
Bid aura 2s GS WS SE ee Se RG DA elas Si OOO)F, Abb. Messe 2e: 409} 1,200 600 
PET ae st] Fe 1 ee | ee | (Ree S) WE Peed ISP Baden 9 [eee Revel et Seillecociaek ity War anGenl tactoc: ater pice Se 200 
Actinoptychus............ S40001 82 eit. = | Rr ets 50} 2,000 666 200 400 800 800 
Coscinodiscus............ 3,000} 10,000} 10,000) 10,000} 1,333); 6,000) 4,666 700 4,100} 3,000} 2,000 


PLANKTON DIATOMS IN ST. ANDREWS WATERS 51 


TABLE II. 


Station 6. January—March. 5m. Tows. 


January. February. March. 
8 13 24 9 23 8 15 23 28 
MICHA 9 AAR Ane Peso or cic 7 0305 Gel See ey aaa | SE AN to) She * 100 TOO ee 2) core 
IEPEMIELREAD LOD O89. Fc .te,sys 0 ye hs sac pe VA] |S ee 100) eae 100 200 100 600 300 
ELRONGUAMEHITE Oo sevice, 3's stodies «save eee» = LOO) ES i. 500 50 HOGS Seen 200 100 
IE PUSUVATOSIETIE et ictal) «sich c= 506 dete eee 400 400 600} 2,200 800} 1,200 400} 1,400 400 
LUNE EET On God SEER ae 6 5o5 boc GaSe oee Gee 100 200 100 HOO |Patet t4s: 100 100 
EM ORTLOBUNES... 0 i alors oa. « t's orcs diate HOO] Re eee 100 LOG et 342 3 CTU U Fea ao 100 
12N. CHEATS Be BO GREER COIAG @\-:c' occ Bl SERRE Ea ear L(Y MQ Reennl Ook Cersed CORO Se Bl RC PIA [Syrah 4 0. 
PUPNTENERES ee aan e's > secs ha a tee ee oe ices eravaisse [te > eicls 06 a) s old.ols: a ci|le,s Meena ier ale tal WOO Eh 2.22 200). 100 
OR OQUOTAG!. <(oci0'=\0/<,2 30 « GAH BGOs cos ge Bosh) | Se epee] MReeeeeeal (ier Ser DAL Ae APOC | herd eee es ede NA eso 
IDR OTR Mae ee atcha cl. 2.2 ors roe eeettare ot nieleint otis [eres avttss [Biwecte ines DOO tea. tt at. 5| OE eis 1,500} 3,500) 3,500 
EHNA TILODRON ORT hac, nea oa Sider PA alte oe [sain vite a fe cerns See ALO | WP: Foe | eevee Pat kere cre dca.s,ae 
Rhabdonema.............. PEt o4: 2 Mone SOO eee 100 100 LOQh Sato 300 300 
“SVT RRA gO SS i EOC aCid Ul © 3Cc4| SO aSE! | aaa 100 HOO | tee LOD Priel Se He ee ee a8 
Campylodiscus.............:. ser ots aids Sen) dkiie cae SeBeaEee 100 LOO soe eierinzeey noe LOO RS Bose 100 
PMESIO IITA aE 8 sx sjhidso, «sha, emai om ae Rete THU) | a Se] | 9s SO i C11") ASAP diel de| (es eeed 5 Rec eee Sea ll Ma ety 
RAE UEECNIOULES...-< oa.s0scicieisie ule ocylsereee be 400 400 2,200 2,100 2,100 4,200 600 400 600 
PMMEDCLOL GIS eo Sassje1s »siila\S,ovncle sheleis apes 24 eee 100 600 100 100 300 200 300 100 
PEMMCH ICAO ate ce Nat bye See ciaErs vee oso wales alfPosaee ss (1010) | exepsene 700 400} 3,300) 4,400 
(Gi (L111 bir 77{ eh re eee: See ae PPROO We sashes 800} 1,200} 1,100 S00} Ease eelaeeake 
CPTI GERLOGILIND ois aia'o fate So's 0 50,0 aia/sve! s eyeamrate ale BOOKS io rct lee eee ee ROOK eee wee. 300325548 500) 4,200 
GAR CEDICNS hace ia a isrolas deeeys cae cee ee te ee DOO se ons 500 (i 0) Mn lee cares UeeeN [Sst fee eal ISU 
RSE CLELUNENIG Aas tetaes O-Orsi viene aye dees 700 500 2,500 SBOOe o's os 3,000 500 1,700 900 
M. Borreri......... ea AF ore men ct 28. || le deed | Ae 6 ot oe | a 400 200 200 100 
M. hyperborea.. 
Witteticniie ey: dak, (heap ces nsee 2,200} 2,400 300} 2,200 SOO}. 2.cetee 300 
M. crenulata... A400 | cock ee 
T halassiosira 500 500} 17,000) 309,500 
PRETUTA UE BI REATE Ne, ciet Sea cake Svat eoaie eave Maisons tate « 9,900} 20,300) 19,300} 18,900 
CAICEIIOMIMCRUES A” Ais al v.2 soft cies shajeteys/= +p rie < oe OQ Se. Sa LOGIE Se ee 100 200 100 
WIS CRINSE ORIG. 5. Neae cities aajokic «ovens ae)* 3,800 700 3,100 400 1,100 1,900 2,200 1,000 1,800 
TABLE IIlI. 
Station 6.—April-July. 5m. Tows. 
April May. June July 
ts 14 20 Polis “2h 25 3 11 17 23 
IMAUICUI DAS eG cccie ohio: at seats eae BOO fede AEA Ae ee PR Fee Boole. 1s OOO'S Sake eae ae 250 
TESTE GT ee ee ee ee 2,500} 2,000) 1,666 50} 3,333 333 500) 1,000 750 250 
TETENCTULTUTT eat Se ieee eae DUO Nace TEGOO| cose ee 2,666 333 500 2,000 50 250 
IPI airigosumiees..2)../38 Lie eae DOO 2000) FE CBG. rss sells es eee B03) ee Sees If, O00) Sai Ss 
EET ORTRGBIUMES <> solos = os seteais <5 5s 2's 250 110) ees era! PR ce (ey See CRs) Ine Wir eee BOOlaste cle eee 
WASLEFIONELL Hoe Jae Ufo lle t st es elbloe siete IG AMSA SO} 83000) 274666) 12, 500.c se. Se. See ee 
SQN. OEE Py TOS Sea ey aia |e Sakae HOGG Sete shoe oS ee ee 2 Ba ROG oll Gee therracral (Aiet reret 
Praguvarw.:..2......- Cee SSE! IR Eye Be et Fer. te Renee RR ee We GiG66/=” 2.66 eee ssoolen sceee slots vee , 
LETT OTR A ae 8 Re eee CECE 13,750 ELD) te EPMA ON [er oa race (CPEs cert (eee CCS Tan |, Comme a nee aPC 
SERUTOTIOLO DON ere sae tote onl eisaiomek. gscewer ence ae DE GBG mere cis care Niavertis to etealPacioe« akorci fis, tere ote erst (ane neat 
ERADAONCTUD See. elas ss deat eiles « BBO. Sees ys, cates eiete. eee fF BOWER aber ae Ce Pe Sey Bae 
SOG RATS SEY Be 8 Bee Be ee oe ech |e seta ay |S eae ae inetonies Gee men ae NOs cies Sa le race ole oleh ate A lame bese 
Gumpilotiscus sy 25 «castes ss BOO paca Weer. chee ee Seed Sy Aes elses chen [owe om ele oleh stot oie sara 
Livin, RET EAEG AD BSC rns e CS Se eke oe (Oe Oe eta Ia eee: cl | Pier akaey Ik erent (ae eae [EN ifn 2,500). ;, 2:3 000} ° 50 
IVERELOSLEN TUT ce 1.5 aoe Poni = esate (os sire eae sorceiiecl fa ease See [eee ae aaa lame Se a alata tees [ete ete aa =| edee ss ets 750 50 
Phat. nitzschioides 26. 2... 6 os a +0) 2950) 52-000). 753000) 2.21.28. 2,000} 1,333} 3,500! 29,000} 5,250 
Ee MEREDELOEIT ates. Nae cncrh siden soi 500 11) Re eae ee 50} 1,333 666 E1110) [ies Se a es 50 
(ORLY Ctl aan fn a a 30,000} 36,500! 255,000) 40,000} 418,000} 106,333/3,420,000|3,600,000/4,267,900| 622,000 
Gh sociale:...o.-. if 5 Sap Serer sere 7 (41) Fay a ae 95,000) 207,500} 8,666 5O | ia 2 oe aah es Dee 
CW NINAheML Oe, oS Kee se Jae se 6,500} 9,500} 13,333] 46,250} 16,000]........ 40,000} 11,000} 96,000 
Gh laemontiumsy. ..s0838 52. S0ooiws 5 12,250} 15,000) 8,333] 23,750} 10,000) 15,333} 73,000) 102,000} 75,750) 5,000 
MMII ESENACTE te CRM ech a ears Nags crete cec Al eee ae lags wee a Sei faahe abs ave UL Ae, cic ieee |lecpte.ove seat eielnapeiaks ©: \eceuebeae 4,500 
CPUC BUTIEOTES Eee eas cece A ees choke | ee Reh ok AN ABMS Rs 3,333} 12,000} 5,500) 3,000 50 50 
i PR COMLONEIERL Ee re een ee oe ee ac, ot weeds Sgt SE BT! Mee es helen aoe cB recone meee, tes oxel eeueeete qe 1,500 
Ch. convolutum 000 


Skeletonema... 50 
M. Borreri......... 
M. hyperborea..... 
Mie siicatiin. yet: atte cone ane 


hs GHA CHER 509 68 mciedaloia> occa tho baer Pease al Menai Bee) ORAS cle 


Tie PtOCH UNOTUS fey; Site ET NS alate e)| (aieckers ake Sllereteeate ou fetel ayatere senile eid ce etuiell ese sere va A 500 sess Ane. 12 000 1,500 
HT OTEC Tina nee Cd 13. gle ns ode o GIG. aS ELE | LOIRE Ec [center ete apn eel eee tate | eae tte Sede) ae NGO Wah sete dw cuits aced 
UE {TiE LTT: Reap OR ERE AG SO AS 59, /(90\5. 46-000} 305,000) (83,0501. 2. ail nies e DUO eesep sara ise tee .~ 
Alchmopigcnusis) ceo sacar lee eee: OO [Aaa is) APLAR Lars Nery: chat | Race Meee Mite, eooeoteT elenbctal cake 
@Gscwmodiscus. sh apocz assent woo 1,500) 2,000) 3,333}) ¢al,250).0....... 1 O00| eee 2 oll AO ee 250 


79550—44 


52 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


TABLE IV. 


Station 6.—August-Oct. 5m. Tows. 


August. September. Oct. 
2 8 14 20 28 6 13 20°F Puta 
Navicula. 1.0... phe ba ec Steet f.000|).00 eel eee (iT) Lp ees Berioee ne Eble 
RISA Ss, BE es aS eas Z OOO A 3352 Tal Ree teeta es 28 |) Neate 2 133 400 666 
PS ANGTUUUT Ree Sh ele a as, eee ele 1,000 250) ele sce ees lee Rei 28 ea Liars GG fhe yee 333 
UU SOT EOBUIIL Ce eta shh ra e's Sea OEE Os Mhar@te oom eather ) eee ON | Sama me Nene apf 66 200 1,000 
1 ELIS 12 VAL TAY ge Cea ee Rea | ee ah BO ea eee este os Ge ete | ee HGR ere 
Pl. formosum......... Oe 6 Meee oye bor SBC AAT Seber 1-4 | Pane ie AMM ceed ede tahoe ob LULS 2. 333 
SA SECITIGTIONLID Sy SAL id Pie svat es alts Be. SRR, yon ctee WAL te ela | eee | eee, ali eco hee re 933 600 
UG GUOT Ik «sere sys < poe Bs Ae Seda] Ey cte, si othe (s/esateis eo. | Meee cee Ci} 01010) PEE eA Se CLL aS 
TTT Tree Bie ae Se ten) OS 21 i ens |) nek he eng (Re eee 1 se Ey a eh ae ae Ta (50 eel ee 
SPILT TOT Tete Oe OF GRE CO eee Ga eae > coe saeemset ie 183i SAR eel GEE lees anor 66)E2 cere 333 
LURRERT ERE I ts To car he I Tote a a eee etitete eke 8,000 BOO T6X66GH te O00)... 2. Sone ee eee? USIBR; 1,600} 21,333 
INCRE LOSLOTNITL |. -5: MASE: 5's eo Sayer AL 3 OOO eis wae: 1,666 1,000 DR a seee A00 ine eees 333 
Dab ante SCRIOLUESY «lon. catia el ee eee 9,000 500} 19,666) 27,000 428 eee 133 400 666 
RGU VLOUASEATIG: sipete se aes ohsd odes e hehe Se] Bees A a oes ee be es || 143 DORE 200 666 
LETTE TE Sy SE eee ea ia em ge nnd | ee | ee a eS ye el a a (USN NO A ge 1,000 
REVENGE eo Stee cate eee 50 250} 3,666} 1,000 171 150 466 1,800} 4,900 
NPD DLTES PUCE Es ots Ric iors ata tN eRe wasutes A Naot ail | hrs. Gr Seal tseaeone ead egea Reeecen | eres ee, PrP ER EEL 66 406| 3,333 
REAIIETOCNSES ent See os et gicate MOOD 8 noe GOGlar ke. - 28 Sea ea ate, steve rer oe 
TD TTA MOG SE OBOE IEEE On CA TeS oe verti te eptarta| Mee aaa! [aieren 2.30 {k= Sopa Pa Eaede IPe eats Ala | ura avec 800} 1,666 
Ue ahs Ss ee go SCO, Bae ene 1,000 200s sreereraes | aries Seed Cages eee SE 66 200 333 
CR MACHID ne ce td is RP ERE eee oo 7,000,000} 6,625) 440,000} 810,000 ABD a see 866} 1,000 
CaCI AL EM ed Corian oles taLANm ine a Bete vevevss ahs ANOOO|P ee fue 16,666} 121,000 114] 280,000}........ 160,000 
LRA ST LEE CAEN oc oe cee PAE eee Rare ac tes Mleereete tier i ps za rb oh RE RENE el Mabe es 466| 1,200 
ORSINI PARR A a tee Lhe eae (SeeeeeA Ol beeen haere aac Phy ee Ses = 8,466} 160,000} 3,000 
CRA ACINIOSUTD) DCE Bio id SRO Beko tae 54,000 500} 40,333) 118,000 143 50} 6,400} 5,200) 1,666 
ORE COMSITACTUITO EO cc Rice cater oe 7,000 1750 eon |store |ns wee ea ees 133 800 
Cisilees piens 4.00 etd ec eRe ee ie SHIA Joss | SRde ee 50| 5,666} 46,000 Gsllaiye sBiiee 200 400) 11,000 
CR EOIGHLUND). 6 Io Be ike tottedhe Snie CORA Re 2 hOO| See ee eRe, BYOOO | se eee a: tee Oe ee 800 
EAU O, aE eae hate ey. ae oe eee yaya ro ce Ss) Oe a eae PT as 228 50 666} 2,000 333 
CRA CONTOTULUNE sean: = <5 J vee Oe = o-Biaiie sft oln\| Pirate coe DO) amerias. OOO les venue nl ees lees 200 400 
RR EICIONE IIE. fa ee snes Meee nes 61,000 (501 QvB66\s ce. h ele 428 300; 1,466; 1,200) 13,666 
POR IEG ee SA et re ett a Dates Oa ve od 17,000} 1,500 50} 5,000 DDI E Ree: 2,466 800} 7,333 
TTR LASSTOSIL OOH ee OE een or a ee ee 6,000 1,150 2,666 9,060 Oil ee en tae 200 2,400 6,666 
DECTILOCYELTEOGUS «2ierd «aici o Shab duese Ache le cae eet: SOOO Fee 2,333} 40,000 85 50} © 2,000} 11,200 333 
(CE TTCTTLTE Ie ae AO OL ho oe OE coat ae STDs G63 4000 | hat ke-aael msc ckt nel lec re rete || sree 
LBV le TEST ly ice Wet | elena sles eas aes eaten a ant a Al Partie coe (Sea ARH Soya a is aie elo civ ee aS ot matters | okra eee 333 
Coscinodiscus..... LS Fos ere PRE De, Lege 50 666} 1,000 iO eee mick 266 200) 12,333 


16mm. objective, I was’ unable to determine with accuracy species which are dis- 
tinguished by minute details of structure, such as some of the Coscinodisci. In the 
tables I have, therefore, grouped together the Thalassiosirae and the allied species 
Coscinosira polychorda; and have included under their respective generic names all 
the Naviculae, Asterionellae, Surirellae, Campylodisei and Coscinodisci. 

After the material of each tow had been examined and all the species recorded, a 
careful estimate of the numbers present was made in the following manner. The 
volume of water, in which the organisms had been preserved, was increased to from 
50 to 500cc. according as the amount of material was slight or abundant. In each 
case the final volume was recorded. Counting was done by means of a Rafter cell as 
recommended by Moore (12). This consists of an ordinary glass microscope slide, 
on which is fastened a rectangular rim of metal 5 cm. x 2cm. and 1mm. in depth. 
This, therefore, when filled and covered with a slip contains 1 ¢.c. of liquid. To facili- 
tate counting, a disc, on which was ruled a square, 1 mm. in area, was used in the 
eyepiece. The material was well stirred to insure a thorough mixing and to prevent 
the accumulation of heavy forms at the bottom. While sti!l in motion 1 ¢.c. was 
quickly drawn off and placed in the cell. At least forty squares were counted in 
each preparation and several slides were used from each collection. From the forty 
or more squares counted the contents of each c.c. was reckoned; an average of the 
contents of the several cells was then taken and this multiplied by the number of c.c. 
in the prepared material is an estimate of the number of individuals present. 

It will be noted that both in numbers and diversity of form the genus Chaetoceras 
stands far in the lead. In September eleven species are recorded. The ranks are 
then gradually thinned until during the winter only four species, Ch. debile, diadema, 
laciniosum and decipiens are found; and these are but scantily represented. The 
addition of Ch. sociale in the spring adds greatly to the numbers; and from July 


PLANKTON DIATOMS IN ST. ANDREWS WATERS 53 


onwards the remaining forms appear. The great predominance of Ch. debile, which 
on August 2 gives the record count of 7,000,000 frustules, is to be noted. The graceful 
spiral chains of this species are a characteristic feature of summer gatherings. But 
the maximum for diversity of form is, as recorded above, in September. 

The allied genera, Corethron, Ditylium and Rhizosolenia, also attain their 
maxima in the autumn. Corethron criophilum appears only occasionally; but the 
beautifully modelled Ditylium Brightweli is a dominant plankton form from the end 
of September until the first of December. In the autumn four species of Rhizoso- 
lenia are abundant, but throughout the winter and until the following August only 
R. hebitata is found. MeMurrich (13) has recorded a distinet spring maximum for 
Rk. setigera in 1915, but this was not repeated in 1917. 

Another dominant autumn form is Thalassiothrix longissima, which attains a 
sudden maximum in October, but holds its position of prominence for but a brief 
period. Its allied species 7’. nitzschzoides is present in varying, but never great num- 
bers throughout the year. 

A prevalence of free living, compact forms is to be noted in winter. Pleurosigma, 
but scantily represented during the autumn, presents six species in February. The 
only one, however, which can be said to be characteristic of any season is P. strigosum, 
which abounds from February until April. December brings in Rhabdonema and 
Surirella, and January the Campylodisci; Actinoptychus undulatus and the Coscino- 
disci persist and the latter presents an increase in the number of species. The 
majority of the more delicate forms, Leptocylindrus, Cerataulina, ete. fail; but 
filamentous forms are not entirely lacking, for Skeletonema costatum and Melosira 
are taken in practically every collection. ; 

The prevailing spring forms are Biddulphia and Thalassiosira. The former is 
introduced in December and occurs in small numbers during the winter. It then 
gradually increases and attains a distinct maximum in the middle of March, after 
whieh its numbers decrease; and it is rarely found after May. For B. sinensis a simi- 
lar maximum has been recorded by Ostenfeld (16) in the North sea, but it there 
prevailed throughout the summer and reached its height in November. Thalassiosira 
appears in February. Five'species T. gravida, nordenskioldii, hyalina, condensata 
and Coscinosira polychorda, are grouped together in the tables. These dominate the 
plankton during April and May and on May 1 give the enormous total of 8,750,000 
frustules. 

It is seen that in general the autumn plankton is characterized by the presence 
of slender, elongated forms such as Thalassiothrix and Rhizosolenia, together with 
numerous species of Chaetoceras. The winter presents the solid, compact forms, 
while in spring and summer the long, graceful chains of Thalassiosira and Chaeto- 
ceras prevail. Other species appear occasionally, or are present in small numbers 
throughout the year, but at no time does any other form a characteristic, seasonal 
feature. 


54 


DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Station 3.—Station 3 is situated in the bay of Fundy, eleven miles southeast of 


Swallow Tail Light, Grand Manan. 


first of January to the end of July are recorded in Table V. 


TABLE V. 


Station 3.—January—July. 5m. Tows. 


The results of monthly collections from the 


~ 
— January 3. | February 8. | April 9. May 4 June 15. July 4. July 31. 

I Tere latent se Fev. oS © a Rasa Ses AS Fie Oil ao len lalt See chase Hee ROP PE cts» «use| cc oietee wee 50 

IPI MON TUIOtUIN: < 5.000255 s406 526 © OD), |} tc Seeeeat. laa SAO Ra Oe ae ee 20e': 8 | 3 epee ee See ae 

Pl. strigosum...........+-+-.--- 50 300 St). || a2 ea emer ed ee Se eka? 
RSLETRONCM ME oe erro eee Me os eo | SE ee « eeiow ne tee a | sce LS BOO Hees arte 200 1,400 
PU MERTELEES CM ols Re sag Fa akan el ba ea cet se Head way tes ar <i} ah PONE ERE PPAR etic go cna, of acd atc atte age ae ibe as 600 
WV RNELOSECT AUD Manne S]stsitin = = fessare ke Mico starter wistensl| Zin cain alc ae ee o | eR MMRMT RE aces oss. Ss 0] acid ois erate AAS oe oe meet 1,000 
Thal. nitzschioides...-........... GOO i: . See 4,300 35.900). ||. hae ees 100 

PERHBSUDEOLEL ti as 2 Sain eine Se Mes» Wasa SiO as PEN ott roa) eee I SN oxy 9) <t| 5 Se oe met eee 

Me REDOLIMION Bar coe ans ot he aaee 150 50 500 2,600 50 50 200 
ERY Ons AeA oreo acre, Rata ofa | fone Aaland RN aoe ae sectc og) syed] ate eae es ois Godan coos | SS, Ceca Oa eae ses ie pee 200 
(Cts ZiT Bek So Beatie ger ieee P ist MO Aine ate £40 | ry Cle aa 1,200 SSes00l eee eee 1,700 10,200 
Gran ciales ees os 8h TESA BOAl eS oe lees A eee eee Ae ee 80000) 112; :- Seer eon weaned ees 4,000,000 
TORR ets AS ct Bes 5 OMe CN ange i.e ah ae steve ecco oral] eee oe ete ee: cc [kn Pe eect nee cee 2,000 
Ch. diadema......: rhe Ach A 350 150 6,100 6,100 350 1,650 4,400 
GAMA ninsin Beles pe Sea Bs, Nein Bare Se Mal lidae casa shel 7 | Meee 85000 hl ee ee aes 200 6,200 
OR TeCtpEns esree crac ae betel ek THO ee eee Sic deere 500 200 1,450 6,800 
Chodantcumirsie 42 3 ise ee Od | ame cer eters 100 100) |aeettcte eke lve aes Cees ee 

ORS AUONTIDUN so p08 So ores Dee ie ee rote ole rales || Rss ame sisal 500 QUO). "| eaese st sit istecareis esses ieee ee 800 
Giconvaniinins se 4 ee AER, BRB olee cee ee 200 B00" Fas fake: 100 20,000 
Skeletonema.......... DE AOE AER ieee n abate UI Ones ot oee 8,200 ACAD OA oe cotton tte ee ese 10,000 
MER SUICLD IE - 2 hee e SBIR OTN Se ec eM Se Mee ZOO FA ee on see al ethan OF BARES, See ees ae 
JUTAGE TH Gl (aOR ee CREE BEC CO ee GE snot ae  AmSa Seen ser 250,000 880,000 50 4,300 
Leptocylindrus. Pad SAE SED eee a llala Rel 7 aheavats aoe] sleds isa tip eke er apa eee CEE ROCA Sic aries ete cies | eiSereys sents Mieeale 100 

(ETC 57 {i Se RT 100 50 1,200 1S 0S) Mertens Se By el La eee ep ee 

Bid. mobtliensis............-.+.- B0)'F "| tape ees eta sa coal ces a eect teeel | = inl he ictevalSs « ote, <|| ee Pom cto. oscil cena eles 

ACHR COTY CHIR «mace as ¢=/tetatahe oe 50 BOK, A Pape Saeeee crct all he, 2 cheba areca oll Rcbacchapereeate: sae Ce erecta 

COSC MOUISCUS soa .ese p1dmnisis ce phe =< 1,600 550 200 2,200 12,200 200 700 


A comparison with the previous tables, immediately reveals the similarity of the 
flora to that of Station 6; but the more exposed waters of the bay of Fundy are clearly 
not so favourable to diatom production, for at all seasons the number, both of species 
and individuals, is greatly reduced. One new species, Chaetoceras atlanticum, is the 
only addition to the former records; and Ch. danicum is found to persist throughout 
the year. 

Other stations——The remaining stations lie in the order 10, 4, 9, 1 in the channel 
leading from the Biological Station toward the bay of Fundy; and Station 5 is in 
the bay of Fundy, midway between the northern end of Campo Bello and The Wolves. 
As only surface tows were taken at these points, the results recorded in Tables VI 
and VII do not bear comparison with those of the former tables. They serve in 
themselves, however, as a means of comparing the floras of the different localities. 
Two seasons, Octcber and May, are presented. As the result of an accident the 
October material of Station 5 was lost before a count was made; the species found 
are, therefore, merely marked in the table, and I may add that I have recorded that 
the diatoms present were few. 

As would be expected from the force of the constantly changing tides, it is the 
predominant forms which prevail over the whole area. , No form attains its maximum 
at one particular point. Thus in May Chatoceras debile, Ch. sociale and Thalas- 
siosira, are always present in large numbers; and in the autumn the prevailing 
species Thalassiothrix longissima, Rhizosolenia shrubsolet and Ditylium Brightwelit 
are taken at every point. The constantly persistent forms, Chaetoceras diadema and 
Coscinodiscus appear uniformly at all stations at both seasons, while the less abundant 
forms are occasionally obtained at the various points Two species, [sthmia nervosa 
and Isthmia enervis, obtained at Station 1, are the only additions to the previous 
lists. 

In brief we may conclude that with respect to seasonal distribution the members 
of the phytoplankton may be included in three groups: firstly, those species which 


*Pr 


\ 
, 
PLANKTON DIATOMS IN ST. ANDREWS WATERS 55 
TABLE VI. 
5m. Tows in May from Stations 6, 10, 4, 9, 1, 5, 3. 
— 6 10 4 9 1 5 3 
UNA DSGR TE RETES ee ore clecels seas enietts 
EAP ABCUOLD Scrat rate Netk sic, ole eis ciate 
PLN ORTULGEUMM so cee cau Geos otevnalay 
Pl. strigosum.. 
Pl. formosum........ raate 
PACHIIUNES Hee ae fe’ aiajocis «ia 8 aye ras a 
Alstertonellas ji22) os ets el aoet 1,800 
MSUREUN EMG Sh bce an wihiej0.0 $8.8 Si cseere 
IGE AMANGIG DNONDs.kc bicelles Rae Oe ROe eis Piseeee ee cee. 
IWIN SNE Coe AOE OO CORE Sed ciao 2 Sere (eae sees ee 
Thal. nitzschioides..............- 3,900 
MS OCLILGTE LER nis etielalale' «Ness ea redeotel| Meister ae & 
TG MRED ELOLG sare cies cin sss 0 os aeiate 2,600 
R. faerGensis...... Ae ee ee 
(Of CEUTA ne See Reg te ea 101,000 254,000 112,000 23,000 22,700 23,000 88,400 
GMSOCRULEP aon hos ceetvaecis ace eles 33,000 2,000 60,000 39,600 23,300 7,500 80,000 
(Clic, WETS = RE SENT a re pee [oy eee aes PALA eas ey eet | Weenie, 5 ORE | ee Es ty) ee eee. fe Bt 
Gidiaderiat 3). veto soi ode alsiee 19,000 50,800 12,000 9,400 5,600 5,500 6,100 
GROGCNIOSUIN:. 0.a esas esses een 10,000 11,200 A SGOO Ww, 3) kre Acie? tterct ee ll teearettan tkctoeaers RE een ire A 3,500 
GW ACCUBIONS © oasis eon ss 85.58 Selah lisalewartaece. ee SOO | eessdtaa ce Scars il aseetan | eromnetat el binccearse shel meboteel | choy ober bea 500 
GES CONLOTUUID 5 Sonia stoi 4 +: 4.5.05 05s) ited Ae ro 1] UES CRs, ee He cal Te bs | | i Tet | oe 
PE LLN CITI ees Acc Paeben eral IS tecee ee ME SIL aN, whe aS aierajant SNS tee w oeel ciece laserjet suarctaall cies hora ast ane oe 100 
GRAGHANTICUI TS Soe Ure eae | See Ree ene kewdod cnee alone Ss dace an BOOP ates ce corals ae ie 200 
GR convolutand. <i sodas) s s\cte cve's ss LON pees te ticw Peel ei eee ee | | ean MRR A) Pee ea ell (Ug OTR SYD 800 
WRELELOMETILID OL ALN Disioviaybic stars craters > L010 | OP Re eae ed 11,200 4,300 10,000 4,400 
BP SUL CALGLER Aerassiacine) «cis es 'aralaretee 2 DOM eres netted re silttne ce aoe (donaee rete ae [amin eee ahaa a 1,000 
PRROLUSOROBIT Gite vicicis c's sis-niry3) sia o> se 81,500,000 | 6,000,000 | 8,400,000 | 2,900,000 570,000 266,000 880,000 
LAER Glin Ae Sh SLRS SO CUR | aR do || Ae il eo Se Ae SOZOD Mic Srtoce verde ke loan o eee 
TST TE VTL 0 SS tem SEALER NS S| ney ey eee Crane |e ee a Ee eaters ee ee 5,600 2,200 22,500 500 
PAICEUNO DENCH US Cra 8 actetet vo lots ae ottcee [takers ee secm neaee ol orwtek e< o HA ANS] ere ao aces RNAS Se a Fat LOO) |) etotsaraye eis 
GORPINOHISCUS. ii teait sore dale sich « 400 800 2,400 DOO alaapideciertes vc 750 2,200 
TABLE VII. 
5m. Tows of October from Stations 6, 10, 4, 9, 1, 5, 3. 
— 6 10 4 9 1 5 
ATL ABCROL Chea tre aie rele aie store tse eugene 2,000 LOO )py ides tate ete tol tet eeesa 600 
TEV TATTLE ERS SNES BL OO EHE TO INe CEN | Cece wean ese, © HOO! Ae siie stopecedecto (cites peestnete ole epee raters % 
TARO RLS OB GOE SERIES CEO CECA COMO RLII [Ner re ae eee TOO) (Sosy nce tailesiiere 4 conta 300 
FED, (GUIPAER TCA GORGE GEIR Ee RIS OL AAG] | PR RS Cel (eared ce cartel Le ie ope ah 50 600 
CAGES acdc Sepa a OC OIC CED HT GARG ESE Cia | Gace QUIS Ee 3 | Raese citer ie) |e MTL er] (ye AE eae 30,000 > 
UME TE 2 eRe e ee cose Scie Setee me ein flere ats A kegel one, we. Tale | aeiaays «oS spel iotatolecerctava ie 300 6 
(SURG M eg dag ASUSOS SGC ACO CCE OO CCIE |teiee SMO ee eam IR ee eae eas (CamRy Ac APB! | APSA Ries Pape ee 600 
CAGED TD ULS CUS St tujo 2) ciatorsta fa clas e)=.shee store oraiefnsace [ino oer diekees LOO ale ebergenieitet aes] Oro eerie: 300 < 
ES ON TUL OT NC ee ec ete sicigte Sone eink OTs 50 8,800 1,800 2,850 2,400 
INIRCLORIERTIENE one oe neces oak L see, DOO sie ees Paes cre etoile ta ho & eerie a) (ace aN Wc I yoke 
RRAUVBUZECHIOUW SAAS aslo ae eet otis Fete dele e sda ee ark eee U0) PEA ARE Sad AN ally S| MI 
TIE TL LONG IESUIILO Smita e\ngs caele ioe Seat Sayaelee 2,000 300 400 1,700 4,800 is 
LEST CLLLE CE ee OE ee eee eens oles wee Lecial iene ecko ten oe LOO ers eee fy 
R. shrubsolei 80,000 30,000 7,340 4,200 ‘ 
Ky obtusa....::. Si 1,000 200 115] Ol Sea et einer 
TED CG ee eS ALGOW ULE sar 50 600 
PMR COGLULD Part rie Nc ase Ee asievcad Acie: 700 200 DBO lel eres ae eee 
DB HAGUE Sa ot BOO OER POG Oe SOC RR IS CKD (aca acl ee | CRSA AL Se gen] A CRM VE 900 
dL DEID Tae Ge CHD Se CHORE ERC DOE oa tetoe 30,000 20,000 8,000 14,400 i 
(Cig SEGA SEAG GARE M oes SHARE OR ARE Beta aaa neo 100 P40 Oi pee Maa tts CIE Tae I MI 
GIES OCRALE Leys ACER NITE sls dane Me daers DAR OGO) Cpse eae Ree ER 5 fev TF AEE Ne I a pA na 
ON TENE SAT Sa ee ee ee eS en ee , 16,000 DELO a iw eect sitio |S eee Mae ey tests [eek ens eeen 
(SPC ips - SS AA Ege, hae BOA See Om Sea |e ee a NL OE Wee Ar a rg | CS NA ety | aa ea 
{CINTA TITICT Tle EA RO See ee ee ee a 6,000 13,600 600 4,100 13,200 * 
ORGLGCUMOSIIM ar tk co teesciteee ecleaee eee. 10,000 TSDOON ess stents Seip tereis shelve ell eevee eateeatens 
GRACONSUCEEII IR CPEs aa asia yet eae ee IN acai ste LAI LEA hs aa BOO je ii[iecdceaepeene |p ea es aa 
CCR IGONLON UND pinay ta sia cresielainia tian vio niall tein fe arene ae eels BOD is Sesh sie rouse se fve sence lave Cate eae tated ee ae ea 
GaN decsIien et tee ed Ete Br ANG Bo ek 50 300 600 100 1,200 '~ 
CRs damicures PERF cate c te rametere pigs slaychec aia oc [io deete-e a) sib sabes 400 (GLO ATRN TENE i tone Ne Ngee ees I 
(Ui GEOL Lid aa gos SEIS on ab AS OPO DInE LR Cee IEE ere na) |acrMirerein see TOO ec aey tevaupnye 
(ON SE Casta 3) FAAS) Ch a I tale ors a ee 1 OY ORR Eee Se ee AA UE RN Steet | Un See OM rie nl REAL IAN at 
Skeletonema............ Se MME AE EC tatoo sna) cl craVor eid Mccorcilet a olalord DOOM euaaet see at PAT ONT Tae ae nts I 
TIED) GTR on REE, Ac eo ee ie EERE 50 SOOM ute Pu ay 250 1,800 * 
(COCALO NAS AHO Bion oe ost 86 AOS SRI (CR ScacRe HE erate 500 BOON deere Weaateuay -cayvel aeall et ei Neare 
TELLIER TON Act oi oti pe Tl A AYU ae AOL O)PG Neves eee neg eat fanaa ge RU eS US NUD Ue * 
LEDS AOD ILICN STS iA ee es CUED EER cull ACOA ey [ERISA he AR A NET in as 
TESA OES SACP ABIGAIL An a | Plesi fee R d 8 600 * 
FAICLINODLYCHUS ee) ise raat titties a siels cele 2,000 1 OTST Pe ret wee Hee es eet ye me lt 600 * 
GOSCINOTISCNS NI as Sci ha are eeisle ne hak ee ie des 10,000 1,000 400 250 4,800 Ps 


56 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


persist in considerable abundance over the whole area throughtout the year; secondly, 
those which oceur occasionally at all seasons; and thirdly, those which attain a 
marked predominance at one season and then either entirely disappear or occur at 
rare intervals. ' ; 
BATHYMETRIC RANGE. 

Station 6. A comparison between surface and 5 metre tows. To ascertain the 
more favourable depth for the gathering of material a comparison was made between 
the numbers obtained in monthly tows at the surface and at a depth of 5 metres. Each 
species was considered separately and each presented the same irregularity of distribu- 
tion. Most frequently, however, the greater numbers came from the lower level, for out 
of 183 comparisons made, the five metre collections proved the greater in 103 cases. No 
species showed a preference for the surface water, nor did any fail to appear in them. 
A synopsis of the results for eleven of the most abundant genera will be found in 
Table VIII. 

TABLE VII. 


Comparison of Surface and 5m. Tows. Station 6. 


— Se 


— Oct. 6 | Dec. 4 |Dec. 27| Jan. 24 |Mar. 15/April 14\June 21) July 11 Aug. 8 | Sept. 6 
Pleurosigma........8...05....++ 2,000 1,350 450 4,300 450 250 300 4 O00 ea nace 200 
free eae 9,000 1,900 800} 1,300 800} 4,550) 6,000 4,000 550 
Thalassiothriz....... Siceree ~ a 2 212200:000 A400 Sen vee te 50 400 400 50 8,000 800 500 
Lit ee ee 528,000 LOO Wes 5 a 2,200 600 2,000 2,000 29,000 50 50 
Rhizosolenia........ Be inn eee 24,000 BO |isacraeteeze | ese P11) b) eee 50 A 000/540 %- eae 650 
SIN 5 sect ot 168,000 LOO) seer 600 200 50 TS O0 (0 carck ey: 250 150 
Ditylium........... Re Re CL OU MOOD tea RIAN Sl oe eee hoe ike 7 Catt 7A 0 eee ah 50 
DMS PA cae oe 99,000 SU Der teeree oxti lle cites tread erates re |e Sicha aca ctl ire. ate CRAIN cae eel eee 
Chaetoceras.. ...... Sioatees o2 1006 :000 900 400} 2,200 850} 9,800} 37,400) 1,842,000} 1,000) 8,200 
Binns) fae 216,050 800 800 500 400} 61,000) 455,900} 3,716,000] 9,225 100 
Skeletonema........ Sy ae oth erent ae [near er & 1,800 1,000 1,000 W400}. cise ee 274,000 300 
Yn Savas ae 2 ste, Se BGa es Seek 2 lle ait 2,500 DOO|h S02 500 (sss: 240,000 750 300 
[TASTES See SE St > a Re 50| 2,400} 3,800 700 650 100} 1,875 2,000 200 300 
Bink esse 50} 1,150} 2,800} 2,200 1 OO eb atc. 6,050 50} 1,500 
Thalassiosira....... Pe RE oem am Seale Sere IRD. voce Weg t| Laue teas 800} 98,000) 53,750 106,000) ics: yee. lovee eee 
DIUIPY. See MEP a eo all Sceeiaks aie Meee aes lle cet 500| 952,500) 722,000 39,000} 1,125 
Biddulphia......... SER Geaeartenny 2 Seley ot (EAsaemRe ee 200 LOGI 22-800. 10 O00 yee ailemn saan oe | arene 
DINE cheetcte ol cee ape l tek toes 600 L100) =20 S001 M487 500) ce cece ll). eis eel acon |'s. 0 Ceeames 
Actinoptychus....... sare 2,000 — 400 600 600 200 BOT e cot nec ee aes Soke Cees 
PAYLESS ete <1 3,000 200 800 200 100 BOO Pthe cance ae eed see cere 
Coscinodiscus....... RS shine Aas store 10,000} 2,000 1,800 1,800 400 400 250 PASTA] DNR SI ces 350 
Dildaps gor 3,000 706) 2,000) 3,100) 2,200) 2,000).....:.. 2,000 50 


Stations 3 and 6—Station 3 offers the best conditions for a study of the bathy- 
metric range, since at that point the water has a depth of 175 metres; at Station 6 it 
ranges from 26 to 30 metres. At the former station eleven samples were taken on 
July 31, at intervals of 10 or 25 metres. Later an estimate was made in the following 
manner of the average diatom content of 50 ¢.c. at each level. From each of the 
eleven samples, four volumes of 50 c.c. each were centrifuged for half an hour, it having 
been previously ascertained that that period sufficed for the extraction of all the 
plankton organims. The water was then siphoned off leaving the residue in 2 c.c. The 
organisms were again counted in the Rafter cell, but in this case the cover slip was 
divided into forty squares, each measuring 25 sq. mm. The frustules of each species 
were counted in 10 squares in each of the two slides made from a preparation; and the 
average of these multiplied by 80 gives the total content of the 50 c.c. The average 
results obtained from the four similar 50 ¢.c. samples drawn from each will be found 
in Table IX. j 


PLANKTON DIATOMS IN ST.. ANDREWS WATERS 57 


TABLE IX. 


Bathymetric Range. Station 3. July 31. 


— 0 10 20 30 40 50 75 100 125 150 175 
ITN REC ee Ree CA I SB iter | slo bees) Ae | PL Seen Pen SESE, igGt pease lbo 1 Mood Sema 8 24 
MSGI AARC SCE OAL ERENT (Bete Ll cana as ee ee ae See a Pee ks Blok ict anteater « Rea he Bi te 8 
Nis SETIOLO sc cccni cae oes 1,144 1,912 16 AOS 2a eee 8 8 16 BtSa eerr we 
Ne closterituant.25,.22)- si. « 144 456 SRSA SSA Ee mere Sieyns tote Be tetas te lt: ee SER 
hal. nitzschiowdes..... 0.2 |.....+0- 24 24 Sis. ane 16|.. AS ea ae ; 8 8 
TPCT eek ey Sg IR PR) ek SI PS Sa (ape Vs, P| or Yc) (ol 8 8 8 
Worethronae os. j<s% a) A) eee ||: 3 oe ee ee! Me sae. Tse oe Cee Siireton cet 
GAN GEOH Es: Sled hotties Pie ee eae ee ee 12| S223 oe GLAS. (tte ere oe EE sae 
Ghy diadema....5252....- SESE. cOrRae ae Bates ek | Soe Renee wats al ect eld eat t 8 8 
Ch. laciniosum......... 240 AQ ee ges S80 sy hese dl Werte At duster si fos 2m Sante 
RS GCCUDIENS. <5 dace leo -'= 8 alias eee. Ne =r. 3,4 tere | wae ere | Peart sere oe: eres) (A Sen ee hey he oh ae dl er ce At 
CR SCONTOLLWIN « 5a 02s eihos cree BON eae B2lcr teed teatoktc Ripe. seit ESP ihr: ae eke 
Skeletonema.....+........ 976 4,584 VGA oe 16 88}... BA hy abe See a baat aie 72 
US COURS Se EEE ee! Baie ise pe SRA bose Wate Lie | ae ae PO rahe. 8 TOA ce eee 512 
PRGIGSStOSIT Gs |. 2 = c ats > « 160} 3,288 456 176 88 56 24 Bib a 5 Rae ee, 
Leptocylindrus........... ne 4 | Se DET 40. otal Sac ED EINE ete wo oe LGQ| Sa stor vol eterapeta ges 
SAD UN HESS Vo Ly toa io ie [ose SEE eae > 17] pee es inate eee |W 5 al Parag akin (ey ere | Loon Ais O91, eee 
Gascinodwseus! : had. odd iet os os OTE yt Neh SR | Se 4 (ere te 3] dee . Sasitan Ree bake |e eee 8 

t 


These show a distinct maximum at 10 metres, and then a rapid decrease. Below 
20 metres the decrease is gradual and somewhat irregular until at 150 metres few 
diatoms are found. At the bottom, however, a decided increase will be noted due to 
an abundance of Melosira sulcata. The latter is the only form which is found to 
increase with descent. 

Records similar to the above were made for Station 6 on July 27 and August 15 
and are listed in Tables X and XI. 


TABLE X. 


Bathymetric Range. Station 6. July 27. 


: 
| 
—— 0 | 7 12 17 22 27 
1 \ 
PT AMTE TATA ee ee Ra ee ree ae oh ERS. wit PRED A. clap Ae eu ancuee 48 8 16 16! 32 
SURED LLY Lie ey ee tee esi ie ot oa ead pum si es ntis © ct eee DE ee | he asia se OM al acho a5 ye 
12D. COU RTTLL Or OIE Ae I COSC 2 CUTE SAE SEASIDE Poet uta. 8 16 SPAN Ce ahi 
INENSENTUT ON Ay Pe rbse hid: Biot yon. ice ck: . Eatas hho Meet ORs covienr Ww 640 Atlee est 16 24 
TNT PASS ETT a I ES es gam ea ne se Ae eee Re eee 8 Sites sameell eeeeare Sllout ast ee 
Thal. nitzschioides........ Ait eye ats baese * . Spa Ciel beh eags exe heey 128 80 40 32 88 
LAE IT ioe De CR Ce Sed Oe ane Lee Oe Se ee SOA. 104 OA I oe ea ae Ee at 8 
Ch. debile....... RR enya ee ks Geb RUT ALS « SETI, OE woe CERIN os et 800 1,640} 2,952) 3,392) 3,416] 1,944 
TAR MIULCITOSUTTER wotiats oe acs lotcia since Welton oe tae eases) etisapateet 32 32 SO te by Se Aone 
ECON UOLUEIETIT Ae Cire Sere tts is case te rset ee ele ee oh an tee te eens Sepia coe sete Mi [ie elate™, eameielflers, atest a8 [Iprard-art ciel byes sana 16 
SRT ATA 2 Ae BE SSIS AS SORES CORES to ES Te SEATS Pee Sea Arr s 5 A 304 112 456) 368 40 
Tit STA RE ORE OS Bee Ee Ot me cr ieee eee aes 56 360 176} 56| 104 72 
MRO LARSIOSIT 2s he et ee Oe Hee Rha oe ante aains BRUM. cttoe Niche diet eau 8 88 48 32 104 
IDEA DR TOR OS de SP 4 SERGE one SE BEE SE 30? Boe one Oe nog oe nee re bog anaord ot r “ceo! Saran bee beers 112 
PAICHEND Di CRUSE ye oe miei ola -\<l "Be EPS, Ge AFIS aS eG tee etna toil [bbe He Dict dios Peseta meme 8 
anceriUleCu see Melis ei tk deh cg ce aes eae Pee ees Piles . ats ee Beer 8 Pose ellie eee 


In the former a maximum was obtained at 22 metres, below which a marked 
decrease was evident. In the latter we find an exception to results previously recorded 
for the surface waters were found to contain a distinct maximum, chiefly due to the 
great abundance of Skeletonema costatum and Chaetoceras sociale, forms of extreme 
delicacy. . 


58 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


TABLE XI. 


Bathymetric Range. Station6. August 15. 


= 0 5 10 17 22 20 

DYESS E Se As ES A Sant aaa LS Peter ees ein ares Doe 32 24 DIN RAE 2 ee 24 16 
LER CUTE 2 “rise OR ae dec doe Ae oe OO. cn onouen bo aecianeb on nae ce ears SISu Nal ieeeeteone 

PA SCT AOTIGILD 3 ois otelmces ce hata ela go 8: ieee boosts bain lofecapea tole eRe ae es 1H] sea eres 4 | reece ae 40 32 
TL AITTTNGA: AACOOb DRORDBEe Ocs ndbr tn hoes Advice Sade bosto0 SHBRCOBB Gogo |la 4 1c Jon boanbartl Becaden ogeording Inooasute: 8 
IN SES ETRE Re ee ep RE eh ce ae | LM ates ayes int Lito yarn aha chon ave 4,496} 4,088} 3,232) 3,200} 1,904) 2,240 
NAGI ES AG CR Oe ah ete! GeeDo cone: IEC REID ana GOB GAS - 184 256 200 208 112 112 
erie FeSO RI ORES a: ae < accel tee eon SOS RL g NOC Sabie emia te 120 160 160 104 56 88 
JP. TTT a Rae Ie, G6 DIRE EE aCe vert OUR Pua Redion CORA RS ||Gac an gee 80 8 se te ie 16 
Pe TTT ENA Ee aS CORDED O uaa he OOS yn e DORIA ORI A AD SRS eUIERIS 3 30. DO eisja.ad <2 Pe ore ieie | brceaeees sha allleeeices 

Ol ans Pe Gee ee peepee se bone nace Moras Bomea AD en Becta a5 06 cose 72 8 24 8 

ed ERT) ea Oe ep ee ee ee ae cee I ned a 2,728} 2,200) 1,024 608} 2,640) 3,552 
OTS Sain Tr Pn ARS CAL OO AEE Soap Der eben ou ae temisehs sdsecice Meteec 4h 8,136} 1,184) 2,360) 2,604 608 432 
0) Tee i Re eta AS ha, RRA LAR nee eT ara ee erie | [Si tol em eR Te 10) archaea te 

CSB LOPIRIOSUNUS Tas seen eee ee ee eae ldloD aiatate sinus nkicres ta craelal 848 440 264 256 392 54 
CUS TIED): 5 Ai ete eee ere nS ese teL SAR ApoE nace Sei Sno 32 TG |e as AO || Sndeee 

US EAEPLOTIOTIGIE OEM Se icra en eae Tea ole etenticte st ap oe ioreics oe Meteors Bravenet 5,384] 2,076) 3,288) 5,240} 1,864) 1,736 
(OTT Ga G ito! oo) Gene asp TERA SAS iS Oe OF MESO ioe ode aera aD E rans ores of teh ect oer 176 |(sernrese 8 216 24 
TTA AGE RST ES Ci 7 Dane Me oe ele eg i Oe are nO ia ges be ARR Ci TAS cl Me ees Cc 136 32 80 96 304 32 
IE VOCULTOT US. ee rete ole alee ro She ete SE ae Delegate ys eee ae ate taal crane 848 520 136 744 344 
(OTE RTETTTEL Ta gk pea Re ye ls, Beate ete nee Ren aah nh kone SAT RMS Why RoBi ee 48 48 40 40 48 72 
NDR CSTIDURS CUES Hester heroic ee tiie lee Baste Ac lee eroleist hasnt Umer sic ete eetelh arene reer DA AS. ieee eRe ate metal et eat 


I regret that time did not permit a more thorough examination of the conditions 
at Station 3. From the results obtained it appears that the most favourable level is 
from 10-20 metres, and that below that depth a rapid decrease may be expected. One 
form, Melosira sulcata, which is not uncommon in surface waters, ,has been found on 
one occasion to be greatly increased at lower depths. Diatoms are by no means rare 
at a depth of 175 metres. 


Cultures. 


To ascertain whether other diatoms were present at any level in such small 
numbers that their presence was undetected by centrifuging, or were perhaps present 
in the form of spores, too minute for observation (3), cultures were started from water 
obtained at each level from Station 6. To this end a beaker of one litre volume was 
half filled with water drawn from each level. The water was treated by Miquel’s 
method (18) as improved by Allen (9). This treatment is dealt with in a later paper 
on Culture Methods. The six cultures were then placed in the most favourable situa- 
tion for growth. No strictly plankton forms others than those listed in the tables, 
developed; but Schizonema Grevillei, roped in long beautiful strands, appeared in 
abundance in every beaker; and Melosira Borreri produced several normal chains in 
the water from 7 metres. It may then be concluded that other forms were lacking 
for, although the specific differences are such that diverse conditions are necessary for 
obtaining permanent cultures of the many forms, I have found that the method here 
employed has given a greater or less initial growth for all the plankton diatoms s0 
treated. F 


PLANKTON DIATOMS IN ST. ANDREWS WATERS 59 


LITERATURE CITED. 


SystTEMATIC WoRKS: 


. Van Heurcrk, Henri: “Synopsis des Diatomées de Belgique.” 
. Gran. H.H.: “ Diatomeen”, Nordisches Plankton, 1905. 
. “Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger,” 


Botany, Vol II. 


. ENGLER and PrantL: “ Planzenfamilien,” 1897. 


5. Otrmanns, F,: “Morphologie und Biologie der Algen,”’ 1904. 


6. Wouxz, F.: “ Diatomaceae of North America.” © 
7. Bamrny, L.W.: “The Diatoms of New Brunswick and Prince Edward 


Island”. Transactions of Roy. Soc. of Can., See. III, 1913. 


. Battey, L.W.: “The Marine and Estuarine Diatoms of the New Brunswick 


Coast”: Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. of N.B. No. XXVIII (Vol. VI), 1910. 


GENERAL: 


9. 


10. 


Auten, E. J. and Netsoy, E. W.: “On Artificial Culture of Marine Plankton 
Organisms”: Jour. Marine Bio. Assoc. New Series, Vol. VIII, No. 5, March 
1910. 


AULEN, E.J.:—‘On the Culture of the Plankton Diatom, Thalassiosira 
gravida Cleve in Artificial Sea Water”. Jour. Bio. Assoc., 1912. 


. BortomLtEy, W. B.: “Some Accessory Factors in Plant Growth and 


Nutrition ”, Proceed. Roy. Soc. B., Vol. LXXXVII. September, 1914. 


. Moorz, H F.: “Survey of Oyster Bottoms in Metagorda Bay, Texas 75) Oey 


Bureau of Fisheries, Doe. No. 610, 1907. 


. McMourricu, J. P.: “The Winter Plankton in the Neighbourhood of St. 


Andrews, N.B., 1914-15”. Contributions to Can. Bio., 1915-16. 


. “Report of the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger”: 


Chemistry, Vol. I. . 


. OsTENFELD, C.: “ Biddulphia sinensis in the North Sea Waters”. Internat. 


Rev. ges. Hydrob. u. Hydrog. II, 1909. 


. Heryzeruine, Orro: “ Der Bau der Diatomzelle”. Bibliotheca Botanica, 1908. 


. Miquet, P.: “De la Culture artificielle des Diatomées”, Le Diatomiste, 1, 


1890-93. 


60 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Distribution of Diatoms. PLATE I. 
Clara W. Fritz. 


PLATE I. 


Chaetoceras, Ehr. 


1 Ch. Sp: ? : 10. Ch. constrictum Gran. 

2. “ debile Cleve. 11. ‘ decipiens Cleve. 

3. és “ with spores. 12. «  contortum Schutt. 

4, “ sociale Lauder. 3. “ danicum Cleve. 

5. © Willet Gran. 14. “ atlanticum Cleve. 

6. “ diadema Ebr. ne: «  econvolutum Castr. 

7. “ “ with spores. ae “ eriophilum Castr. 

8. “ laciniosum Schutt. 18. “  peruvianumn Brightw. 
9. op with spores. 


PLANKTON DIATOMS IN ST. ANDREWS WATERS 61 


Distribution of Diatoms. PLATE II. 
Clara W. Fritz. 


ATT, 


See PURER A WILL 110 
SC SSPURRUEU ILL He 
SOO a 


4/0 3 
735) 


J 
PLATE II. 
’ 1. Navicula distans W.S. 9. Scoliopleura latestriata Grun. 
2. ¢ aspera Ehr. 10. Achnanthes brevipes Ag. 
3. “e digito-radiata Greg. 11. Asterionella Bleakeleyi W.S. 
4. ss Rhynchocephala Wiitz. 12. Synedra affinis Kiitz. 
ay ft brevis Greg. 13. Fragilaria islandica Grun. 
6. s retusa Breb. 14. Grammatophora marina Kiitz. 
rte Ss sp.? 15. Corethron criophilum Castr. 
SF $3 sp.? 


62 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Distribution of Diatoms. PLATE III. 
Clara W. Fritz. 


12 
13 9 
a 
10 4 
ne 
—<_—_ 
(4 
ae OA Pee Te 
oy 
r 
/4f 
Siseis 
1S, 
. 
1 
PLATE III. 
1. Surirella gemma Ehr. 9. Rhizosolenia obtusa Hensen. 
2. ss ovalis Breb. 10. . alata Brightw. 
3. Campylodiscus Thuretii Breb. ths Ԥ hebetata semispina 
4. ee hibernicus Ehr.? ‘ Hensen. 
5. Niteschia seriata Cleve. 12. s faerdensis Ostenf. 
6. *s closterium W.S.. 13. as shrubsolei Cleve. 
if es longissima Grun. 14. Melosira hyperborea Grun. 
8. ‘ sigma W.S. 15. se crenulata Bail. (?) 


EXPERIMENTAL CULTURES OF DIATOMS 63 


V. 


Experimental Cultures of Diatoms occurring near 
St. Andrews, N.B. 


By Ciara W. Fritz, B.A., M.Sce., 
Principal of East Angus Academy, Quebec. 


INTRODUCTION. 


In the summer of 11916 cultures were set up at the Atlantic Biological Station 
with the object of providing food for marine copepods. The particular species sought 
was Nitzschia closterium, but owing ‘to its rare occurrence it was found necessary to 
make trial of other forms. I have since found, however, that when present Nitzschia 
closterium grows with great luxuriance, will in a mixed culture rapidly replace 
many forms and is persistent. 

The results of the work of 1916 have already been recorded, and as the nutrients 
used by Allen and Nelson (9) were found beneficial, they were again employed. 

Solution A. Dissolve 20.2 potassium nitrate in 100 e.c. distilled water. 

Solution B. Dissolve 4g. sodium phosphate in 40 ec.c. distilled water. Add 2 ¢.c. 
pure concentrated hydrochloric acid; then 2 ¢. ec. ferric chloride dissolved by gentle 
heating. Add 4g. calcium chloride dissolved in 40 ¢.c. distilled water. 

These solutions were used in the proportion of 2 ¢. c. of A and 1 ¢. ¢. of B per litre 
of sea water. The precipitate thrown down by B, containing most of the iron, a little 
- phosphorus and some calcium, was allowed to settle and then removed. The sea water 
used was first raised to 70°C. and maintained at that temperature for 30 minutes 
in order that all plant life might be destroyed. 


Mixed Cultures. 


Plankton was collected on July 4, 1917. The collection contained nineteen 
species, of which the prevailing forms were Chaetoceras debile and Thalassiosira 
nordenskioldii. In the hope of more effectively isolating individual species than in 
previous work a method of subdivision in test tubes was employed. A tube of prepared 
sea water was inoculated with two drops of plankton and divided into six test tubes. 
The contents of each was then added to an erlenmeyer flask of 125 c. ce. volume, which 
had been half filled with prepared sea water. Three series were arranged and with 
each a control in untreated, sterilized sea water was run. The sets were placed in: 
(1) a window receiving afternoon sun, (2) a window receiving no sun; (3) flasks 
covered with cheesecloth. 

No development was obtained in the untreated water except in one flask in 
position 2; and this was very slight and disappeared in ten days. In position 1, three 
flasks produced each a mixed culture of Thalassiosira nordenskioldii and Skeletonema 
costatum. These were at their height on July 18, after which one became exhausted 
and the other two presented Nitzschia closterium and Melosira hyperborea. On 
August 6 these forms were showing rapid increase and on August 25 when the work 
was closed at the Biological Station were in excellent condition. New flasks were 
inoculated from these and formed the source of material for winter studies. 

In position 2, five mixed cultures were obtained and one pure culture referred to 
later. Thalassiosira nordenskioldii was always the dominant form, but was accom- 


64 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


panied by Skeletonema costatum, Chaetocenas debile and Melosina hyperborea, singly 
or in combination. All forms except Melosira lost their vitality in a few weeks. One 
culture was swamped by Nitzschia closterium and another by Chaetoceras sp.?, a small, 
delicate form, found singly or in pairs, of which the compressed frustules were 
rectangular in zonal view and furnished with delicate setae. The others became 
exhausted. The initial mixed growth obtainéd in this position showed a decided 
superiority to that of position 1, but it lasted not more than a week longer, and the 
final development of Nitzschia and Melosira was superior in position 1. In position 

3, no growth was obtained. / ; 

Tt is noticeable that although Chaetoceras debile was one of the dominant plankton 
forms it developed in but one culture and then to but a slight extent. Another series 
started on July 11 from plankton in which Ch. debile was even more abundant gave 
a similar result. Two other species of Chaetoceras also, diadema and laciniosum, were 
more abundant than Skeletonema costatum but gave much less growth. Although 
chains of all three could be found for several weeks with the aid of a microscope no — 
visible growth was obtained. 

In considering the results from the three positions it may be said that the majority 
of forms thrive best in strong, diffuse light, but that some forms, Nitzschia and 
Melosira, are uninjured by direct sunlight. Subsequent work, however, has shown that 
even they are unable to persist, when the light is too intense. The majority of plankton 
forms show also an aversion to crowding and die out after a slight increase. This 
may be due to the exhaustion of some essential nutrient and suggests that interesting 
developments may be met along such lines; or the exhaustion may be due to the 
influence of the products of metabolism. The power of living in a crowded area is 
decidedly greater in some forms than in others, among the least persistent being the 
members of the genus Chaetoceras. 

A mixed culture maintained during the autumn gave a very considerable develop- 
ment of several species. Skeletonema costatum was the prevailing form, but Aster- 
ionella japonica was remarkably abundant and healthy. One colony was seen to 
cantain eighty-five frustules, and the colonies were numerous. This culture was started 
on August 25, and its position was changed several times before it was finally placed on 
September 9 in a permanent position opposite to a bright, south window. Until the 
latter date little development was noted, but later it continued to increase until 
November 13, when the maximum development was obtained. Chaetoceras sociale, 
Nitzschia bilobata, Coscinodiscus subbulliens and Thalassiothrix nitzschioides were 
present in numbers. 


Pure Cultures. 


In position 2 (a window receiving no sun) one very luxuriant, pure culture of 
Thalassiosira nordenskioldit was obtained. By a pure culture is intended one quite 
free from other organisms. It reached its maximum in two weeks and remained in 
excellent condition until the end of July, when the chains began to break up. When 
at its height the water was filled with a brown cloud of suspended chains. Several 
flasks were inoculated from this, and for some time showed excellent growth; but after 
the middle of August its vitality seemed lost, for no further cultures could be started 
from the original and those already started rapidly deteriorated, so that by August 25 
very few healthy frustules could be found. The original was retained but showed no 
subsequent revival. ' 

Later a pure culture of Skeletonema costatum was obtained in addition to those of 
Nitzschia closterium and Melosira hyperborea already mentioned. Only the two latter 
forms, however, proved persistent. In all cases, except where a culture was swamped 
by the development of Nitzschia, or some navicular form, the most profuse growth was 
obtained in the pure cultures. In these, at the end of two weeks, diatoms were present 
in such numbers that the water was visibly filled with clouds of their chains. 


EXPERIMENTAL CULTURES OF DIATOMS 65 


Summary. 


The following plankton species may be recorded as developing to a greater or less 
extent in culture vessels of prepared sea water :— 


Pleurosigma fasciola, Chaetoceras diadema. 
Asterionella japonica, Chaetoceras laciniosum. 
Tabellaria sp.? Chaetoceras contortum. 
Nitzschia closterium, Chaetoceras decipiens. 
Nitzschia seriata, Chaetoceras convolutum. 
Nitzschia bilobata, Biddulphia aurita, 
Thalassiothrix nitzschioides, Coscinodiscus subbulliens, 
Skeletonema costatum, Coscinodiscus radiatus, 
Melosira hyperborea, Nitzschia closterium. 


‘Chaetoceras debile. 
Nitzschia closterium. 


As I previously stated Nitzschia closterium has been found capable of developing 
in great luxuriance, and of replacing, under artificial conditions, a variety of forms- 
Its optimum temperature is from 18°—20° C.; but it will endure a range of 0°—23° 
C. without loss of vitality. A preference for bright light is revealed by a comparison 
between two cultures, which were grown for two months, the one opposite a bright 
window and just out of the direct sunlight and the other in a northern exposure. In the 
former the frustules attained an average length of 59,, contained rich, 
dark brown chromatophores, and were very active; in the latter the average length was 
35, the form irregular, the chromatophores’ greenish and the move- 
ment sluggish. These two cultures were grown in flasks lightly plugged. with cotton, 
but the best growth obtained was an uncovered beaker culture, developed later under 
optimum conditions of light and heat. In this the frustules attained a length 
of 112, and showed a tendency to form chain-like colonies. In one chain nine: 
frustules were counted and these moved over one another actively, with a motion 
similar to that of Schizonema Grevilleit. This would seem to indicate that the free 
access to a considerable air surface is beneficial. In less favourable conditions the 
frustules are frequently grouped in irregular masses of coleoderm. As regards size 
and habit of growth it may be concluded that the environment may exert a very con- 
siderable influence. 

Melosira huperborea, Grun. 


Cultures of Melosira hyperborea, set up from material developed from the 
plankton collection of July 4, were maintained from September 14, 1917, to March 22, 
1918, and dealt with the following conditions: (1) air and light, (2) salinity, (3) tem- 
perature, (4) develonment in artificial sea water. 

J. Air and Light—Since it has been previously ascertained that Melosira requ‘red 
the addition of nutrient salts, all cultures were grown in sterilized treated sea water. 
Cultures were set up on Sentember 14, in open flasks and in others nluvged with 
eotton and placed: (1) in north window, (2) in south window, (3) opposite south 
window just beyond the direct rays of the sun, (4) in dark. The following table 
briefly summarizes the results.— 


SSS 
Condition. 
September 21. October 6. October 28. November 
ss DG en eee Be eee eed | ee a Excellent... .... Good...38-b 2-1 Fair 
NOrt Soh ee ate: 
DAC) toy 06 EA eee alineg Arc ea [A Oe eerie Good.. POOP a yasceeacey Dead 
de @nens.. poate s 1 eae Good yy. Sie). |Goodiys..4 5-2) GOOGAi sco. nae Life. 
ROWED Esk sae a sotto hitiaatee : : ie 
DMCIGBEG Gh oa sts saan ee Slisbhatae ss weer ifey os: ..3)0aee «|| bbe <i Few living. 
Hm OVED Ges. fas sic. sttereest -velone HAs et eo oder es Excellent....... Best of series....| Tixcellent. 
0 iteMoutihieds 2 o- 3 
ae, Dey (Clieicts ey AONE RPE a eee ace ‘Good ioe. ci s-| GOOUS eras Good. 


79550—5 


66 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


From the above it may be judged that the most favourable development may be 
expected in strong, diffuse light and with access to the air. It may be added, however, 
that the difference between the flasks in position 3 was one of quantity and not of 
quality. Both contained long, beautifully formed chains, without any signs of dis- 
integration; and a later trial showed that if the plug were removed:every few days 
to permit a change of air, the growth could be maintained. To prevent the entrance 
of foreign substances and undue evaporation the latter plan was then adopted. 

In several of these cultures the terminal frustules frequently enlarged to form 
large g obular cells. The outer valve was cast off and the contents of the whole frus- 
tules issued, but remained closely bound to the inner valve, and encased in a firm, 
transparent wall. These cells were filled with dark, dense contents. Later they divided 
to form long, regular, broad chains. These sporangial frustules and consequent broad 
chains were most abundant in the flasks placed in the south window, and particularly 
s) in that which wes closed; a few ‘appeared in the north window, and an even smaller 
number were noted in position 3. A further consideration of these will be given in a | 
later section. 

The cultures placed in the dark showed a very considerable development. Growth 
was not profuse but after two months many chains were still in good condition. At 
that date it was noted that no sporangial cells had developed, that the chroma- 
tophores were decidedly greener than those in the light and that the divisions were 
often irregulaxg and the frustules distorted. The material was then divided and part 
removed to favourable light conditions. There it revived to a considerable extent, 
but the chains displayed much more malformation then in normal cultures. The 
portion left in the dark continued to live and on January 12 a few enlarged end cells 
were noted. On March 15, six months after the culture was set up, living cells were 
still to be found, although they were not abundant. Most of the chains were empty 
and it is worthy of note that fully half of them had developed from the sporangia 
noted on January 12, for they were on an average 36 in width. 

A eulture in which broad chains were particularly numerous produced, when 
removed from the south window, a fairly healthy, normal colony, in which no broad 
chains were found after two months development. It may then be inferred that in 
an actively growing culture the older cells are dissolved and thus retard the exhaustion 
of food material by the growing cells. In the colony exhausted by life in the dark 
dissolution did not take place and the empty cases remained. 


Il. Salinity—To test the development with respect to the concentration of salts 
a series of cultures was set up in treated sea water, strengthened by evaporation, or 
diluted by the addition of tap water. The latter was used owing to the lack of dis- 
tilled water and I am indebted to Prof. Alex. Vachon for the following analysis of 
its contents. The sample analysed contained 0.0225 g. of residue per thousand, 
which was composed of a trace of chlorides, a little calcium carbonate and fine sand. 
The series was set up on November 25 and gave the following results :— 


Concentration. December 9. January 27. 

WS iC aah od bean cece “pe on wodouUaoanb ua iacnaae Lad: e asbele bts aie. a2 «te eteets Deteriorated. 
HTS BAG Net) Lapeer eh EAAaE nrcocnNedcontt Sauncticeretm Game gr aectnr DER Car nek wea t 
LUCAS. ces ee aie oie isis SUP SM ODD Bile vals attain ae SMR? are cle de Uleve wceloas Good). Fen JAS as Deteriorated. 

VA EOS ie me apa et i ets RIB AR RREA CIO CRP > Hise enum plored mae Emin een PR rit Ps 2 lh ive Improved. 
ADT N FEDER, OL SAa Cd AMES Cs SPR arte etait a tAsap © te cist aaale rxcellent. $770.02 2-0 Excellent. 
Ca ALR ELD IRD AREY RIM MP SAP ER ay. SS Ra eee dey Olas. fe es Wee «“ 
MAL a Oe Se OPER Me, RE Sk AO ARORA EE LDR AES J) ACAI OEE «“ 
ae Fi Aiea bic sx oie vtelohatte sho lis GtarcPetaiaas eves (ob Bi Sean lly fb oe ib ans aca te alti he Oras ef ee ee é 

UEC STB 8 AUREL, als SRS lac afc rea Sey oo galtieies Jeraal ew) Pee of derstop ls 
qMlens Caen ie ria oh OP. ls eae hy Ae A eae ee ee ee cee Oe vs), WER et «“ 
LOMO AR? 72025) ss SOHAL wh aaa REE: onan sa OGM ads Le panne Bea!" eisai Fair 
GOS OE ee le oR EL, More PERE Sicha atetc piel stmip pte Ww aflala\> wheleiels. open biudaret eM eet s|| elupetalta ako SohohacerstreteYehs Ay 
1 ASA inched, | Mee A OB en ERS Oren ig SOR aepeer Mon arene acy ceed i Uebe, Jo rapr CRO) sat Poor. | 
PANY Aba Apert dele AID EPCs hh aA Abie AI Oe ate \sreieal sae neal gchar oboe Pl |cootrnen yeaa ah cia Little life. 


EXPERIMENTAL CULTURES OF DIATOMS 67 


It is seen at once that Melosira hyperborea will endure a great diminution of 
salts and can live for some time even in tap water in which salts are practically 
lacking. The addition of Miquel nutrients, however, instead of acting favourably 
proved fatal im a short time. 

The above table has reference merely to the state of the chains examined micro- 
scopically and not to the increase in size of the colony. With a reduction to lower 
than 40 per cent little development occurred; but in from 40 to 100 per cent the 
colonies were practically .equal in size as well as uniform in quality. Increased con- 
centration acted as a check to growth and caused disintegration in proportion to the 
degree of concentration. The latter caused also much malformation due to thick- 
ening of the walls, inward curving of the zone and irregular divisions. 

Ill. Temperature—A healthy, normal colony was divided into sections as nearly 
equal in size as possible and each was placed in a separate flask, half filled with 
treated sea water. The temperature of each was then slowly lowered or raised over 
steam to the required degree. ‘To prevent contamination the thermometer was in 
each case kept in a second flask, one of which had been prepared for each of the 
series. When the desired temperature was reached it was maintained for three 
minutes and then allowed to return to normal. The series was set up on February 3, 
and gave the results tabulated below :— 


March 3. 
Temperature. —_———} March 15. 
Area of Surfaces.| Condition. 

of Jebel nae eee eRe ey CARE 8 oh eee CARE: Pena Se mane el SS A eek ea Dead 
WiDr K. pl bees. Littiies seca ds Se BARS ¢ CAROLE IE oy RPO EE rAd DS Sea CS 
(AG! “Ci kB al eine: ae See E KE BOL ORR nets! Ae eee ger OY Be MOI, sare 10 RRA Aer ‘|Improved. 
SUT? We Abe LeeLee MAS AN. BORO . SRO 5 Be RISO S He SSF. ce Excellent ek Excellent. 
S10? OLR ek ees : iS te leis ae x3 ; ak ey HER TE er ibe fees. | eke eeaae (eee alan : 
ON eg oe al eS alan Be eet LR OD OU UE Ad cite eenE atc 40 SEF AHI S 82 ie WEB tt Pare SS 
OU 9. RSS o ROS eS) Oe eae ee oe here, mee Eee Sore oe ee ea ae AP. SE nS 

11 9 ee ee aie a a nae Raine ee eA eee Letetinn tLe  aodalshea eee Oe ss Bias dewnar te eh Seay Serra ay s 

TO. SiGe 6 Pree Ee Bens Ofc eG Shs Oo ens Rete OO ae $e. ek. Pies. fact 22 125) See oea) oats SG Ber “ 

Meer Oe eile fie = See 2s Sern las aes ae Se Sars eto 24 al RE ee at hse SAE i ied 8 ¢ 

Len ee nee ee oD, Ab ead . RE hed bf dived an ie: SI ck it FPP LRAT! re 

HOW ie 8S OS SEER eRe oeeanicae LE IL Pee eh ares Seattered.......|Best of Series. .|Best of Series. 
PRET MTR NE Pee ret rid me rae Gabry si@ente torte csc SPER E See WL 10 fogs thn ea POOre. Sete teat Disintegrated. 


It was noted in preliminary work that some frustules seemed capable of resisting 
a temperature of 50° ©, but it was evident from the development of the series that 
their vitality was so impaired that subsequent growth was inhibited. That which 
was raised to 40° revived and after six weeks presented a colony 90 per cent of the 
frustules of which were in excellent condition. An increase or decrease of 20° was 
found to be no hindrance to development; but I regret that time did not permit of 
ascertaining the length of time to which the organism might be submitted to the 
changed condition. One variation due to change of temperature, which was noted, 
was the great ease with which the frustules could be separated. This indicates a 
change in the mucilaginous substance by which the frustules are bound together. 

- The flask lowered to —5°, which is recorded above as showing the best develop- 
ment, was accidentally a raetaenel and the contents scattered through the flask. It 
was found that the chains in this were remarkably good, practically no disintegrated 
frustules occurring. From this it may be inferred that in other: flasks some disinte- 
gration may have been due to crowding. 

On March 3 many sporangial cells, similar to those found in the experiments on 
light, were noted in all the flasks; even in the unheated controls. In the -5° flask some 
had already divided. On March 15 all the cultures contained beautiful, long, broad 
chains; and on March 22 they were still in the process of division. The broadest 
chains noted had attained a diameter of 3%,, and in advanced cutures all 
gradations were found down to a diameter of 10y. The sporangial form- 
ation was clearly not due to the stimulus of temperature, since is was also noted in 
the controls. In the latter, however, it was least pronounced, and it is probable 


79550—53 


68 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


that a change in condition induced the profuse development. The same may be said 
regarding light. Darkness did not prevent, but merely delayed the appearance of 
sporangia; optimum conditions produced them in small numbers; while excess of 
light acted as a strong stimulus. It may be inferred that they are a normal means 
of increasing vitality, which may be stimulated by abnormal conditions. 


IV. Artificial Sea Water—An artificial sea water based on the analysis of Ditt- 
mar (14) was employed. Gram molecular solutions of the salts to be used were made 
up and combined in the following proportions: 480.8 ec. Na Cl, 10.28 ec. K Cl, 
10.86 c.c. CaCl,; 26.70 c.c. MgCl,; 29.06 c.c. Mg So,; 2 cc. Na H Co,. The total was 
then diluted with distilled water to a volume of one litre. 

Cultures were set up on September 14. Allen (10) has recorded that fore the 
growth of Thalassiosira gravida in water of a similar composition the presence of a 
small quantity, 1 per cent to 4 per cent, of natural sea water is essential. ‘To ascer- 
tain whether a similar condition was necessary in the case of Melosira hyperborea, 
all trace of the natural was removed by passing the material through several changes 
of artificial before finally transferring it to the prepared flask. Two cultures were 
started, one in artificial sea water, and one in artificial plus Miquel nutrients in the 
proportion previously employed. These were examined at intervals, and twice during 
the winter the medium was renewed. Its concentration was maintained by the addi- 
tion of distilled water. 

Very fair growth resulted, and though it did not equal in quantity that obtained 
’ in natural sea water, the material was uniformly healthy. The growth in untreated 
water was only 25 per cent of that obtained in the treated, but it also was normal 
in quality. It is worthy of note that in neither culture did sporangial cells appear. 
It therefore is coneluded that the substance whose presence is essential to the 
development of Thalassiosira gravida is unnecessary to the growth of Melosira 
hyperborea. And this seems to support the conclusion that the exhaustion of the 
mixed cultures recorded above may be due to the loss of some essential nutrient, 
which the initial growth of some species exhausts; while the persistence of Melosira is 
permitted by its lack of dependence on that substance. 


SUMMARY. 


Melosira hyperborea can endure a great variety of light conditions, but the 
optimum development will be obtained in strong diffuse light. Its growth is regulated — 
to some extent by the solution of gases from the air. It can endure a range of forty . 
degrees of temperature, and a diminution to forty per cent of natural sea water. It 
can even exist for a time in tap water. Miquel solutions act as a stimulus to growth 
in all cases except when added to tap water; they then rapidly prove fatal. Increased 
concentration of natural sea water is detrimental. Excellent, persistent cultures 
may be obtained in artificial sea water. A comparison with the work of Allen on 
Thalassiosira gravida points to fundamental, specific differences in the nutrient 
requirements of plankton diatoms. 


Fig. 1—Muttonfish sixteen and a halfinches long from Bay of Fundy 


79550—to face p. 69. 


BIOLOGY OF THE MUTTONFISH 69 


VI. 


Contribution to the Biology of the Muttonfish, 
Zoarces anguillaris. 


BY 
WiBert A. CLEMENS, Ph.D., 
Assistant Professor in Biology, University of Toronto, 
AND 


Lucy SmitH CLeMENs, Ph.D. 


1. INTRODUCTION. 


During the summer of 1918 at the St. Andrews Biological Station, St. Andrews, 
N.B., the writers commenced a study of the life-history of the muttonfish, or eelpout, 
(Zoarces anguillaris Peck). The primary object was to obtain some definite inform- 
ation in regard to the life-history and abundance of the fish relative to the possibility 
of placing it on the market and the results of that phase of the study have been 
published (Clemens, 1920).** There remain considerable scientific data which are 
presented here. 

The writers are much indebted to Dr. A. G. Huntsman, Biologist to the Biological 
Board of Canada, for suggesting the study and for kind advice and assistance. 


2. HISTORICAL. 


Zoarces anguillaris was described by Peck (1804). Besides giving a detailed 
description, Peck states that the fish is taken on the haddock grounds, chiefly in 
the months of March and April, and that it feeds principally on echini and asterie. 
Since that time reports of capture have been numerous, but no study of the life 
history has hitherto been undertaken. Storer (1839) gives a list of stomach contents, 
and again (1867) describes the fish in detail with the addition of a good illustration. 


He also gives a further list of stomach contents and states that the fish is occasionally: 


taken at all seasons of the year but more frequently in the spring and summer. Goode 
(1884) states that it is frequently taken north of Cape Cod in winter with hook and 
line and that it spawns in July and August in the deep waters of Massachusetts bay. 
Nichols (1916) reports that it was taken throughout the year 1915 off New York 
and was especially abundant in June. 


3. DISTRIBUTION ALONG THE ATLANTIC COAST. 


The muttonfish occurs commonly along the Atlantic coast of Canada and northern 
United States, entering the bays and also the rivers for some distance. The extremes 
of its range reported at the present time are Bradore (?) Bay, Labrador, and Fort 
ooo 


*Tssued in Bulletin No. IV in the Series ‘‘ Histories of New Food Fishes. Biological 
Board of Canada, Ottawa, July, 1920. 


70 


DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Macon, North Carolina. 


have been able to ascertain. 


have not been examined. 


The following are the records of distribution as far as we 
An asterisk is used to indicate those publications which 


Date. 


Publication. Locality. 


Bean, Tarleton H........:.. 


Bean, Tarleton H........... 
Bell, Robert, Jr......- 
Bigelow, Henry B 


Cornish, George A.......... 
Cornish, George A.......... 
ax se bHine sc s/5 taal: 


DeKay, James E......... 
Fortin, Pierre.......-... 


oawlers wel. Wane ec.o3 51's 
Gill, Theodore.........-.... 
(NIE THEOGOre =... ..c.-2% 22 
Goode, G. B. and Bean, 


Goode, George B....... BS 


Gunther, Albert........ jie 
alkeptg Asc 2st asap <> ee 
URICOLI VAS 6 50c0 Soe 2 2. veers 


*Holmes, Ezekiel........... 


Jones, J. Mathew............ 


Kendall, William Converse.. 


Renal G We lia poeta oo onto 
sendall) WAe. saws. chis.).t0s 


MIICOHUL §), cure ae tt /si-re's «woretere 


1880 


*Nichols, John Treadwell...| 1913 


Check-list of Duplicates of N.A. Fishes, ete............ Maine—Eastport and Portland 

Proc, U8) Wateiinky a (82) cee seme oe Eo: ps crane Massachusetts—Gloucester, 
Provincetown and Massa- 
chusetts bay. 

Catsof the Binbesot Nove coho ee ee tte oon. cee New York. 

N.Y. State Mus. Bull. 60, Zool. 9 (674)................ Massachusetts—Sandy Hook. 

On the Natural History of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. .|Quebec—Marcouin. 

Canad. Nat. and Geol. 4 (208). 

Explorations in the Gulf of Maine...............-..-..- Maine—Off Halfway Rock. 

Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 58 (31). 

Notes on the Fishes of Canso................++.-02000- 

Contrib. Canad. Biol. Ottawa, (81). hat, 

Notes on the Fauna of Tignish, P.E.I.................. Prince Edward Island—Tignish. 

Contrib. Canad. Biol. Ottawa, (79). 

Cat. of the Marine and Freshwater Fishes of N.B..... 


Nova Scotia—Canso 


New Brunswick—Miramichi 


bay. 
Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. N.B. 3 (40). 
N.Y. Fauna: Fishes. Albany (155)................... New York. 
List of Fishes found in the Gulf of St. Lawrence........ au parts of the gulf of St 
awrence. 


Sessional Papers Canada, 25 (65). 

[hel Bishes OteNe wird OLee veers eal oo wlale les npole eee e'e/<1s 

Rept, N.J. State Mus. Trenton (407). : 

Desc. of the Genera of Gadoid and Brotuloid Fishes of 
Wes terninn Acer ete tte ee sae eke oe ew beer 


Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. (258). 


New Jersey. 


New York and New England 
Coast. 


Cat. of the Fishes of the East Coast N.A.............. M naan — Massachusetts 
ay. 
Smith Mison@olbesl4 wereew eee oie niafelessteleioss Cheetoieseseiyee Matne—Eastport. 
Cat. of the Fishes, Essex Co. Mass. etc.........-.-..-. Massachusetts—Mass. bay and 
. contiguous deep waters. 

Bull. Essex Inst. 11 (1). ; 

The Fisheries and Fishing Industries of the U.S...... Mossrokuens — Massachusetts 
: ay. 

Washington... -oear eis ee Brelatea/oists.6 pee seneeeceess Maine. 

Cat. of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, British Museum, 

S)(296) os mer eee mecca tact aw viele ia lomoeiie) seine Massachusetts—Boston. 


Gulf of St. Lawrence. 


Quebec—Paspebiac, Gaspe bay, 
Bay Chaleur, gulf of St. 

f : ; St. Lawrence. 

40th Ann. Report Dept. Marine & Fisheries (340). 


Report on the Fisheries of Maine, etc.................- Maine 

Nat. Hist. and Geol. Maine (2) 11. 

List of the Fishes of Nova Scotia.........00.-..2+0+0+: Nova Scotia— Halifax. 

Proc. and Trans. N.S. Inst. of N.S. 5 (90). 

Synopsis of the Fishes of N.A.............----e ee eee Deleware to Labrador. 

Bull. 16, U.S. Nat. Mus. 24 (784). 

The Fishes of North and Middle America..............|Deleware to Labrador—rather 


common north of Cape Cod. 


Deleware to Labrador—com- 
mon north. 


Bull. 47, U.S. Nat. Mus. part 111 (2457). 
A Manual of the Vertebrate Animals of North. U.S... 


Chicago (160). A 

Fauna of New England: List of Fishes................ Maine—EHastern river, Hast- 
port, Bucksport, Portland, 
Casco bay. 

New Hampshire 

Massachusetts—Mass. bay, 
Provincetown, N. ‘Truro, 
Cape Ann, Annisquam, 
Gloucester Nantucket 
Sa Gayhead, Cutty- 


hunk. 
Rhode Island—Black island, 
Narragansett bay. 
Connecticut—Middleground. 
Labrador—Bradore bay? 


Occ. Paper—Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. No. 7 (135)......... 


. 


The Wishes Of VaAwBrador snes je oes alk cate Mreraraiawistaverares = 
Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist. 2 (207). 
The Fishes of Maine....................++--- Peer rinse. 


Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist. 3............eeeessees. 


New Hampshirej—Piscataqua 
river. 

Maine — Eastern river, East- 
port, Bucksport, Casco bay, 
Portland, Small point, 
Whaleboat and Eagle islands 

New York. 


New York—Off New York 
City. 


Trans. Lit. & Phil. Soc. N.Y. 1 (374). 
Fishes within Fifty Miles of New York City........... 
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.Y. Nos. 20-23. 


BIOLOGY OF THE MUTTONFISH 


71 


Name. Date. Publication. 


Nichola; We dae s.s kit 1916 |Seasonal Annotations on 2 Long Island Fishes.......... 


Copeia No. 27 (10). 
Nichols, J. T. and Gregory, 
RVEECR Cee Ree eee ST aCe 1918 |Fishes of the vicinity of New York City .. 
Handbook No.7, Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. (91). 


Mem. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci. 2 (0). 
Schmitt, Joseph............. 1904 |Monographie de 1’Ile d’ Anticosti. . 


Paris (286). 


Smith, Hugh N. ....++....+-| 1897 |Fishes found in the vicinity of Woods Hole............ 


Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. (106). 


Storer, David Humphreys..| 1839 |A Report on the Fishes of Mass...................... 


Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. 2 (289). 


Loeality. 


New York—Off New York 
city. Cholera Bay. 


.|New York—Off New York. 
Heok) William, Dy23it3: 4.04 1804 | Description of Four Remarkable Fishes, ete........... 


New Hampshire—Near Piscata 
qua river. 


.| Anticosti island—(Gulf of St- 


Lawrence). 
Massachusetts— Gayhead, Cut- ' 

tyhunk, Vineyard sound, 
Massachusetts bay. 
Massachusetts. 


New H. ampshire: Maine; Mass- 
achusetts, New York. 


Massacausetts. 
Labrador—(Bradore? ) 
Gulf of St. Lawrence. 


Maine—Eastern river ‘and 
other localities. 


RSLOVEN RD) ) Edt eee ve reas 1846 |A Synopsis of the Fishes of North America............ 
Mem. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci. N. Ser. 2 (375). 
Storer, DSH s.. o..4 gee. 1867 |A_ History of the Fishes of Mass..................... 
Mem. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci. N. Ser. 5 (263). 
Storer, H.’R................| 1857 |Observations on the Fishes of Nova Scotia and 
TEADLAO OL. rice. serene Cana ae clasita at tae oe. aes 
Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 6 (247). 
Whiteaves, Joseph F........| 1886 |Colonial & Indian Exhibition Catalogue........ BAS Ens Atlantic Coast of Canada. 
} Ottawa (1-42). 
Williamson, Wm. D........ 1832 |The History of the State of Maine, 1 (150)............ 
Misra) lls) Gua ai aie oe 1877 | Notes on the Natural History of Fort Macon, N.C... 


Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (206). 


North Carolina—Fort Macon. 


4, LOCAL DISTRIBUTION AND MIGRATION. 


The map (fig. 2) below shows the distribution of the muttonfish in its northern 


range. 


Fig. 2—Atlantie Coast with the localities from which the muttonfish has been 


reported shown by crosses.. 


Our knowledge of the habits, activities, migrations, breeding habits, etc., of the 
muttonfish is limited. Specimens kept in a large laboratory tank in 1918, remained 


72 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


coiled up in the darkest parts, but when disturbed swam swiftly and with power. The 
character of the food and the absence of swim bladders indicate that they are bottom 
dwellers. During the summer months they are comparatively abundant in Passama- 
quoddy bay and in the lower portions of the St. Croix river. A few were taken in 1918 
at a point about six miles up the St. Croix river and outward in the Bay of Fundy at 
the Wolves islands. In the course of the study specimens have been examined from the 
following localities: St. Croix river, Passamaquoddy bay, Bay of Fundy, including 
localities near the island of Grand Manan, Campobello island and the Wolves islands, 
St. Mary’s bay, N.S., Miramichi bay (near Loggieville), Cheticamp (Cape Breton 
island) and gulf of St. Lawrence. They are most commonly taken by means of set 
lines but are also taken on hand lines, in herring traps, seines, lobster traps and 
various kinds of trawls. Young specimens are occasionally found around rocks and 
in seaweed along the shore during ebb tide. They occur on practically every variety 
of bottom in this region and at depths up to 55 metres. The following are the set 
line and shrimp trawl records for the Passamaquoddy bay region, with the addition 
of one record off Cape Breton island and another in Miramichi bay. 


SET LINE RECORDS. 


No. Zoarces 
Date. Locality. Sets. Bait. per 3,000 
hooks 
17 eulyelio yoept.. Li... anu. fee. Off Cheticamp (Cape Breton Island).. 3 Baul. and Mus- 
selec ie.2! 6 
1917, gute oy wane. U7 Wepneageas Se aieabie Porel tsi nak Oca) hain hfe Dan eR Sapa ee atic ssa ea Olamn eee ae 22 
1917, Oct. 9 Be eee Be aecyd (ee OLOLK TLVeLss MATES Aer SP 1 |Herring......... 14 
1917, Sept. cm Oe aa eae 2 Passamaquoddy bay.. 1) lierrinene se. 105 
1918, June 18 to REN CY (id ae Va LP Be Miramichi bay. . PERES TOF i ory 5 | Gaspereaux 
Pei eeeMet yes GOVAUE ALD. ches Hoss oteraa| Ug CROIXELV GPS srccierstq.<e miata a0 Woe aber 19 am.. 30 
iiss ne: 28 to Aur. 130% o. <1. steer: PSE CLO TIVOD oe \cccrs eee = oe iei- ate 1G) erring 303. - a8 12 
1918, J 3 ie ee ee eT US pant eas ook < Passa maquoddy bay Mer ees: 1. fs) erring’), 2 5. v5 6 
1918, Ju .....+.-...-....{Wolves islands, Bay me Fundy. a5 ah. Shreve 1 Horring?...c...- 1 
1919, in. ; 5 May Gs, weet ee Pass amaquoddy bay 10) ) \\(Hlerring’...52255: 0 
1919, Jan. 13 to April 7..................|Bay of Fundy (outside Passamaquoddy 
bay).. : 4 erring so. 2.. a 0 
1919; July 22 to'Sept.9.....020. 5... 25. |Sb~ Croix river. SOP eR a ee ec AT Glamis. &, esos 41 
LOLO Maia? to Avigt 19-5...) . As aioe See us, COLOUR TIVOD soca. clejere rele mieieseiris “ler a= 5 ||| Herring... . <=. : 6 
SHRIMP TRAWL RECORDS. 
Date. Locality. Depth in metres. | Number of Zoarces. 
TOUTING LOL j.25 keane tigate ee oe ee el PASsaMaQUOGMY DAY 23 see Uka lm cipeiianer 25-30 2 
TOTS ADIL Oeics Ag he. eehets og claps foe Bay of Fundy. ; io es 2 SOR 93 1 
1919, tat Many (14 Haws)... 0 ot os teat Passamaquoddy bay.. eee cee various depths 0 
DOI Al rile aa. Ula os iets oo Sa = tiple stats 3 Bayro heady: satya fe cehe les Salers slats ? 1 (2-5 cm) 
TES CTS BIS, eae ee ae eee oils eed Passamaquoddy bay................. 30 10 
SEL CATS ea Donat Cie PRD ade 8 Sp, ane 30 8 
LOLS Ane: 28 Bian A. A nlctetetrds « sefelhele ices Sf tear Ris” tah eapettn tater cre ese 25-30 4 


- 


The outstanding points in these records are :— 


1. That the muttonfish is apparently absent from the St. Croix river and Passama- 
yuoddy bay during at least four months of the year, from January to April. 

2. The proportionately large capture in Passamaquoddy bay on September 25, 
1917, may indicate a migration from the rivers into the bay prior to further migra- 
tion into the Bay of Fundy. 

3. The capture of a specimen on April 9, 1918, in the Bay of Fundy at a depth 

of 93 metres may be additional evidence of winter spent in the outer waters. 

4. Where comparison is possible, clams (Mya arenaria) appear to be a better bait 
than herring (Clupea harengus). This agrees with the results of the food study, 
which shows that molluses form a very important part of the food, whereas fish are 
seldom eaten. 


BIOLOGY OF THE MUTTONFISH 73 


5. AGE ESTIMATION AND RATE OF GROWTH. 


An estimation of the age and rate of growth of the muttonfish has been made 
from a study of the otoliths. The scales are very small and show no uniformity in 
annual growth areas. The vertebre were found to be very unsatisfactory in the older 
fish because of the difficulty of distinguishing the rings toward the margins. How- 
ever, in the younger specimens they were a valuable check on the otolith counts. 
The otoliths are comparatively small and regular in form and show clearly alternate 
light and dark areas. Final counts of the bands were made with the low power objec- 
tive of the compound microscope upon ear-stones cleared and mounted in glycerine. 
No grinding down of the stones was necessary. In all, otoliths from ninety-one speci- 
mens have been examined. The method of computation has been somewhat the same as 


e 


Fig. 8. Muttonfish otoliths drawn to the same scale. 


(a) No. 119: 1-1x -7 mm. Fish in first summer, 9-0 cm. in length. 

(b) No. 124: 15x -8 mm. second summer, 12-6 cm. in length. 

(ec) No. 41: 2-2x1-4 mm. «© third summer, 21-0 cm. in length. . 

(d)- Nos £935 3°2x2 mm. « “sixth summer, 33-5 cm. in length. 

(e) No. 31: 4-2x2-5 mm. « «© tenth summer, 51:5 cm. in length. 

(f) No. 33: 4-7x 3-0 mm. “« “seventeenth summer, 61-5 em. in length. 


that used by Fryd (1901) for Zoarces viviparus. He assumes that during the winter 
a comparatively small amount of material is added to the otolith and this shows as a 
narrow opaque band or line. During the summer a comparatively large amount is 
added, which shows as a broad and much less opaque area. The dark centre 


74 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


or kernel is considered as the embroyonic beginning and the narrow light band 
immediately outside as representing the period in the body of the mother prior 
to birth, since the fish is ovoviviparous. The first dark band represents the 
remaining part of the winter period following birth, and the next broad light 
area, the first summer. From this on the dark and light areas represent the 
succeeding winters and summers respectively. The otoliths of Zoarces anguil- 
laris agree with the description given for those of Zoarces viviparus, but there 
is no evidence as yet to show that the muttonfish is ovoviviparous. Drawings 
have been made of six otoliths to illustrate the method of calculation and also to 
show the changes in shape of the otolith with increasing age (fig. 3). For example, 
the otolith of fig. 3 (a) was taken on July 16, 1919, from a specimen 9 cm. in length.. 
It is exactly similar to others taken during the summer from specimens 7.5, 8-0 and 
8-3 em. in length. It seems extremely probable that these muttonfish were in their 
first vear because Zoarces viviparus grows much more rapidly than this, (Fryd loc. 
e't.), and in Canadian waters, pollock, cod, haddock and hake attain considerably 
greater lengths in their first years. Moreover, specimens 2-5 and 3-7 cm. have been 
taken in April and a growth of 1-5 em. per month during the months May, June and 
July would not be excessive. Unfortunately these small specimens were preserved in 
strong formalin and the otoliths disintegrated. The otoliths from the four larger 
speci~* show one winter ring. As will be shown later, the reproductive period 
undoubtedly occurs in the autumn, and therefore the first light area on the otolith 
probably represents a short period of very rapid growth in the autumn before the 
onset of winter conditions. 

It should be stated here that in dealing with the otoliths many difficulties 
occurred. Bands are often indistinct; secondary lines tend to confuse the counts; 
the lines towards the margins become crowded together. It is a method of age estima- 
tion, not absolute determination. The difficulties are much the same as those met 
with in the scales of fish. Lea (1919) expresses the samé opinion in his work with 
the scales of herring (Clupea harengus). ‘That errors and uncertainty are unavoid- 
able in investigations of this kind will be admitted by all who have had any experience 
of such work. The material may be handled with the highest possible degree of care 
and attention, so as to warrant the hope that a repetition of the determinations must 
give exactly the same results, yet on going through the whole once more, discrepan- 
cies will nevertheless be found. As a matter of fact, we are hardly justified in using 
the term “ age-determination ” when dealing with scales; “ estimate” would be more 
correct, for there will always be found, whatever may be the material under consider- 
ation, a greater or less number of individuals whose scales must be classed as doubtful, 
and where the decision must be based more or less upon personal judgment.” 


, i Estimated average Increase 
No. of Specimens. » Age. Length. growth limits in length per 
in each year. year in cm. 

es my (LE i en, Wee CAR cat 324-10) Jems) yes shan eee 1-10 cm. 10 

5 ae Pr ee ec ceionnes co eas and 120-14 omy ls 4 oth at aaa 10-16 cm. 6 
(ee See loand sh wai ted was Pte te 4 Lie E Ol erme i acsiruill= Uieys cles 2 oe 16-21 cm. 5 
Bites ED ee aah Shove Aare aad one VATE COG COATS CR Ra OU ORR (one Peo 21-26 cm. 5 
Pee Spve MRDELD bitte: oat Se erence sc hak le (bis 252 De SOLO CM) 1h | Meteo sd ons 26-31 em. 5 

i (pe INGUEY poate ete near oe 31-3-34-7 em. TEI Bat ir, Seek 31-35 em. 4 
Co eRe of Re Ceres OL OR Den ee eee itae: osc 84°3-36-2iema) cys sbe aii. 35-39 cm. 4 
NB SE ois Beta Sieio-o-cs re SR StH kf ret. 8 ste oe: DUD SOVCIN GI” viaccess (em en 39-43 cm. 4 
AOD Fis Ack Se eT ODN tise OS A scatter oe ap 41°0-50:- Oma 05 fen tias Gat 43-46 cm. RB} 
21 ES es eee ee: ep 1 9 Ae ea ea he igh ar neg (Sia Bis Ty CG) a en Sette sores Ae 46-49 cm. 3 

1 ae ie a ae ete Ch oe rane ee eat eee AD-5-06-O.em, 9 | ae Ae 49-52 cm. 3 
Un tener Sc Pe etree) 7 hl ad Pity OY a SAE 565-57-O'om. ©. HOEE. Oe. 52-55 cm. 3 
De a ocanceenane es ASth, SEY eee Tea 59-8 cm? wires. ee n- 55-58 cm 3 

1 ae 2 eyes kG. cseboarecie deta 59-0 CMS 1s abe ee. 58-60 cm. ~ 2 
De Ta te se eee eA iba er . Stea W ta cam Gee 59-0 CIN ty lisence atraaere 60-62 cm. 2 
ope aaah dh: Bd LEM three eaters od ek DEL 60°0=73*Oient. 1) Wilh. Aa eens 62-64 cm. 2 
Beh eae Lek 8. era eal Fes ols anc pepsin: ote! 61-5-68-Diemiiy. vy asieceen hy weet 64-66 cm. 2 
Os,: TSE: Fc ako os, 6 eevee ate ea Nate ee ere ee eee Orc array e rae 66-68 cm 2 

Al tt 1Dthae S! LET be et E95: 67-5 cng Sheri: 24.9903 68-69 cm 1 
Oe: PALL) ae ORI ae eee ts (MMe oe epee Ser ee - eee a cheer 69-70 cm 1 


BIOLOGY OF THE MUTTONFISH 75 


The first column shows the number of muttonfish of each age. 

The second column gives the age as estimated by the otoliths. 

The third column shows the smallest and greatest lengths found for each age. 

The fourth column gives the estimated average lengths for each year. For 
example, it is estimated that on the average a muttonfish is 10 cm. long at the end of 
.the first year, 16.cm. long at the end of the second year, 21 em, at the end of the third 
year, ete. 

The fifth column gives the probable average growth in em. for each year. 

The rate of growth is shown in fig. 4. The curve represents the estimated 
average lengths for each year. Since the majority of the young fish were taken in 
early summer: they would not have reached their growth limits for that year and 
therefore fall to the left of the curve. 


6. REPRODUCTION. 


It is impossible to distinguish the sexes externally except possibly in older speci- 
mens where the head of the male appears slightly larger and heavier than that of the 
female. Females in the environs of the St. Andrew’s Biological Station from May 31 
to October 15, 1918, contained eggs from less than 1 mm. to 5 mm. in diameter. A 
female 62 cm. in length, weighing 3 pounds 12 ounces, and probably 17 years of age, 
contained 1,805 eggs 5 mm. in diameter. Seventy-nine specimens were opened, and 
the diameters of the eggs in the ovary and the lengths of the testes were measured. 
The results are given in the following two tables :— 


EGGS IN OVARIES—DIAMETER. 


0-1 mm. | 1-2 mm. | 2-3 mm. | 3-4 mm. | 4-5 mm. 


es 


76 


great ut o8y 


DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Lengthin centimetres 
Fig. 4. Curve showing the rate of growth of the muttonfish. 


BIOLOGY OF THE MUTTONFISH iit 


TESTES—LENGTH. 


1-2 cm. 2-3 em. 3-4 ecm. 4-5 cm. 5-6 cm. 
Testes | Fish Testes; Fish Testes| Fish | Testes} Fish | Testes} Fish 


perl: $49, F522 SAS, Rid SS 2-3 47-0 3-5 60-0 
DUE Gets tc eae «5.2 tera steen oun eyehete 2-2 43-0 
2-6 54-5 
em. 
IA CR SER BEE? COBB aC SABER tee 1-6cm.| 34-0 2-5 49-5 3-2 49-5 
2-5 50-5 
2-9 66-0 
Waly ee shs PAS: . Borers. hk TESTE 6mm. 20-5 2-4 40-0 3-0 51-5 4-0 45-0 5-0 53-5 , 
1-9em.| 45-5 2-8 61-5 3-2 54-5 4-0 52-0 5-8 83-0 
3-2 60-0 4-0 53-0 
3-4 45-5 4-0 53-0 
3-4 51-5 4-1 63-5 
/ 3-5 56-0 4-5 67-5 
3-5 62-0 4-6 59-0 
Average for July................ 33-0 50-5 54-5 57-0 68-0 
JSOTTGTTST Ra OA ein ee EE Re 1-6 42-0 2-0 43-5 3-0 46-0 4-0 48-0 
2-5 44-5 3-5 48-5 4-0 50-0 
2-6 43-5 3-6 44-0 4-2 47-0 
2-7 39-0 3-9 52-0 4-2 48-0 
2-9 47-5 
Average for August.............. 42-0 43-0 47-5 48-0 
DEBE DGG s,s fe ines Me ts oat 1-4 36-0 
(UL CUPT) SST fae a ea pea ae a 1-4 33-5 2-0 43-0 3-0 60-5 
2-2 47-5 


Examination of the tables shows— 


(1) 
(2) 


that as a rule the larger females contained the larger eggs and that no speci- 
mens with large eggs were taken later than July; 

similarly the larger males contained the larger testes and the larger males 
tended to disappear in August. 


These results are then evidence— 


(1) 
(2) 


(3) 


(4) 


that a fall migration occurs and corroborates the set line and shrimp trawl 
records; 

that the reproductive period occurs in the fall of the year since the sexually 
mature fish disappear early in August and since no “spent” males or 
females were taken from May to October, 1918. Two captures tend to sub- 
stantiate this. On April 15, 1919, a muttonfish 3-7 cm. in length was found 
in the stomach of a sculpin (Myozxocephalus octodecimspinosus) taken in 
a seine in St. Andrew’s bay. Also on April 21, 1919, an imperfect specimen 
2-5 cm. in length was taken in a shrimp trawl in the Bay of Fundy. As 
previously stated there is no doubt but that these small specimens were pro- 
duced during late fall or early winter. This would coincide with the period 
given for Zoarces viviparus (McIntosh, 1885, and Van Bambeke, 1888) ; 
that the fish do not become sexually mature until they have attained a length 


of about 40 to 45 em. According to the age estimations the fish would be 


about eight years of age; 

that reproduction may not occur every year in some, possibly in all individuals. 
In late July there were large females containing small eggs and large males 
with small testes. Also there were taken occasional large specimens later 
than July with small eggs and small testes. For example, a female 61-5 cm. 
in length taken on July 10, 1918, had eggs only 1 mm. in diameter; another 
59 cm., taken July 26, 1918, had eggs only 1-5 mm. in diameter; and another 
50 em., on August 21, 1918, had eggs 1 mm. in diameter. It is doubtful if 
these eggs would have matured that season. 


78 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Whether Zoarces anguillaris resembles Zoarces viviparus in being ovoviviparous 
has not been determined. Goode (loc. cit.) states that the fish spawns in July and 
August in the deep waters of Massachusetts bay, but gives. no evidence in support 
of his statement. 

McIntosh (loc. cit.) states that Zoarces viviparus in Scottish waters may liberate 
young up to the lengh of 4-5 em. Van Bambeke (loc. cit.) states that females of this 
species from 30-39 em. in length contain from 200-400 young. Fryd (loe. cit.) gives 
about 100 young for specimens 30 cm. in length, and 205 for a specimen 87-7 cm. in 
length. Bridges (1904) gives the number of young produced as. 20—300 or more 
according to the size of the female and adds that the eggs hatch in about 20 days, and 
the young are not born until about four months after fertilization when they are 
about 14 inches long. It is apparent that a much smaller number of eggs mature in 
Zoarces viviparus than in Zoarces anguillaris. If the muttonfish is ovoviviparous it 
is not probable that it would retain 1,800 young until they attain a length of 4-5 em. 
They would probably only be about 1 or 1-5 cm. in length when liberated since the 
young reach a length of only 2-5 to 3-7 em. by April. It is unlikely that this short 
period would jhave any relation to the first light area surrounding the “nucleus” of 
the otolith. 


7. RELATION OF TEMPERATURE TO THE PERIODS OF MIGRATION 
AND REPRODUCTION. 

The extremes of temperature for the bottom waters of the St. Croix river, Passa- 
maquoddy bay and the Bay of Fundy in 1916 and 1917 are shown in the following 
table. The writers are indebted to Professor A. Vachon, Laval University, for these 
records. 


Lowest Highest 
Locality. Date. Temper- Date. Temper- | Depth. 

: ature. ature. 
Simeroix river ss! sh...10 Saas Mar. 15, 1917 —-03 Sept. 6, 1917 10-48 30 m. 
oo RR See eee Aaa “« 28, 1918 — 27 SP 19s 1918 10-94 30 m. 
Passamaquoddy bay.................. Feb. 23, 1917 —-10 OP NGSoLOLT 10-02 30 m. 

itiek VN aia 9S Bees sae ee ae Mar. 21, 1918 —-74 

1233 (oft LALO hye eS ne Sean eee ig Feb. 28, 1917 +-49 Sept. 22, 1917 9-23 90 m. 
Ui gies CAege) S cit So Be eee aries att Mar. 20, 1918 +-70 ner MOIS 9-78 90 m. 


The sexually mature muttonfish leave the St. Croix river and Passamaquoddy bay 
about the end of July, and the remainder probably have left by the end of October. 
The height of the outward migration therefore occurs at the period of highest 
temperature. The inward migration probably begins early in April, which is the 
time when the temperature of the water in the St. Croix river and Passamaquoddy 
bay goes above 0°C. Fertilization of the eggs probably occurs in September 
which is the period of highest bottom temperature. There is thus a coincidence 
between the temperature extremes and the migration periods, but whether or not 
there is a causal relation it is impossible to decide at the present time. 


8. RELATION OF WEIGHT TO AGE, LENGTH AND SEX. 


The following table shows the relation of the weight to the age and length and 
gives the probable average increase in weight for each year. 


Alsen ryeare, cui. AALS EO Ze Re 3} 41 «5} 6 7h 8 Oat THe Whe AAS) G6) 171) VIS a9 
Number of specimens...............0.... 5g ha 4 Nala ad aly ae arr ie 9 cr ag none Pay 
Calculated average wgt. in oz............ 1-3] 1-8 4 6| 6-2/14- 2) 18/25-3/28-2 35/44-5| 44] 49154-2| sol... 73 
Estimated average increase in wgt. in oz. iat eae cae rip a mtg rp baht te we Fas: Ape at ee Shak Pk a 


Estimated average weight in oz......... 1 


Estimated average length incem......... 21) 26] 31) 35! 39) 43) 46) 491 52) 55} 58) 60} 62! 64] 66] 68! 69 


BIOLOGY OF THE MUTTONFISH 79 


Figure 5 below is a graph showing more clearly the relation of weight to length. 


70 


b0 


50 


evince: 
oe 


Weight in ounzes. 
o 
Oo 


w 
So 


10 


20 me 40 50 bo 70 
Length incentimetres 


Fig. 5. Curve showing the relation of the length of the muttonfish to the weight. 


These results indicate that the muttonfish is not a heavy fish in relation to its 
length and that the increase in weight in any year is not great. 

There is no difference in weight between the sexes. The average weight of 
fourteen males in the tenth year of age, average length 49-4 cm. was 1 pound, 9 ounces. 
The average weight of four females in the tenth year, average length 49-2 cm., was 
1 pound, 9 ounces. Similarly in the ninth year the average weights of the two sexes 
were almost identical. 


80 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


9. FOOD. 


The contents of.the alimentary tracts of seventy-five muttonfish were examined to 
obtain some data in regard to the food of the species. The records show that the 
muttonfish draws upon Molluscs, Echinoderms and Crustaceans almost exclusively for 
its food. Of the 75 specimens examined, 59 had eaten Mollusca, 47 Echinodermata, 
and 40 Crustacea, percentages of 79, 63, and 53, respectively. 

The relative abundance of the chief forms found in the digestive tracts of the 75 
specimens is shown in the following table :— 


No. of 


Name. in ciace Percentage. foie ae a 
found. specimen. 
Wihellik=—Huceimum Ungaruni. .. lent ce eee or ee ee eee eee 16 21 1 18 
Blackmussel—Myttlusvedulis..6. 003. cc... 0S eet een tees bans Oiesetlane. 12 16 122 
Modiolaria, various SpeCieS.......--.-e.eee cece eens cence 11 15 65 
[Pamtmanic leo—Lattorun TG ed oo ke sce cee b cicio sae oa te Sere ete oie ic AS te we 9 12 33 
Beallops—Pecten*sp?....:': F-ahs okt oe. bois alae E Biase lgee eee ee ose eee 8 11 8 
Sea-urchin—Stronglyocentrotus droebachiensts.......6000 6000 eee 44 59 51 
Brittle stars—O phiopholis aculeata: 3.0.0.5 005 0) ps cee slew eee oe whe nse sl - 9 12 7 
Barnacle—Balanus balanoides...............---+--- cet bente teres sees e ees 14 19 very numerous. 
PEITCH LESS 2s see SOA. Meme cme Na ec: Shate MM Recap at ie phnys wie-ciathors ames 12 16 8 
TEC) F105) (0 [pany eel Re a Ran een ere Ann Poe Aa aps eRe cap A at ag ae Ake 10 13 4 


Two specimens had each eaten a small fish, one was a small smelt, (Osmerus 
mordaz) ; the other could not be identified. The following forms were kindly identified 
by Dr. A. G. Huntsman, Curator of the St. Andrews Biological Station. 


ANNULATA— Motiusca—Continued. 
Polynoids. Velutina laevigata (Gould). 
Phascolosoma sp? Yoldia sapotilla (Gould). 
Cistenides granulata (Malmgren). Cyclocardia borealis (Conrad). 


Polynices groenlandica (Miller). 
Nucula tenuis (Montagu). 
Crenella glandula (Totten). 


CruSsTACEA— 
Pagurus kroyeri (Stimpson). 
P egerus acadvanus (Benedict ). Crenella decussata (Montagu). 
Erichthonius rubricornis (Stimpson). Twonsiaduyalina (Conrad): 
Aeginella longicornis (Kroyer). Witioninn litekedi(l)). 
Nymphon Ge asupes (1). Astarte undata (Gould). 
Jaera marina (Fabr.). Saxicava arctica (L). 
Gammarus locusta (1). Muavirenice! (lay: 


ae balimordes ee : Acmaea testudinalis (1). 
Pycnogonum littorale (Strém). Solenomya velum (Say). 


Leptocheirus pinguis (Stimpson). Corophtum bonellit (M. Ey. 

Unciola tirrorata (Say). 

Crago septemspinosus (Say). ECHINODERMATA— . 
Strongulocentrotus droebachiensis 

Mo.tiusca— (Miiller). 

Modiolaria discors (1). Ophiopholis aculeata (L). 

Modiola modiolus (1). Echinarachnius parma (Lamarck). 

Buccinum undatum (1). 

Margarita undulata (Sowerby). CHORDATA— 

Pecten magellanicus (Gmelin). Ascidiopsis prunum (Miiller). 

Aporrhais occidentalis (Beck). Caesira retortiformis (Verrill). 

Cardium pinnulatum (Conrad). Tetradidemnum albidum (Verrill). 


Velutina undata (Brown). 


BIOLOGY OF THE MUTTONFISH 81 


Storer (1839) lists the following as stomach contents :— 


Buccinum undatum. 
Fusus corneus. 

' Fusus pleurotomarius. 
Turbo inflatus. 
Natica triserata. 
Natica consolidata. 
Bulla tritacea. 
Tellina sordida. 


Storer (1867) lists these additional forms— 


Turbo obscurus. 
Fusus turricula. 
Trichotropis borealis. 
Nucula minuta. 
Turritella erosa. 
Venus gemma. 
Pecten islandicus. 
Pectinaria sp. 


The results of the food study show that the muttonfish is a bottom feeder but is 
not a scavenger. 


10. LIST OF ASSOCIATES FROM SET LINE RECORDS. 


Considerable information regarding the common associates of the muttonfish in the 
St. Croix river is obtained from the set line records as shown in the following table, 
in addition to that afforded by the study of the food. The records were obtained 
between May 31 and August 19, 1918. The area covered was from the mouth of the 
river to about 10 miles upstream at depths from 10 to 30 metres. An average of 250 
hooks was used at a set and the line usually set for an hour either at high or low 
water slack. Clams (Mya arenaria) and herring (Clupea harengus) were used for 
bait as shown in the table:— 


Clam Herring 
— bait, bait, 

19 sets. 10 sets. 
PRES ETL TIONS Seen Re eae ee EE ee TNR e tae Sa ee Tee ee 4 6 
Crabs CAN CEN TBD Eaten ce Oe te ae Ns CIOS ME ein Sila eg BAe Se 2 1 
Horse mussel, Modiola  ainiue (TAF a ee a 6 5 
Whelk, Buevinum undaturm: (Vio. c ch ac secoijetsiacve'vic selene skews 18 1 
Round whelk, POLICES RETOR SAY) ae ace Vers sonics Batic wieieinne «(b,0/y ot0j0,8 clean ar 3 3 
Common starfish, Asterias vulgarts: (Werrill) soc capstan eas > Heo va eee 2s 2 670 92 
Sea urchins, Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis (Miiller)................. 175 42 
Basket stars, Gorgonocephalus agassizi (Stimpson) ................-.... 37 44 
Crossaster, Gronsaster DUP POSUS.. stakes cet. es ci oe hin FT Ok Eg ales 1 2 
Blood star, Henricia sanguinolenta (Miilller)....:...............2.-0-. 2 1 
Brittle stars, Onpktopholisigqculeata (i). 2.0 acta ne arene ep cloth g. seers 2 10 
Sea-cucumber, Cucumaria frondosa (Gunnerus)................2.0.200000. 1 I 
Sea pear, (Bolienta OU en Gerace s tenons onto helena eee tees dessa. 5 18 
Sea peach, Dethyunt Dyns Orme trea rsla te Be eee ei eon e tele ne os = 31 9 
Sea potato, Ascidiopsis prunum (Miiller).. iene at cai snot 1 I 
Tobacco box, Rajalertnncea: (Miatehill).csc- 5 het mek os ances ne FEE 16 113 
Spiny skate, Fenza rndentas (Ona VaN))s< 62. sare wists.» clase s,ciore)=egele SC sees 2b gis 5 9 
Barn door skate, Rojalacvrs, (Mitchillyy asset TAS. A. FIFOs... wah 2 a 
Dogfish, VA CanEntas OIgGaris: (EA) Godeied gee cdiacs sabes ols Af ayo sin deod sede s EE 1 
Haddock, Melanogrammus aeglefinus (L)........--.--00 20000 ee ee eaee 29 2; 
Hake, Urophycis tenuis (Mitchill)................ EON, ARNE Be iy Bd 2 
Cod, Gadusiniorrhua (Es) 20a once oon ks aes, oo dg ae P 4. 2 
Tomcod, Microgadus tomcod (Walbaum).............-- Mi 5 
Rosefish, Sebastes marinus (L).. et uy 4 
Sculpin, Myozocephalus octodecimspinosus (Mitchill). ue 37 48 
Sea raven, Hemitripterus americanus (Gmelin).......... ‘ 2 1 
Flounder, Pseudopleuronectes americanus (Walbaum)...... : 13 z 
Halibut, Hippoglossus hippoglossus (L)...............00.05- ad na Lie 
Eelpout or Muttonfish, Zoarces anguillaris (PeCK) = oii.c. hoc cee tes cheeses negate nn 41 9 


79550—6 


82 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE ; “ 


11. ENEMIES. 


Only three fish have been found to have eaten the muttonfish, a seulpin (Myoxo- 
cephalus octodecimspinosus), a sea raven (Hemitripterus americanus), and a skate 
(Raja laevis). The first had eaten a small specimen, 3-7 cm. in length. The other 
two had eaten the muttonfish after the latter had taken the hook of the set line. 


12. PARASITES. 


Considerable parasitism by nematode and platyhelminth worms occurs in the 
alimentary tract, and by nematodes in the body muscles. Of 44 specimens examined 
for intestinal parasites, 45 per cent contained nematodes and 35 per cent tapeworms. 
The nematodes were kindly identified by Mr. Maurice C. Hall, of the Bureau of - 
Animal Industry, Washington, D.C., as Kathleena sp. and Echinorhynchus sp., both 
probably undescribed species. The tapeworms have been kindly identified by Dr. 
A. R. Cooper, University of illinois Medical School, Chicago, IIL., as Bothrimonus 
intermedius Cooper. ‘ 

Of 41 specimens examined for body-muscle parasites from July 26 to October 15, 
1918, 60 per cent were parasited. These were also identified by Mr. Hall as Kath- 
leena sp. %, probably undescribed species. Similar nematode worms have been found 
in the bade muscles. of flounders (Pseudopleuronectes americanus) and cod (Gadus 
morrhua) taken in the same region. Possibly this parasitism may be only local or 
only oceur to any extent in certain years. 


18. SUMMARY. 


The important points brought out in this study of the muttonfish (Zoarces) in 
the Passamaquoddy bay region are :— 

1. That it leaves the rivers and bays in the fall of the year for the outer deeper 
waters of the Atlantic, and returns about the end of April of the following year. 

2. That the reproductive period occurs in the autumn. 

3. That the fish is comparatively slow of growth, reaching a length of about 
70cm. and a weight of 69 ounces at 20 years of age. 

4. That it is a bottom feeder, feeding almost entirely upon Mollusca, Echinoder- 
mata and Crustacea. ; 


14. LITERATURE CITED. 
Brwce, T. W. 
1904. Fishes. 
Cambridge Natural History, London. (419.) 


CLEMENS, WILBERT A. 
1920. The Muttonfish. 
Bull. 4, Biol. Board Can., Ottawa. 


Fryp, CARrtos. 
1901. Die Otolithen der Fische. 
Inaugural Dissertion. 


Goopr, Grorce Brown. 
1884. The Fisheries and Fishing Tndustyies in the United States. 
Washington. 


BIOLOGY OF THE MUTTONFISH 83 


Lea, Ernar. : 
1919. Age and Growth of Herring in Canadian Waters. 
Canad. Fisheries Expedition 1914-15. Dept. Naval Service, Ottawa. 


McIntosu, W: C. 
1885. Reproduction and Development. of Fishes. 
3rd Ann. Rept. Fish. Board Scotland, App. F. No. IIT (57). 


‘ Nicuoxs, J. T. 


1916. Seasonal Annotations on two Long Island Fishes. 
Copeia, No. 27 (10). 


Peck, Wo. D. 
1804. Descriptions of Four Remarkable Fishes. 
Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sci. 2 (46). 


Srorer, Davy HuMPHREYs. 
1839. A Report on the Fishes of Massachusetts. 
Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. 2 (289). 
1867. A History of the Fishes of Massachusetts. 
Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sci. (N.S.), 5 (263). 


Van BAMBEKE, OCH. 
1888. Remarques sur la reproduction de la Blenne vivipare (Zoarces viviparus 
Cuv.). 
Bull. de ?Academie Royale des Sciences Belgique No. 1, 3rd serie, 15 
(92-117). 


79550—634 


ee A oe! soi 
eer vsti hie od 


AY’ gals alah, aera een: 


ashy, tN Aa vos 


aan ey Suede ants j Be wekiteta 
hie lakonht ay Od Sanit SA Reali aati 


abiahe mi bustin thks retire Orktee rs Tete 


Wile 4 W f mate’, fart istestul fey line ce ts 
Cot: SO ' f mn 
i: : EN whan ase 


a A mil 


Pivisnglanyiet d aed ihe wi Pe ‘ 
Paliyeiaet ey tiraesd,' Annes: Pa RTO | ‘il Ant fi, iy 
Rye tee aks ae, bias, “at ita antes 8 eth Ale peid: hs 
Orr by birdies i: Ween “endive Teh 


ee se ne 


4 


fo ; i petit Pret oa th a Wy be yd age} wk 
Vat ie. Meee: i Piatt Rie ee, 


3 oH Wie Lr bicpere, Usiheresigangs: 3! ge ‘aes mie 


ee Bites RC ocrpan 


y VAT Hb wae ances MRA OU She ict ee a inet Cg ieee pan chip ee 
EP aumaripiy seo%t00\) Nigh tiiorte w “Faly obi: ot bHveamercniv east Ment nah ; 
bs fig, a Fagen lit Hadivorkama de netane MA aten. ena telle. vmRMt hae fue Bes 
\ i a ranasii: cp oan ip fuliad A heabia tint son 
ue iran Gabi ‘ha Ati oti cei aie nie ita ER fey | 
a thee tial Wy i" Ni) ae” Atty babii Nae tal Dai ah 4 ie MD t pein 
aria ais AY! Aenea | 
bo i Rie Es i. Wht v" Ds he i Naud 
pis urine te sinnllle — ae Tn e4 NP Ce pay ny a ave sah jie hs 
odes! A MA ea eee Son MPR ER an a im gid hat’: Mian aek 
nt oe “| ae yh Pe yet aivrot inc own: Han) dando SNA Dd Sih 
> 4 Rey AN hb ict AE ORIN RO ‘eth of! 
e ay Mae ot oreriyedaa wish EL hae: ag "SHIR Svcd wae tea eile: 


AS a he Coa enti Fanny) bee Soria renee vie in oo. © 
A sea pan Deni, : aR | : 


h jon 
P's A J BY ide at , VOT 


‘ 


' 
i) ee 4 


me seh, ma A NA 
ae UA ines | } 
8 See Z Gunes Sapa get, el 


"i oe Pines AL Ss Ui au gC 
| OR th OM Uteiutlti | 
." M ahd ang Sy Ae taal tal Shes he 
any ; iain, sie 4c en 
ae er 


BY Cp Oph Ta, Tine yeh 
ytiad  ae Pegs Pabeiiaens: Poehiinas Ly) i. 
eR at i ie ia I bi via by i A 


EASTERN CANADIAN PLANKTON 85 


VII. 


Eastern Canadian Plankton.—The Distribution of the 
.  Tomopteridze obtained during the Canadian 
Fisheries Expedition, 1914-1915. 


BY 
A. G. Huntsman, B.A., M.B., F.R.S.C., 
Biologist to the Biological Board of Canada. 


The Tomopterids form the bulk of the pelagic Annelids of the expedition. Several 
specimens of species belonging to other groups were obtained, but these were in such 
poor condition that their identification was not attempted. 

The Tomopterids have proven to be so rare in our material that the method of 
capture must be considered to a large extent unsuitable for a determination of their 
distribution. The four species obtained may be distinguished by means of the fol- 
lowing table :— 

Key to the species of Tomopteris. 


A,. Rosettes present on the parapodia, Tail present. (Subgenus Johnstonella.) 
B,. Rosettes on the trunk of each of the first two pairs of parapodia and on the 

fins of the remainder. T. duccit. 

B,. Rosettes on the ventral ramus of the first two pairs of parapodia and on all 

the fins. T. catharina. 

A,. Rosettes absent. Tail lacking. (Subgenus Tomopteris.) 
C,. Both hyaline and chromophile glands at apex of fin of ventral ramus of 
parapodium. T. septentrionalis. 

C,. Hyaline gland apical, chromophile gland inferior in fin of ventral ramus 

of parapodium. T. planktonis. 


Tomopteris (Johnstonella)) duccii Rosa. 
1907. Rosa, p. 177. 
1908. Rosa, p. 273. 

The single specimen obtained showed the following characters, which agree -so 
closely with those of T. duccii, as described by Rosa, as to leave no doubt of its 
belonging to that species. 

Length: trunk, 8 mm.; tail, ca. 6 mm. 

Width: the greatest is about 4 mm. 

The prostomium has a convex anterior border. The horns are about 1mm. long. 
The first cirri are decidedly shorter than the horns, while the second cirri are 6 mm. 
long. 

‘The eyes are distinct, brownish in colour, and elongated longitudinally. The 
ciliated epaulettes are narrow and tongue-like, extending back considerably behind 
the cerebral ganglion. 


*This article and the following one were completed too late to be included in the report of 
the expedition (Canadian Fisheries Expedition, 1914-1915, Department of the Naval Service, 
Ottawa, 1919). For an account of the cruises undertaken, methods used, etc., see the introduc- 
tion by Dr. Johan Hjort, the leader of the expedition, in that report. 

The stations of C.G.S. ‘‘ Acadia’”’ and C.G.S. “Princess’”’ are shown in figure 1, the dates 
for the two cruises of each being indicated. The stations taken by C.G.S. ‘‘ Thirty-three’’ were 
all in the Gulf St. Lawrence, while those of the Biological vessel ‘‘ Prince’’ were taken in the 
Bay of Fundy in September of that year (1915). 


86 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


The parapodia are 18 in number, the last two being rudimentary. There are 
none on the tail, which is very slender. 

A rosette is present in the middle of the lower side of the trunk of each of the 
first two parapodia of the right side, but none can be seen in those of the left side. A _ 
rosette is present in the fin just inside and close to the tip of both rami of all the 
parapodia with the exception of the first two pairs. A spine projects from a slight 
notch in the ventral part of the fin of the ventral ramus of each parapodium, but is 
indistinct in the first ones. An hyaline gland is closely applied to the outer side of 
the spine in all the parapodia. A chromophile gland is placed just inside the spine 
on the parapodia, beginning with the fifth pair. 

The single specimen was obtained at “ Acadia” Station 75, in the vertical haul 
from a depth of 325 metres. This species has heretofore been known only from two 
specimens reported by Rosa from the Pacific coast of Mexico. It is very evidently 
a tropical form, and is the only Tomopterid obtained on the expedition that is 
restricted to the southern oceanic water of the Gulf Stream. 


Tomopteris (Johnstonella) catharina (Gosse). 


1900. Apstein, p. 88 (as T. helgolandica) 
1905. Reibisch, p. 8 (as 7. helgolandica) 
1907. Wright, p. 12 (as JT. mariana) 
’ 1908. Rosa, p. 283 
1911. Southern, p. 8 (as T. helgolandica) 
1911. Malaquin et Cdfin, p. 11 (as T helgolandica) 


Up to 6 em. in length. This is the largest, as well as the most common, 
Tomopteris of the region. 

It is described as possessing the first pair of setigerous tentacles. All the 
individuals that I have examined, have been without them but none smaller than 11 
mm. has been available. This is in rather striking contrast with the condition in 
European individuals, in which it is usually present unless in rather large specimens. 

Wright obtained off Canso a young Tomopterid, which he indentified with the 
Tomopteris mariana of Greef as described by Apstein, evidently relying upon the 
presence of a rosette in the basal joint of each of the first two pairs of parapodia. An 
individual, 1.2 mm. in length, from “Acadia” Station 81 on the St. Pierre bank showed 
the same condition, but closer inspection revealed the fact that the rosette in reality 
was in the base of the ventral ramus. I believe, therefore, that these belong to T. 
catharina. This diagnosis is confirmed by their occurrence only on the St. Pierre 

- bank, where adults of the species were most abundant. 

Individuals with eggs free in the coelome were obtained on both cruises, at 

“Acadia” Stations 19, 21, 80, 81 and 83, and at “Princess” Station 45. 


DISTRIBUTION.* 


C.G.S. Acadia. 
Station No............ 10 11 12 13 19 21 26 
Depth of ay (m.)... 0(T) O(T) 100-0(V) 70-0 (V.) O(T) 0(T) 70-0 ty) 100-5 av 29-9 ‘W) 100-0(V) 
Length beaten) Panh ~44 oe 20 20-32 32 &37 20 & 30 18-37 20-40 18-27 a. 22 Ca. 20 
Number. . ode aes 1 6 4 2 11 24 1 6 5 
Station No. ........... 26 27 34 ‘35 36 50 
Depth of Haul (m. Bee 0(T) O(T) 100-0 (V) 125-25 (C) 100-15 (C) 145-0 (V) 5-0. fv) a) W) soa (V) 
Length (mm )..... 18-30 20-40 15-30 15-40 ~ 25-30 42 30-4 juv. 
Naber 38 ease ct.:s were 3 19 5 5 3 1 . 4 1x10 
Station No...........- 83 83 83 84 84 86 
Depth of Haul (m.)..Ca. 20°10 (T) 160-0(V) 55-0 (V) Ca. 20-10 (T) Ca. 20-10 (T) 55-0 (V) Ca. 20-10 (T) 
Length (mm.).. . 30-47 30-40 30-60 25-40 juv. 20-30 juv. 25 
Numi Berisha a. (cies 6 13 7 many several 6 x5 1 


*In the tables of distribution the following abbreviations are employed,—T for ‘ Tow”; 
V for “Vertical haul from a certain depth to the surface”; and C for “ Vertical haul between 
certain depths, net being closed before bringing to the surface.” 


EASTERN CANADIAN PLANKTON 87 


DISTRIBUTION—Continued. 
C.G.S. Princess. 


RPRUTOTE Ore ia Sak ao fer hs Stayer terete iis, Ae aie whcte arab hele din'oys) ss 21 42 
Depth vi SE Peaas i CIN > Jie hs exer Melba ceayb ies Acumtal ake Yor awurl<1Wnle ailero!'s/e aioe) «, 100-0: (V) 100-0(V) 100-0 (V) a0-0 (V Oe so Ae 
Isnt iy Ginien Nels. bones a) Atta LaBon ion obo hier Ga cob ais ID eee 25 30 35 ca. 
TUES a oy ONG A EAE i Bes ore OMICS SNA Par on 1 ; 1 1 - 

C.G.S. Thirty-three. Motor-boat Prince. 
Station No.. OAS art hr) gee KA eee een eee 64 3 
cr’ ata a Co a Ee oe as eee 80-0 (T) 180-0 (V) 
IG Ny (010 1d bear RR PABA fac thc i Ai Seu tant 20-35 30 
Tere Fit P20 oe ee I A ac oe go ite 9 5 Cee 10 1 


Vertical.—This species was found at the surface and down to a considerable depth. 
The data indicate a daily migration to and from the surface. With one exception 
(“Acadia” Station 86) it was obtained in the near-surface tows only between 6 p.m. 
and 6 am. It occurred in the vertical hauls and was absent.from the near-surface 
tows at eleven stations, taken between 6 a.m. and 6 p.m. For the Irish coast Southern 
(1911, p. 12) records it from the surface to below 1,000 fathoms, but fails to find any 
correlation between its vertical distribution and the hour of the day. 


Horizontal—On the May-June cruises, the largest numbers were obtained: at 
“Acadia” Stations 19 and 21 on the Green bank off the south coast of Newfoundland. 
On the July-August cruises, the only station at which the species was found in any 
abundance was “Acadia” Station 83, which was off St. Pierre island, near Newfound- 
land. The centre of abundance of the species is, therefore, the Newfoundland banks. 
This is in agreement with the finding of the species in greatest abundance on the 
Grand Banks of Newfoundland by the Plankton-Expedition, as recorded by Apstein 
(1900, p. 45). 

From its centre of abundance on the banks off Newfoundland T. catharina is 
distributed toward the northwest and toward the southwest and decreases in abun- 
dance in each direction. On the May-June cruises it extended to the northwest along 
the southern coast of Newfoundland into the gulf through Cabot strait, keeping to the 
north side of the strait. Only a single specimen was obtained at each of “Princess” 
Stations 20 and 21 just inside the strait and not one was obtained at any of the 
remaining stations in the gulf. This seems to have been the extent of its distribution 
inside the gulf at that time. It indicates that very little of the coastal water is passing 
westward along the southern coast of Newfoundland into the gulf. If the current 
flowing into the gulf through Cabot strait off cape Ray had any strong component 
from the water covering the banks off the south east part of Newfoundland, this species 
would undoubtedly be well distributed inside the gulf. 

It is abundant at the mouth of the Laurentian channel and extends from that 
region toward the southwest in a broad band along the edge of the continental shelf, 
as found at “Acadia” Stations 10-13. At first sight it would appear that T. 
catharina is being carried by a current from the Newfoundland banks across the mouth 
of the Laurentian channel to the southwest. It may be otherwise. Its presence in 
moderate abundance at “ Ac-dia” Station 34, places it in the outer part of the outflow- 
ing Cape Breton current, which it enters from the north. In the outer part of this 
current it would be carried to the mouth of the Laurentian channel and then to the 
southwest along the side of the continent. 

Tn the area of distribution outlined above (See fig. 1), the species was lacking at 
onlv two stations. At both of these stations, “ Acadia” Stations 20 and 22, only 
surface hauls were made, and at the latter station the haul was made during the day, 
when it wovld not be expected at the surface. 

On the July-August cruises certain differences in the distribution are to be 
noticed. Except on the Newfound'and banks, only solitary specimens were obtained in 
the vertical hauls and these were at widely separated points. It is again present just 
inside Cabot strait on the north at “ Princess” Station 45 off cape Anguille and at 


88 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


“ Thirty-three” Station 64 in St. George bay. It has almost disappeared from the 
Laurentian channel outside the strait. One individual was obtained at “ Acadia” 
Station 86 in the middle of the channel. 


cJ =; = 
SS 
mee Co) ~ 
( —— 
os 
N 


e) 
O 
O 
O 


if 


O 


Fic. 1. Distribution of 7. catharina in May-June, 1915. Arrows indicate supposed 
directions of drift. i 


In the northern part of the gulf a single individual was taken at “ Princess ” 
Station 42. It might be thought that this had been carried in through Cabot strait. 
If this were so, it would be expected also at “ Princess” Stations 43 and 44, and none 
were obtained. It is as likely that it has entered the gulf through the strait of Belle 
Isle. Captain Chalifour of the Princess informed me that in July, 1915, he met exten- 
sive ice floes well inside the strait of Belle Isle. These will have been driven in by 
northeast winds. If the Tomopteris had in that way been brought into the Esquiman 
channel, the current which Dawson has demonstrated on the northwest side of the 
channel, would carry it direct to “Princess” Station 42. Certain arctic medusae 
show a similar distribution in the northern part of the gulf; for example, Mertensia, 
Catablema and Aeginopsis. 

A single specimen was taken on the Scotian bank off Halifax at “ Acadia” 
Station 50. This had probably been brought to this point by the coastal tongue out- 
side Sable Island bank, which was so distinct in the May-June cruise. : 


\ 


HASTERN CANADIAN PLANKTON 89 


It is evident that the pressing in of the Gulf Stream, which is characteristic of 
the summer condition, has been accompanied by an obliteration of the stream of 
individuals of this species, which on the first cruise was passing out of the Laurentian 
channel around the Breton bank and southwestward along the edge of the continent 
(see fig. 2). This indicates the smallness of the contribution given by the water 
covering the Newfoundland bank to the mass of water passing southwestward over 
the Breton and Scotian banks. 


Fic. 2. Distribution of 7. catharina in July-September, 1915. Arrows indicate 
directions of currents affecting the distribution. 


Another individual was taken in September at “Prince” Station 3 in the bay of 
Fundy. We have taken it in previous years even farther north in the bay, namely, 
inside Campobello island near Eastport. Bigelow (1914, p. 121 and 1915, p. 301) 
found it at many points in the gulf of Maine in 1912 and 1913 and also south of cape 
Cod as far as New York. Whether it breeds as far south as the gulf of Maine or 
whether the individuals occurring there have all been brought from the Newfoundland — 
banks is a subject for investigation. Our failure to find the larve at any point except . 
near Newfoundland is perhaps significant. Wright’s capture of one at Canso proves, 
however, that they may survive that far to the south at least occasionally. Its virtual 
absence from the cold coastal water of the St. Lawrence gulf and the Breton and 


90 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Scotian banks is an argument against its successful breeding south of Newfoundland. 
It is perhaps to be considered an Arctic coastal species, which will survive for a long 
time in boreal or temperate water. 

Our records and also those of Bigelow show that it lives in water having a salinity 
of between 32°/o0 and 33°/oo. On the European coast its conditions of life appear 
to be quite different. Southern (1911, p. 12) states that on the Irish coast it was 
not taken in water of lower salinity than 34°/oo and that it was taken at all depths 
down to below 1,000 fathoms. . There is no indication that it ever on our coast occurs 
in water of as high a salinity as 34°/oo, or that it ever goes into the deep water. Its 
distribution on the European coast is,—the North sea, around the British isles, for 
some distance out into the Atlantic, and as far south as Portugal (Apstein, 1900, and 
Malaquin et Carin, 1911). It is therefore, in no sense an estuarial species, although 
carried well into bays and estuaries where the tides are heavy as in the bay of Fundy 
and in the Irish channel. Its southern limit on the American side of the Atlantic 
would seem to be the fortieth parallel. On the European side it goes even farther 
south, namely, to Gibraltar, and is found in the Mediterranean region confined to the 
Adriatic (Rosa, 1912, p. 5). Whether the tropical records for this species are to be 
depended upon or not, is open to question. In view of the difference, as noted above, 
between American and European specimens in regard to the first pair of cirri, a 
critical comparison of ‘extensive series of specimens from the different regions is 
much to be desired. ‘ 


Tomopteris (Tomopteris) septentrionalis.. Quatr. ex. Steenstrup. 


1900. Apstein, p. 41. 

1905. Reibisch, p. 9. 

1998. Rosa, p. 297. 

1911. Southern, p. 20 

1911. Malaquin et Carin, p. 14. 


The length ranges from 2 to 11 mm. 
DISTRIBUTION. 
C.G.S8. Acadia. 


Station No......::....0.. 16 26 51 51 
Depth of Haul (m.)........200-0 (V) 100-0(V) 125-55 (C) 125-0 (V) 
Length (mm.)............. 4-11 4&11 8 11 

1 Const 57) eee IM lay 2 1 1 


51 74 5 75 
0 (T) 325-0 (V) | 325-0 (V) 55-0 (V) 
See, &5 9 


This species is an oceanic form, and occurs typically in the Atlantic north of 50° 
N. latitude (see Apstein, 1900). It is abundant some distance off the Irish coast. 
(Southern, 1911), and extends south to the coast of Africa and even into the Medi- 
terranean (Malaquin et Carin, 1911). Rosa (1908) has recorded it from the south 
Pacifie off Chile and considers it to be a “ bipolar ” species. 

It was found in our waters in too small numbers to be classed as a typical 
inhabitant. It may be that our hauls were on the whole too shallow for it. With one 
exception the records indicate that it belongs to our northern oceanic water, being 
brought from the Labrador current, where it is abundant, around the Grand banks. 
Its presence at “ Acadia” Station 51 on the Breton bank off Halifax is in harmony 
with the presence in that region of other northern oceanic species. Its occurrence 
only in the most northerly Gulf Stream Stations, “ Acadia” Stations 74 and 75, 

indicates that it enters the Gulf Stream towards the north. 


EASTERN CANADIAN PLANKTON 91 


Tomopteris (Tomopteris) planktonis, Apstein. 
1900. Apstein, p. 42. 
1905. Reibisch, p. 9. 
1908. Rosa, p. 301. 
1911. Malaquin et Carin, p. 14. 


The length ranges from 3 to 6 mm. 


DISTRIBUTION. 
C.G.S. Acadia. 


PATER LEHI NOMS es Po Seon oi PEE BSS | Gettin in, che be ee 16 26 50 75 87 
Depth of Haul a. & Bee A Fe A cue See Ss « te .. 200-0 (V) 100-0 (V)- 145-0 (V) 325-0(V) 290-0 (V) 
Length (mm.).. ey Ae ERE I hn tess (.2 Sikes eee 3-5 6 6 3 3 

I ERREIION CMe cee aie ciale olals ond oe Cle ach este a ene Sic etsc aaa k's aw le pts 4+ 1 1x5 4 1 


Unlike the preceding, this species occurred only in the deep vertical hauls, and 
never in the shallow tows. It has a somewhat similar horizontal distribution to that 
of the preceding one, but is found at the equator as well as in the north, according 
to Apstein (1900). Malaquin et Carin report it from a number of points from the 
Canaries to north of the Azores and Rosa (1912, p. 8) has reported it from the 
Adriatic. On our coast it occurred with the preceding species or at neighbouring 
stations. Im addition, the record, at “ Acadia” Station 87 shows that it extends in 
the northern oceanic water for some distance up the Laurentian channel. It is thus 
confined to the northern oceanic water and the northern part of the Gulf Stream. 


; LITERATURE. 
APsTEIN, O. 
1900. Die Alciopiden und Tomopteriden der Plankton-Expedition. Ergebnisse d. 
Plankton-Expedition, Bd. IJ, H b. 
Bicetow, H. B. 
1914. Explorations in the Gulf of Maine, ete. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. 
LVIII, No. 2, pp. 31-147. 
1915. Exploration of the coast water between Nova Scotia and Chesapeake Bay, 
ete. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. LIX, No. 4, pp. 151-359. ‘ 
Mataguin, A. ET Carin, F. 
1911. Note préliminaire sur les Annelides pélagiques provenant des campagnes de 
VHirondelle et de la Princesse-Alice. Bull. de Inst. Oceanographique 
de Monaco. No. 205. 
RerpiscuH, J. ° 
1905. Anneliden. Nordisches Plankton, Bd. X, pp. 17. 
Rosa, D. ; 
1907. Diagnosi preliminari di nuovi Tomopteridi raccolti dalla R.N. “ Liguria.” 
Mon. Zool. Ital., ann. XVIII, pp. 176 and 177. 
1908. Anellidi—Parte I Tomopteridi. Raccolte Planctoniche, ete., V., pp. 248- 
327. 
1912. ee sui tomopteridi dell’adriatico raccolti dalle R.R. Navi “ Montebello 2 
“Ciclope.” R. Com. Talass. Ital.. Mem. XX, pp. 1-10. 
SOUTHERN, = 
1911. Polycheta of ‘dig Coasts of eels, EL seis Alciopine, Tomopteride 
and Typhloscolecide. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1910, ITI, pp. 37. 
Wricut, R. R. 
1907. The Plankton of Eastern Nova Scotia Waters. Contrib. Canad. Biology 


1902-1905, 39th Ann. Rep. Dept. Mar. and Fisheries, Fisheries Branch, 
pp. 1-19. : 


big af “ttt ial x mr 
yeh e ee 


Pah ‘to bes wag 


y 


& toW bE 


} ie ri 
roi Vani 
ame 
‘“y 


i < i) 
Os 
ue 


‘) fy it rr 
ra mt L 


EASTERN CANADIAN PLANKTON 93 


NITE 


Eastern Canadian Plankton.—The Distribution of Float- 
ing Tunicates (Thaliacea) obtained during the 
Canadian Fisheries Expedition, 

1914-1915. 


BY 
A. G. Huntsman, B.A., M.B., F.R:S.C., 
Biologist to the Biological Board of Canada. 


Comparatively few individuals of this group were obtained on the expedition, 
forty-five in all, belonging to five different species. The nomenclature is that of Ihle 
(1912) for the Desmomyaria and that of Neumann (1913) for the Cyclomyaria. 


Key to the Species. 


Ai. Muscles of body forming usually incomplete rings. A single pair of large 
branchial stigmata. sal Salpidae. 


Alimentary canal coiled to form a nucleus, or, if not, muscles of the body very 


numerous. Salpa. 


Bi. Muscles not in groups. : 
C,. Muscle bands, more than six. 18 to 22 more or less interrupted muscle 
bands. <A pair of long posterior processes or spines. 
S. vagina solitar. 
Ce. Muscle bands, not more than six. 
Di. Muscle bands all incomplete above. Five broad and one narrow 
muscle bands. S. zonaria solitar. 


De. Muscle bands not all incomplete above. Five muscle bands between 


ganglion and atrial opening, the first incomplete above. 
S. zonaria gregat. 


B,. Muscles arranged in groups. 
Ei. An anterior group of three. Muscles incomplete above. Anterior three 
muscle bands approaching each other, more or less interrupted. Two 
solitary bands behind. S. vagina gregat. 


E,. An anterior group of three. Muscles not incomplete above. 
Fi. Not more than six muscle bands. An anterior group of three an 


a posterior group of two muscle bands, widely separated. 
S. democratica. 


G,. Test with posterior spines. S. democratica solitar. 
G,. Test without posterior spines. S. democratica gregat. 


F2. More than six muscle bands. An anterior group of three, a posterior 
group of two, and between these four solitary muscle bands. 
S. fusiformis solitar. 


94 DEPARTMENT OF.THE NAVAL SERVICE 


E3. An anterior group of four muscle bands. A posterior group of two muscle 
bands. Muscle just behind peripharyngeal band diverging from it 


dorsally. S. fusiformis gregat. 

A,. Muscles of the body forming complete rings. On each side a row of slit-like stig- 
mata. Doliolidae. 

Body barrel-shaped or cylindrical. 8 or 9 muscle bands. Doliolum. 


H,. Nine muscle bands. Oozooid. 
HL. Eight muscle bands. Other stages. 
Stigmata beginning at second band above and ending just behind 
fourth band below. D. nationalis. 


Salpidae.—The salpae occur frequently in chains of individuals, which are readily 
broken up. These individuals (proles gregata) alternate with those of another kind 
(proles solitaria), which are always found singly. The two differ markedly in structure. 


Salpa fusiformis Cuv., forma aspera Chamisso. 


1912. Ihle, p. 39. 
C.G.S. Acadia. 


Depth of Haul. Length 


Station No. (metres). (mm.) Form. Number. 
PTE IG ie Se ae otha uett | 270-0 (V) 10 greg. 4 
0 (T) 6-20 gTeg 12 
sol. 1 
A EAE MN RI oe MAY Se. tit Meee Ys mee NNN) a Bie B25-OCV) in oak baejatetnePemaewins rs ae iae 0 
| 55-0 (V) 22 greg. 2 
Ca. 20-10 CE) tis ciocen andl ccs tates 0 


This species is widely distributed through all the warmer seas and is carried 
by currents into the colder waters. Of all the Salpae that are carried into the north 
Atlantic by the Gulf Stream, S. fusiformis goes the farthest. It is apparently better able 
to endure the lowered temperature and salinity than the remaining species. It was the 
most abundant Salpa of our cruises and was the only one to occur at more than one 
station. Bigelow obtained it in the gulf of Maine on August 14 and 15, 1912 (1914, p. 
121) and south of cape Cod in July, 1913 (1915, p. 275). On the European coast it 
appears regularly during the course of each summer, passing into the English Channel 
and north of the British isles to the coast of Norway and into the Skager Rak (Ap- 
stein, 1911, p. 151). 

‘Five Salpae in a bad state of preservation but apparently belonging to this species 
are beforeme. They were obtained on the beach at Campobello island in the autumn of 
1913 and sent in by Captain Shepard Mitchell. They are from 33 to 35 mm. in length. 

-Salpa vagina (Tilesius) proles gregata (= tilesii). 
1912. Ihle, p. 47. 


C.G.S. Acadia. 
Station No. Depth of Haul | Length 
J (metres). (mm) Number. 
TI arora or eiAe Ala aths alo ala lane eros SMD abe chiara. Wire tet dict. eee oes eee ee 375-250 A E leldm\inrsteesare 2 
250-0(V) | 180 0 


This species is widely distributed but not found in abundance. It is rare in the 
north. Bigelow obtained it in July, 1918, south of Cape Cod (1915, p. 275), and in 


EASTERN CANADIAN PLANKTON 95 


December, 1913, in Massachusetts bay (1917, p. 246). On the European coast it 
occurs in the Mediterranean and was found by Traustedt in the English Channel 
(Apstein, 1894, p. 36). 


Salpa democratica Forsk. proles solitaria (== mucronata). 
1912. Ihle, p. 51. 


C.G.S. Acadia. 


Station No. Depth of Haul Length Number. 
(metres) . mm.). 
ng RE oh Ady ns en 2. tag EUR Se ain Pr! Mig ued Sen RETA DUO=OGV) ee eaieee eee se 0 


0 (T) 2-5-6 14 


This is the most widely distributed and the most abundant of all the Salpae, 
according to Apstein (1894, p. 32). In northern waters the records seem to show 
that it does not extend as far to the north as S. fusiformis, but, where it does occur, 
it is more abundant than the latter. Bigelow obtained it in the gulf of Maine in 
1912 (1914, p. 121), and south of New York in 1913 (1915, p. 275). On the European 
coast it appears rather regularly. It enters the English Channel and reachés the 
coast of Norway, but does not enter the North sea (Apstein, 1911, p. 153). 


Salpa zonaria (Pallas) proles gregata. 
1912. Ihle, p. 54. 


C.G.S. Acadia. 
Station No. Depth of Haul Length Number. 
; (metres). (mm.). 
pe ceed oe RE Me ra horas sacle Ges peel Since aidan ora ae ee Makguiaus' esl style Wat heads 200-0 (V) 35 : 7 
ONCE RAE s lasten cores 0 


This species is widely distributed but not abundant. In the north, its distribu- 
tion extends as far as Iceland (Apstein, 1894, p. 36). On the American coast Bigelow 
(1915, p. 275) obtained it south of the latitude of New York in 1913. On the 
European coast, Farran (1906) obtained it off the Irish coast in 1903 and 1905. 

An individual of the aggregated generation, 40 mm. long and one of the solitary 
generation, 55 mm. long, are in the collection of the Atlantic Biological Station, St. 
Andrews, New Brunswick, and are presumed to have been obtained at Grand Manan 
in 1910, which shows that it occasionally enters the bay of Fundy. 


Doliolidae.—The larva develops into an oozooid, which by budding produces tro- 
phozooids, phorozooids and gonozooids. Only the gonozooids become sexually mature. 
The oozooids rapidly degenerate and cannot be identified as to the species. 


Doliolum nationalis Borgert. Phorozooid stage. 
1913. Neumann, p. 18. 


C.G.S. Acadia. 
Station No. Depth ot Haul Length Number. 
(metres). (mm.). 
OVE MBLs gaat oore Otte OOO BnnC 0.00 o GAR OUSO SU ee Eas Sat ee eee Zorn rom rier is 270=0. QP Alas fess ee rst: 0 


From the results of the Plankton expedition (see Borgert, 1894) it was to be 
expected that D. tritonis or D. krohni would appear in our Gulf Stream stations. 
These species have been found much farther to the north than has D. pationadlis. 
This latter species is rare on the European coast, but was found at a number of 
points in the English Channel in November, 1904 (Apstein, 1911, p. 156). 


’ 


96 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Doliolum sp. Oozooid stage. 


C.G.S8. Acadia. 
Station No. Depth of Haul | Length | Number. 
(metres). (mm.). 
PLR SURI RO Bede IA oe Se We Ae a Pea 8 dt ak) ae ae ea Ne eR ALT. (nl ih UNA RSC ea 200-0 (V) 18 1 
1O0=0 CV)! tec aecaracee 0 
OCR) Oe Saliksecincceee 0 
PY Miers a Soar, beat arpa toh ry See EAPC CHE eee oar eee 270-0; (Vee al eee 0 
0 9 1 


Bigelow obtained Doliolum south of New York in 1918 (1915, p. 275). It is 
found regularly in the Gulf Stream. 


Summary. 


The Thaliacea as a whole occurred in all the outermost stations of the cruises of 
the Acadia and at one station (“ Acadia” Station 41) on the edge of the continental 
shelf. They are typical inhabitants of tropical waters. Their presence in the north 


Fic. 1. Distribution of Thaliacea. May-June,—dotted area margined by continuous line. 
July-August,—dotted area margined by broken line. Divided circles,—stations: 
of May-June cruises. Plain circles,—stations of July-August cruises. Solid 

circle.—S. vagina. Square.—S. zonaria. Lozenge.—S. fusiforms. 
Triangle,—S democratica. Cross,—Doliolum. 


EASTERN CANADIAN PLANKTON 97 


is entirely owing to the action of currents, since they do not survive in the north from 
one year to the next, as Apstein has so well shown. In our waters they are excellent 
indicators of the extent of the Gulf Stream. Their distribution for May-June and 
July-August is shown in Fig. 1. They were nearer the continental shelf in the later 
cruise than in the earlier one and to the south than to the north. Their much greater 
abundance at the southernmost station is very evident, this station providing prac- 
tically three-quarters of the total number of individuals obtained. 

The fact that no Thaliacea were obtained from the water over the banks or near 
the coast indicates the absence, during the period investigated, of any Gulf Stream 
component within the edge of the continental shelf. That this condition does not 
always obtain is shown by the two records of Salpw from the Bay of Fundy. 


LITERATURE: 
APSTEIN, C. 
1894. Die Thaliacea der Plankton-Expedition, B. Vertheilung der Salpen. 
Ergebn..d. Pl.-Exped., Bd. II E. a. B. 
1901. Salpide. Nordisches Plankton, (Bd. IT.) Lief, 1. 
1911. Tunicata. Bul. Trimestr., Plankton, 2 me. Partie, p. 150. 


Bicetow, H. B. 
1914. Explorations in the Gulf of Maine, July and August, 1912, ete. Bull. Mus. 
Comp. Zool., vol. LVIII, No. 2. 
1915. Exploration of the Coast water between Nova Scotia aud Chesapeake Bay, 
July and August, 1913, ete. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. LIX, No. 4. 
1917. Explorations of the coast water between Cape Cod and Halifax in 1914 
and 1915, etc. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. LXI. No. 8. 


Borcert, A. 
1894. Die Thaliacea der Plankton-Expedition. C. Vertheilung der Doliolen. 
Ergebn. d. Pl.-Expd., Bd. II, E. a. C. 


Dewap, M. and C. 
1905. Notes on the Plankton of Valencia Harbour. Ann. Rep. Fish. Ireland, 
1902-1903. Pt. II, App. I. 
1906. No‘es on the Plankton of Valencia Harbour. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest. 
1905, VII. 


Farran, G. P. 
1996. On the Distribution of the Thaliacea and Pyrosoma in Irish waters. Fish- 
eries, Ireland, Sci. Invest. 1906, I. 


Ture, J. E. W. 
1912. Tunicata. Salpe I. Desmomyaria. Das Ticrreich. 32 Lief. 


\ 


Neumann, C, 
1913. Tunieata. Salpe II. Cyclomyaria et Pyrosomida. Das Tierreich. 40 Lief. 


79550—7T 


“ 


ref Steed 
wane 
we t v 


PAL if bias y 
et nel 


PUTREFACTION IN THE COMMONER FOOD FISH 99 


1X 


An Investigation into the Rate of Putrefaction in the 
Commoner Food Fish caught in and around 
Passamaquoddy Bay, N.B. 


BY 
Louis Gross, M.D. 
(Douglas Fellow in Pathology, McGill University, Montreal.) 


(With Plate). 


\ 


The present methods of storing and shipping fish take little or no cognizance of 
differences in the rate of putrefaction, a fact that is of considerable economic interest 
and value. | 

In the following investigation an effort was made to divide fish into groups which 
represent their rate of putrefaction, and thus to determine different methods neces- 
sary for handling the various fish. For example, fish which spoil readily would have 
to be disposed of more quickly or else subjected to more careful storage, and vice 
versa. 

Pursuing the method which I used to determine the relative rate of putrefaction of 
eviscerated fish in which the gills are left and removed’, I proceeded to investigate 
the comparative rate of spoiling of some of the commoner fish. 

The fish studied were :— 


Flounder, Pseudopleuronectes americanus (Walbaum). 
Hake, Urophycis chuss (Walbaum). 

Eel Pout, Zoarces angutllaris (Peck). 

Skate, Raja erinacea (Mitchill). ° 

Cod, Gadus callarias, L. 

Sardine, Clupea harengus, L. 

Haddock, Melanogrammus aeglifinus (L). 

Pollock, Pollachius virens (1). 


From each fish broth and agar was made according to the formula in the report 
referred to above, the gills, mucus and meat being used. The broth was tubed in 5 ee. 
amounts and the agar for plating in 10 cc. amounts. 

As formerly, in order to retain the inherent titre of the fish so that they might 
resemble as’ closely as possible that of the recent condition, neutralization and 
standardization was not carried out. 

To determine how closely the titre of the media resembled that of a cold aquaeous 
extract of the fish meat, and also to see whether the difference in rate of putrefaction 
bore any relation to the. Hydrogen Ion concentration, titrations were made of both. 
(Table 1). i 

The cold extract was made by triturating 50 gms. of fresh fish meat with 100 cc. 
of distilled water. This was allowed to stand for one hour and then filtered. The 
figures given represent the amount of(N-10) NaOH necessary to neutralize the 
acidity in 10 ee. of the extract or medium, phenolphthalein being used as the indicator. 


79550—74 


100 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


TABLE_ TI. 
aa 
Fish. | Media. Cold ext. Difference. 

Flounder. ...... Me Bie foal? ose es | 1-9 1:5 0-4 
mie tt PRINS... BY Sleaze 13 1-17 0-13 
eraendts CBr ae Aah exe by ow ely are a Pie) rr. 2-07 0-07 
Sinte..... aie ia ess 1-85 1-0 
Codie 2. e 1-3 1-3 0-0 
Sabie Tr Con aos vi : San 5? iieptaan bea fae 1-5 2-1 0-3 nis 
Pee Pe eee aS ra. a ee 0-07 
Een fe ne uae eae hee clip Lae oe ee i, 2.35 0-35 


It will be seeen from this table that with the exception of the skate, the media 
bear a close resemblance to the fresh meat in their titre. The discrepancy in the 
skate is probably due to the rather frequent variation of the urea and ammonia con- 
tent of the meat, a condition said to be common for elasmobranchs. 

As far as possible all the material was obtained at the same time and the media 
made up from fresh material. 

To determine whether a relatively small difference in the time of death of a fish 
made any appreciable variation in its titre, cold aquaeous extracts from various fishes 
were titrated, allowed to stand for sixteen hours, and at the end of this time titrated 
again. No difference was found in the titre. 

A Rose fish (Sebastes marinus, Linneus) was now allowed to putrefy, and four 
different strains of bacteria in pure culture were isolated at random. 

The following are the main characteristics of the organisms used? :— 


Alpha—On agar plate small round colonies, light greyish yellow, sharply lim- 
ited. Gram negative rather long diploeocci, occurring occasionally in short 
chains of four. Nonmotile and does not ferment lactose or dextrose broth. 


Beta—On agar plate pale green tiny whetstone colonies. Gram negative rods, 
nonmotile. Produces acid but no gas in lactose and dextrose broth. 


Gamma.—On agar plate tiny white sharply demarcated round colonies. Gram 
positive thick diplococci, nonmotile. Does not ferment lactose. Produces 


acid in dextrose broth. 


Delta-—On agar plate white pin-point colonies. Gram negative rods, actively 
motile. Does not ferment lactose. Produces acid in dextrose broth. 


With these bacteria eight sets of plates were prepared. Each set consisted of 
four plates representing the four bacteria plated on the same fish agar from the dilu- 
tion made in the same fish broth. 

Thus the sets can be diagrammatically represented, as in Table II. 


PUTREFACTION IN THE COMMONER FOOD FISH 101 


TABLE II. 
’ 
| 
Flounder agar Hake agar Eel pout agar |Skate agar Cod agar Sardine agar |Haddock agar|Pollock agar 
IBaoter y2 055 te Bacter...... Bacter...... Bacter..:... Bacter...... Bacter...... Bacter..... Bacter. 
Annee see. | Alphaerincn: PAID BS hess. Alpha... .. Alpha. ....3 Alpha..... Alpha. »...: Alpha, 
Flounder agar Hake agar Eel pout agar |Skate agar Cod agar Sardine agar |Haddock agar|Pollock agar 
BiOterinceen || acters: est Bacter...... Bacter...... Bacter...... Bacter...... Bacter. iss; Bacter. 
TEE ie Beta cet: Begs tee: Betas) ose peta. 2215, Betas... Betas oot Beta. 
Flounder agar Hake agar Eel pout agar |Skate agar .|Cod agar Sardine agar |Haddock agar!Pollock agar 
Bacter sj 4e6s.:|) acters... Bacter...... Bacter; 4. Bacter...... Bacter...... Bacter....%: Bacter. 
Gamma........ Gamma....| Gamma....| Gamma....| Gamma....| Gamma... Gamma....| Gamma. 
Flounder agar Hake agar Eel pout agar |Skate agar Cod agar..... Sardine agar |Haddock agar|Pollock agar 
BSeterka iia. cae Bacter,..... Bacter...... Bacter...... Bacter...... Bacter.s2.:; Bacter...... Bacter. 
Weltayrenctatie. ||) Delta yates! Deltaiss: Deltas: 3c Delta....... Deltan. face Deltas. 323. Delta. 


Growth was now allowed to proceed at the room temperature of the laboratory 
which ranged between sixteen and twenty degrees Centigrade. Observations on the 
rate of growth of the organisms on the media as judged by the rate of growth of the 
individual colonies were made every twenty-four hours. 

For practical purposes we recorded our growths in three categories :— 


1. Rapid growth. 
2. Medium growth. 
3. Slow growth. 


Fig. 1 on plate shows by way of illustration organisms Alpha and Beta plated in 
sardine agar after forty-eight hours’ growth. Fig. 2 shows organisms Alpha and Beta 
plated in eel pout agar after forty-eight hours’ growth. 

It will be plainly seen that sardine agar is the much more suitable culture medium 
for the early and rapid growth of these organisms. 

After forty-eight hours our results for the complete sets were as follows:— 


: 1. Rapid growth—Sardine and cod. 
2. Medium growth—Flounder, hake and skate. 
3. Slow growth—FEel pout, haddock and pollock. 


After five days a curious change occurred in the rate of growth. A number of | 
plates in which the colonies had at first grown slowly caught up to and in some cases 
grew more rapidly than others that had shown the greatest growth at the beginning, 
so that the plates could now be classified as follows :— 


1. Rapid growth—Sardine and eel pout. 
2. Medium growth—Haddock, cod and hake. 
3. Slow growth—Skate, pollock and flounder. 


These experiments were carried out in duplicate with practically identical results. 

The explanations which suggest themselves for this phenomenon of change in 
the rate of growth are, (1) that organisms which grow slowly at first on a given 
medium may by adapting themselves to the medium later grow more abundantly; (2) 
that the media which are more suitable for rapid growth early after seeding may 
present their maximum growth quickly, and by the rapid accumulaion of deleterious 
waste products before they can diffuse into the surrounding medium, somewhat retard 
the rate of growth. 

Whatever the explanation, it seems quite reasonable to assume that the media 
giving the earliest and most abundant growth of the colonies represent the fish which 
will be the first to show putrefactive changes, and that those which give the slowest 


i 


a 


102 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


growth represent the fish which will show putrefaction last. As this is what is needed 
for our present purposes, we may take our first readings as indicating the relative 
order of spoiling of the fish. . 

Indeed when these fish are allowed to spoil it is found that in the rough way in 
which this can be measured, viz., odour and firmness of the meat, the order is some- 
what that which our first readings show. 

It is possible that after spoiling has proceeded for some time, the order may 
change to that represented by our last readings. To establish this fact, more observa- 
tions are necessary. 

Finally a word on the significance of the observations recorded here. 

It is obvious that in order to establish a more definite and detailed order of the 
spoiling of fish, many more organisms of putrefaction should be isolated and plated 
than were used for our experiments, also more fish should be investigated. The pur- 
pose of this work, however, was not so much to give an accurate list of the numerical 
order in which certain fish spoil as to establish the fact that there is a definite dif- 
ference in the rate of putrefaction in the various fish and that measures should be 
taken to adopt different methods of handling, storing and shipping the fish according 
to the specific ability of each fish or group of fish to resist putrefaction. 


REFERENCES. 


1. An Investigation into the Question of Early Putrefaction of Eviscerated Fish 
in which the Gills have been left. Report No. 6. The Honorary Advisory Council 
for Scientific and Industrial Research, Dominion of Canada, Ottawa, 1919. 

2. For a detailed report and identification of the organisms see Miss Shanly’s 
report for 1919-1920 to the Honorary Advisory Council for Scientific and Industrial 
Research. Dominion of Canada. ' 


Con. to Can. Biol. Louis Gross 


10 to face p. 102 


CANNED SARDINES 103 


X. 


Canned Sardines.—The cause of “Swells”’’ or 
“Blown Cans.” 


BY 
Witrrip Sapuer, M.Se. 


The University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada. 


INTRODUCTION. 


For many years, the fisheries of Canada have constituted a pronounced national 
asset. Latterly, there is every reason to believe that the importance of the industry . 
is being recognized as never before by all who are concerned with the industrial pros- 
perity of the country. Professor Prince, Dominion Commissioner of Fisheries, has 
vecently stated that the financial returns from the fisheries have increased from 
$10,788,000 in 1872 to $52,312,000 in 1917. Of this very satisfactory sum, a goodly 
proportion represents the income derived from the production of canned sardines. It 
is more or less common knowledge that the sardine of the French is a pilchard, and 
that the North Atlantic sardine of this American continent is the young immature 
herring. The canners engaged in the packing of sardines have found from time to 
time that, for various reasons, a proportion of their pack has spoiled. In a recent 
issue of the Canadian Fisherman, it is estimated that from five to ten per cent of the 
total sardine output of the Maritime Provinces goes to waste through spoling. Part 
of this wastage is due to the development of “swells”; and while the trouble is less 
eommon than formerly, the appearance of swells is still a matter of very considerable 
concern. 

The methods of packing in vogue have been gradually evolved from the original 
procedure adopted in the early days of the industry. In spite of the recurrence of 
swells, it is only recently that efforts have been made to discover the actual specific 
eauses of the trouble. The desirability of attempting to discover these causes occurred 
to Dr. F. C. Harrison in the summer of 1915. The matter was brought to the atten- 
tion of the Biological Board of Canada, and in the summer of 1916, I commenced on 
behalf of the Board, an investigation of the problem. The object of the inquiry was 
to secure such information from experimental evidence as would enable the canners 
to eliminate any risk of cans developing the “swelled” or “blown” condition. 


Preliminary Enquiry. 


It was decided that the work should commence at the Biological Station, St. 
Andrews-on-the-Sea, N.B. The station is in the heart of the sardine canning industry, 
closely situated to the important canneries of New Brunswick ,Canada, and also to 
those in the state of Maine, U.S.A. Dr. Huntsman, Biologist to the Board, and 
Curator of the St. Andrews Station, arranged the necessary visits to the various fac- 
tories on the New Brunswick coast; and through the courtesy of Dr. Loomis, National 
Canner’s Asociation of America, the privilege of successive visits to the factories in 
the state of Maine, U.S.A., was extended. It was possible during those visits to see 
and study the general practices followed in the respective canneries or factories, and 
also any variations which appeared to have a particular bearing on the quality of the 


104 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


final product. To'the proprietors and managers of all the factories it is but justice 
to record here the warmest appreciation of the courtesy and candour shown by them 
at all times. Every opportunity was given me to study the practical aspects of can- 
ning, and the fullest information as to details of procedure was offered. This hearty 
co-operation of the canners on both sides of the International Boundary with the 
Biological Board of Canada has facilitated the work to a marked degree. 


General Practice in the Canneries. 


There does not seem to be any necessity for entering into a detailed description 
of the equipment of the canneries. Articles have been published in the journals directly 
eoncerned with the fishing and canning industries, and from these journals such 
information as may be desired is readily to be secured. For a complete discussion of 
the methods of treating the fish, of the systems of packing, and of the general pro- 
cedure of the factories engaged therein. I would refer the readers to these journals*! 
Herein it is not proposed to deal even with these latter phases except in the briefest 
possible manner. 

The herrings, caught in the weirs, are brought by boat to the canneries, are 
hoisted into conveyers, and are rapidly deposited in the brine tanks; here they lie 
for a period of one and a half to two hours. "The constitution of the brine varies; 
usually sea-water with added salt is used, but in some cases I have seen emergency 
supplies of fresh water for the purpose. After lying in the brine, the common method 
is to put the fish on flakes, subject them for ten minutes to a treatment of live 
steam, and later dry them in a room through which hot air is continually circulated 
for one hour. The flakes laden with the steamed and partially dried fish are then 
distributed among the packers; the heads are cut off, and the fish packed in cans 
with oil. The cans are automatically sealed, either by the rolling or the pressing pro- 
cess, and are at once ready for the heating. In some factories the preliminary steam- 
ing is dispensed with, and a continual progression through a bath of cottonseed. oil 
at a temperature of 200°C. is substituted; such occupying two to three minutes; when 
this procedure is adopted a slightly different flavour can be detected in the final 
product. In some instances spices are added, more particularly where the object of 
the packer is to provide a sardine which can compete with the brands imported from 
Italy. | 

CLEANING THE FISH. 


One important feature of the preparation of the fish for packing, is the frequent 
practice of leaving in the entrails. In the early days of the industry, when the 
methods of the European packers were more closely copied, it was usual to pull off 
the head of the fish in such manner as drew out a large portion of the viscera. 
To-day, however, while a few individual packers have the viscera removed, the greater 
proportion of the sardines of the American continent are prepared with the entrails 
intact. In view of the methods usually adopted in the canneries, there are certain 
practical difficulties which present themselves in connection with the eviscerating 
of the small herrings. Of those difficulties I am fully aware, particularly when the 
object is to produce a cheap sardine. At the same time, it is likely that such can be 
overcome by mechanical means. When the investigation was started I was struck ,by 
the possible influence of the retention of the viscera, on the production of “ swells” in 
the canned sardine. Later work has thrown much light on the question, and in a 
paper published separately the relationship here referred to is dealt with more fully, 
and in the light of proof secured from considerable experimental work. 


HEATING, PROCESSING OR STERILIZING. 


After the fish are packed, and the cans have been sealed, thes nae step is the 
heating. I use the term “heating” advisedly. It should be here stated, that the 
most common size in which sardines are canned is a size weighing from three to four 


X CANNED SARDINES 105 
‘ounces; and the temperatures discussed are such as are applied to cans of this size. 
The object of the heating is of course to sterilize the sardines, prevent subsequent 
gpoiling and insure the necessary keeping qualities. In the majority of the factories 
visited, the cans are immersed in baths of boiling water for a period of one and 
half to two hours; and where this method is adopted, no further heating is done; the 
preparation of the sardines is presumed to be complete, and the product ready for 
sale. In a few factories, the heating is done in retorts or autoclavs at a temperature 
of 225°F. for a shorter period. This variation in treatment is sufficient reason for the 
using of the term “ heating ” with very definite qualifications. To say that the sardines 
are sterilized, when the heating has consisted of a treatment in boiling water even 
for two hours, is not correct. Sterilization in the true sense of the term means ‘heating 
for such time, and to such temperature, as will kill all bacterial life. And the work 
of Pasteur, in the early days of the study of bacteriology, proved conclusively that 
wine for instance would always be subject to spoiling unless all bacterial life had been 
destroyed. The same principle holds good in the case of sardines. It is important 
that the possible sources of contamination shall be reduced to a minimum. Then, 
if the cans have been properly sealed, and in such manner as prevents the access of air 
and consequently the bacteria which are present in the air, the presence or absence 
of bacteria in the finished sardine product depends upon the efficiency or non-efficiency 
of the heating. That such a large proportion of canned sardines heated in the manner 
indicated are suitable for consumption is proof that the heating in the factories is 
frequently satisfactory; but entire satisfaction is impossible unless all the cans are 
fit for food. 
Those canners who use retorts or autoclays are using a method, which, provided 
the temperature is sufficiently high, and the heat assured for a proper length of time, . 
will efficiently sterilize the sardines. It will be possible to discuss the question of 
heating, in the report on the later part of the investigation. For the present, it will 
suffice to say that the heating must be sufficiently satisfactory to warrant the packer 
in feeling justified when he guarantees the quality of his product. 


Material examined. 


Some forty samples were examined. Swelled canned sardines were secured first- 
hand from many of the canneries, from a city health department in the Maritime 
Provinces and from various retail grocery stores. A number of apparently normal 
cans were also obtained from several sources. Owing to the varieties of “ brands” of 
sardines produced by the canning factories, the various methods of treatment, and 
the different substances utilized for the giving of flavour and consistency to the 
finished product, it is not possible other than in a general way to describe the condi- 
tions met with on the opening of the cans. 


APPEARANCE OF CANS. 


Normal Cans—In outward appearance there is a complete absence of any 
“bulging”; the top and bottom are quite flat or almost imperceptibly concave; ou 
opening, the contents are found to be firm, not macerated and often white in colour; 
this latter, however, depending to some extent upon the materials used in the prepara- 
tions for packing. The smell is mildly characteristic of the fish, qualified by the variety 
of oil or tomato sauce used. There is in appearance and odour, a complete absence of 
putrefaction. 


Swelled Cans —Outwardly the cans vary from a slight “bulged” appearance to a 
more pronounced swelling. The top and bottom are forced out as a result of the 
pressure, and present a decided convex surface. As the swelling becomes greater, the 
oil or sauce will be forced out between the soldered parts of the can, and in pronounced 
cases the outside surface is greasy and wet, and possibly covered with the oil or sauce. 


106 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Swelled cans, when shaken, have a characteristic “ rattle.’ When the cans are opened, 
gas is expelled, accompanied in advanced swellings by portions of the liquid contents. 
The condition of the contents varies considerably. Usually the fish are macerated, 
disintegrated, and soft, and are intermixed with the oil or sauce; they have lost their 
entity. The odour is variable—frequently it is not unpleasant, resembling to an accen- 
tuated degree the natural smell of normal sardines. Jn other instances a pronounced 
putrefactive odour is evident. It may be that the putrefactive odour is present at all 
times and is masked by the spices or other ingredients of the sauce. That is a point 
upon which I have no evidence. 


Examinations in the Laboratory. 


Much of the work at the commencement was done in the Biological Station, St. 
Andrews, as already stated, and further researches were carried on principally in the 
laboratories at Macdonald College. Using the necessary laboratory methods, a search 
was made in the contents of both normal cans, and swelled cans for bacteria. A number 
of varieties of bacteria have been isolated, and their characteristics determined. The 
bacteria with which the inquiry has been chiefly concerned are those varieties or 
types which are capable of producing the “blown” condition in the cans. If the 
blown condition is due to the action of bacteria and not to other agencies, the 
bacteria secured from the samples will show that characteristic or quality in the 
experimental work in the laboratory. The production of gas by micro-organisms— 
of which the bacteria are the smallest forms—is in all cases the result of the organisms 
splitting or breaking up certain substances in order to obtain the food or nutrition 
necessary to life. This general statement holds good if the gas is produced during the 
digestion of food by the human subject, if it is produced in a can of condensed milk, 
or if it is produced in a can of sardines. In order to produce gas, the bacteria must 
have access to some form or other of carbohydrate, a very well known example of which 
is ordinary table sugar. Hence, having secured strains of bacteria from the canned | 
sardines, the method has been to test their ability to produce gas by growing them in 
suitable concoctions which contain the necessary amount of sugar or other carbohy- 
drates. In this manner I found that eight strains of the bacteria secured from the 
material examined were able to produce gas when grown in solutions containing the 
various carbohydrates used. These eight strains were not alike in all their charac- 
teristics, but all would split up many of the test substances. A full account of the 
detailed studies on these bacteria is given in the more technical scientine report on 
the “ Bacteriology of Swelled Canned Sardines,” prepared by me, and published by the 
Biological Board of Canada, Ottawa.* No bacteria obtained from the presumed 
normal cans could produce gas in the test substances. All the gas-producing bacteria 
were isolated from the material in the “ swells” or “ blown cans.” 


Experimental Swelled Cans. 


The fact that gas-producing bacteria had been secured from swelled canned sar- 
dines, and that these bacteria had produced gas in test substances used in the laboratory 
was not proof that the bacteria involved were necessarily the causes of “swelled” or 
“blown cans.” Before it could be said that actual proof had been secured, it became 
necessary to determine whether or not the same bacteria, when put into normal canned 
sardines could produce the typical swelling. Accordingly a sufficient number of cans 
of sardines which had been properly sterilized, were obtained. These cans were in-~ 
fected with a small amount of growth or culture of certain of the bacteria which had 
been recovered from the original swells, and which had produced gas from test sub- 
stances in the laboratory. For this purpose three of the eight strains were used. In 


*See Contributions to Canadian Biology, 1917-1918, Report XII( pp. 181-215, Supp. to 
7th Ann. Rept. Naval Service Dept., Fisheries Branch. 


CANNED SARDINES 107 


a few days the cans which had been thus infected were definitely “swells,” having all 
the appearances of the original swelled cans upon which the work was begun. On 
opening the cans the contents presented the characteristics of the contents of the 
original cans. The material was examined, and bacteria secured which proved to be 
‘identical with the bacteria injected into the cans at the beginning of the experiments. 
The bacteria isolated from swelled canned sardines and injected into normal cans of 
sardines had produced typical swells; and from the experimental swells, bacteria had 
been secured which were identical with those originally isolated. Thus the “Rules of 
Proof ” currently relied on by investigators, have been satisfied. As a result of these 
experiments we have the proof that “‘swells” are produced by bacteria; and that the 
bacteria isolated during this investigation are some of the bacteria which are responsible 
for “swells ” or “ blown canned sardines.” 


Significance of the Bacteria Isolated. 


It is desired to keep this paper as free as possible from technical terms, but some 
reference must be made to the significance of the bacteria isolated from the cans of 
sardines. Although eight definite strains of organisms capable of producing gas were 
isolated or secured, they may all be divided broadly into two main classes: 

I. The class of bacteria commonly associated with putrefaction of foodstuffs, and 
the putrefaction of organic matter generally—Two of the strains recovered are in- 
eluded here; and in the scientific report, already mentioned, have been classed as 
belonging to the group or type Bacillus vulgaris. There are many organisms to which 
this name is given, and they will frequently be found in stagnant water, and in cases of 
putrefaction or rotting as already stated above. In connection with cases of food poison- 
ing, some investigators have found large numbers of these bacteria in the particular 
food suspected of being the cause of the poisoning. In the absence of feeding experi- 
ments it is impossible to say whether or not the organisms isolated by me from sardines 
would have caused poisoning had they been eaten. The only statement which can be 
made with safety, is that bacteria having indentical characteristics have been found - 
by some investigators in cases of food poisoning; and the investigators concerned have 
been strongly of opinion that such organisms were the responsible agents. 

Il. The bacteria which are searched for in all cases of water and milk pollution 
as an index of contamination due to faces or manure.——There are very many varieties 
of these bacteria, but they are commonly classed under a general heading as the colon 
group; the specific name being Bacillus coli. Six of the strains of bacteria recovered 
in this investigation are.members of the colon group, and that fact is one of consider- 
able import. The original Bacillus coli was isolated in 1885, from the intestines of a 
sick child. Organisms which are common in the intestinal tract are designated as 
fecal organisms. And, just as we have these in the human intestines, so also are they 
to be found in the intestinal contents of cattle: for this reason, when milk is suspected 
of being unclean, and unfit for human consumption, particularly if the supply is being 
used for babies, it is necessary to examine samples of such milk for organisms of the 
colon group. Certain varieties of this group are also found in soil, on grains and in 
dust; these may have come immediately from manure, or they may have lived for 
several generations in their new home. Of the colon bacteria secured from the cans of 
sardines, the laboratory tests would suggest that some have been derived immediately 
from feces or intestinal contents; others would appear to have come from a less object- 
ionable source. As to whether they all came originally from fzeces, I cannot say. The 
bacteria which suggest intestinal contamination may have been in the viscera of the 
fish before packing, or may have been added during the packing by unclean hands of 
workers. If they were in the intestines of the herrings, and this is probably the more 
likely source, it is important that packers should know ‘whether or not the feeding 
ground of the fish, and the location of the weirs are subject to contamination from 
sewage. 


’ 


108 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


From this discussion it will be obvious that whatever the source of the colon 
bacteria, there is reason for investigation when they are present in the finished pro- 
duct—the canned sardines of commerce. Jn a report of the subsequent work which 
has been undertaken for the Biological Board refinite results are to be given from the 
later experiments which bear directly on some of the points referred to above. 

The relationship of bacteria of the colon group to food poisoning is worthy of 
attention. In some cases of poisoning where these organisms have been recovered from 
the patient in large numbers, there has been no evidence to show that they have been 
the direct or indirect cause of the illness. In other instances, the workers investigating 
the cases have stated as their conclusion that the illness has been the direct result of 
infection of the food by bacteria of the colon group. 

On the whole, it may at least be said that any consumer in using sardines from 
swelled or blown cans as food, is taking a quite unnecessary and unwarrantable risk. 


Summary. 


(1) Forty cans of sardines, “normals” and “swells” have been examined. 

(2) Eight varieties of gas-producing bacteria have been recovered from the 
material in the swelled cans. 

(8) Certain of the bacteria on injection into normal cans have produced typical 
“ swells.” / 

(4) From the experimental cans the bacteria have again been recovered, and have 
been proved identical with the organisms taken from the original cans. 

(5) The rules of proof have thus been applied, and the investigation has shown 
that,— 

(6) “Swells” or “blown cans” are caused by gas-producing bacteria. 

(7) No gas-producing bacteria have been found in normal cans of sardines. 


Nore. 


(a) The technical scientific report of the investigation with which this paper 
deals, has been issued. See “The Bacteriology of Swelled Canned Sardines,” by 
Wilfrid Sadler, published by the Biological Board of Canada, Ottawa. 

(b) The investigation has now reached the stage where it will be possible to fol- 
low this paper almost immediately with further papers on the later work. These 
further papers will deal with:— 

(1) Experiments conducted under commercial conditions. 

(2) The sources of the bacteria responsible for the “ swells”. 

(3) Practical suggestions, based on the results of the investigation, as to how 

losses and wastage due to “swells” may be eliminated. 


LIST OF FISHES COLLECTED IN 1917 109 


XI 


List of Fishes collected in 1917 off the Cape Breton coast 
and the Magdalen Islands. 


BY 


Puitie Cox, Ph.D. 


Professor of Biology, University of New Brunswick. 


The fishes embraced in this list were collected at Cheticamp and adjacent points 
of the Cape Breton coast, as well as at the Magdalen islands, by the Biological Launch 
Prince, under Dr. A. G. Huntsman, Curator of the Atlantic Biological Station, during 
the summer of 1917. The classification employed in the following list is that of 
Jordan and Evermann in “ Fishes of North and Middle America, Washington, 1898.” 
The list, a mere by-product of the investigations carried on, does not pretend to be, 
nor is it, exhaustive of the fish fauna of that part of the gulf of St. Lawrence, yet it 
may be of passing interest at least to students of Canadian Ichthyology. 


Squalus acanthias Linn. Gray-Fisu. 


Rarely seen at Cheticamp or the Magdalen islands before the first week in 
August. Suddenly abundant after that all along the coast and on the off banks. In- 
credibly numerous on the southern side of the Magdalens; rare on the northern side. 
An intolerable nuisance, causing the suspension of the codfishery at certain points. 


Raia radiata Donovan. THorRN-Back, Starry Ray. 


Examples seen on the shores, wharves, ete. Taken on cod trawls at considerable 
depths. Fairly common. No immature specimens met with. 


Raia ocellata Mitchill. Bic SKare. 


Taken on trawl lines, and seen dead on the shore. Seemingly not. very plentiful. 
Freely swimming young not seen. 


Raia levis Mitchill. Bary-Door SKare. 
Fairly common. Many caught in salmon nets and on cod trawls. All large fish. 


Acipenser sturio Linn. STURGEON. 
A specimen 100 em. long and weighing 10 pounds was taken in a salmon net at 
Cheticamp, July 6, the second captured during the summer. 
Sometimes taken in-a similar way at White Point, Aspy bay. 


Anguilla chrysypa Rafinesque. ComMoNn EEL. 

Abundant in all tidal pools, estuaries, and shore waters with grassy bottoms. 
Very rarely is one under 30 em. in length encountered in such places. They range 
from 85 to 66 cm. Esteemed as a food-fish and taken from their “beds” through the 


110 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


ice in winter. Every October a northward movement of large black eels from 100 to 
130 em. long and excessively fat is observed on the gulf shore of Cape Breton. They 
are highly prized, taken in large quantities with the spear, but cannot be found in 
the ordinary winter “ beds ”. 


Clupea harengus Linn. HERRING. 


About July 20, some large herring were caught at Cheticamp, but in a few days 
they disappeared. 

June 4, three specimens 14 cm. long were collected at Cheticamp, but at no other 
point were young fish met with, 


Pomolobus pseudoharengus (Wilson) Gill: GASPEREAU. ALE-WIFE. 


A single specimen 12 em. long was taken in Deadman’s pond, St. Lawrence bay, 
July 26. Gaspereau run up the Margaree river every spring to spawn, 


Salmo salar, Linn. ATLANTIC SALMON. 


> 


Taken all along the gulf shore of Cape Breton. Spawns in the Cheticamp and 


Margaree rivers. 
Speciments from 13 to 16 cm. long seined in salt and brackish water in June, 
with lateral dark bars very distinct. 


Salvelinus fontinalis, Mitelill. Sporrep Trout. 


Some were collected in seines about the mouths of streams. Said to be abundant 
in the rivers and lakes. 


Osmerus mordax (Mitchell) Jordan and Gilbert. SMeEtt. 


Seined in numbers at many points along the coast. Rare at the Magdalens. Large 
seine hauls at Cheticamp, the fish running from 5 to 9 em. in length. In other hauls 
they varied from 14 to 24 cm. 


Mallotus villosus (Miiller) Giinther. CaAPELIN. 
One specimen collected at Cheticamp, June 4. Reported rare at the Magdalens. 


Fundulus heteroclitus (Linn.) Giinther. KULLIFIsH. / 
In tidal pools and all estuaries. In similar places around the Magdalen islands. 


Fundulus diaphanus (Lesueur) Jordan. Sprinc Minnow. 


MclIsaac’s pond, Margaree; fresh-water pond on Cheticamp island, and at mouth 
of a small river, Pleasant bay. 


Scombresox saurus (Walbaum) Fleming. BrLu-FisH. SxKip-Jaox. 
One from the stomach of a cod at Cheticamp. 


Pygosteus pungitius (Linn) Eigenmann. NINE-SPINED STICKLEBACK. 


In lagoons and estuaries—not aboundant. The spines of the dorsal are usually 
ten or eleven. . 


Gasterosteus bispinosus, Walbaum. Wwo-Spinep STICKLEBACK. 


Very abundant in all sheltered waters, bays, tidal pools, and marsh ponds. Exceed- 
ingly abundant at the Magdalens. The Common Eel, A. chrysypa, fed on it largely 
in Aspy bay. 


Gasterosteus gladiunculus, Kendall. SrticKLEBACK. 
Cheticamp, Aspy Bay, and Magdalens. Rare. 


LIST OF FISHES COLLECTED IN 1917 111 


Apeltes quadracus (Mitchill) Jordan and Gilbert. Four-Sprvep StTICKLEBAC@. 

Quite common in the more shallow waters with the other forms of this family. 
Siphostoma fuscum, (Storer) Swain. ComMMoN PIPEFISH. 

Six specimens of this curious fish were taken in a seine haul at Dingwall, Aspy 
bay, July 27. 


Menidia notata, (Mitchill). SILVERSIDE. 

Mature specimens of this species were rare, but young from 2 to 4 cm. long were 
taken in numbers in Deadman’s pond, St. Lawrence bay, and at Alright island, Mag- 
dalens. 


Ammodytes americanus De Kay. Sanp Launce. 

Not common. A few seined, and others taken from stomachs of cod at Cheticamp. 
Abundant at Amherst island, Magdalens, in June. 
Scomber scombrus, Linn. CoMMON MACKEREL. 

‘Some were taken in June at Cheticamp in the herring nets. Large catches at the 
Magdalens about the middle of June. 
Xiphias gladius, Linn. SworpFisH. 


Two seen swimming at the surface some miles off Aspy bay, July 28. Taken in 
quantity every summer by the fishermen on the eastern side of Cape Breton, wath 
specially prepared gear. <A food fish of some importance. 


Morone americana, Gmelin. WHITE Percu. 

A sample 22 em. in length captured in a seine at Dingwall, North arm, Aspy bay, 
July 31. : 
Tautogolabrus adspersus, Wal. CUNNER, BLUE PERCH, 


Everyhere in abundance. Swarming in shore waters and taken in traps to a 
depth of 10 to 20 m, 


Sebastes marinus, Linn. Rose FisH, Norway Happock. 

Specimens taken from the stomachs of codfish caught some miles off Cheticamp 
harbour. 
Triglops ommatistius. 

Found frequently in stomachs of cod brought to the harbour. Took one 14 em, 


long in fish trawl July 10, in deep water—a gravid female. Eggs pinkish,-2 mm. in 
diameter with many oil globules. 


Centridermichthys uncinatus. 
_A specimen 25 mm. collected in young fish trawl June 28 in 90 m.; temperature at 
bottom-0-72 C. 


Myozxocephalus aeneus, Mitchill. GRUBBY. 

The most abundant of the Sculpins, taken in shore waters and also at considerable 
depths. Found also in the stomachs of cod taken in 60 or 70 fathoms. A gravid female 
6 cm. long, collected at Amherst island, June 18. Eggs 14 mm. in diameter. Smallest 
taken in Deadman’s pond, July 26, 3 cm. long. 


Myoxocephalus octodecimspinosus, Mitchill. Lone-sprnep scuLpin.—Widely but spar- 


ingly distributed. Largest seen 28 cm. in length; the smallest 7 em. More abundant 
at Amherst island, where from 7 to 13 specimens were taken at each haul of the seine 
in the harbour. Fish under 7 cm. in length do not seem to frequent the shallow 
inshore waters. August 29, one 25 cm. taken on cod trawl line in 30 m. off Cheticamp. 
Hemitripterus americanus, Gmelin. SEA RAVEN. “GuRRY” SCULPIN (local). 

Widely but sparingly distributed. - Taken here and at many points along the Cape - 
Breton coast. Frequently caught in the salmon nets. Sometimes taken on trawl lines. 


112 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Aspidophoroides monopterygius, Bloch. ALLIGATOR FISH. 
One from a cod’s stomach, July 26. 


Cyclopterus lumpus, Linn. LUMPFISH, LUMP SUCKER. 


Taken in salmon nets in quantities, decreasing as summer advances. Not used 
as a food-fish. JLarve are occasionally met with adhering to stones and rock weed at 


low tide, or dredged from considerable depths. 


Eumicrotremus spinosus, Miller. SPINY LUMP-FISH, 


A specimen 6 cm. long found adhering to the cheek of a codfish caught in 28 
fathoms off Cheticamp, July 4. 


Liparis. SEA SNAIL. 
Fry from 7 to 8 mm. taken in young fish trawl at 90 m., June 28. 


Pholis gunnellus, Linn. BUTTER FISH. 

Rather common among rocks on exposed shores and occasionally in tidal ponds. 
Specimens taken ranged from 5-5-16 cm. in length. 

Like many inshore fishes of the gulf, the number of dorsal and anal fin rays is 
appreciably below the specific of standard works. In 15 specimens the maximum dorsal 
rays were 77 (one specimen), the minimum 73 (6 specimens); the average of the 15 
was 74, 

The maximum anal rays 41 (one specimen), the minimum 37 (3 specimens), and 
average 38. In “Fishes of North and Middle America”, Jordan and Evermann, Wash- 
ington 1898, the count is given as D. 76 to 85; A. 38-44. 


Stichaeus punctatus, Fabricius. 

A sample 22 em. long from stomach of a cod caught in 30 metres off Cheticamp, 
August 25, 
Anarhicas.—? 

Fragments from stomach of a cod, Cheticamp, August 25. 


Anarhicas lupus. WoULr-FISH. GURRY-FISH (local). 


September 1, one specimen 70 em, long taken on trawl line, station 53A, off 
Cheticamp, in 40 metres. Known all along the coast, but not common. 


Zoarces anguillaris, Peck. Ert Pour, Moruer or EELs, 


Some examples brought in by line-men from the cod grounds. Does not seem to 
be abundant. No larve, nor small specimens taken in our fish or shrimp trawls. Not 
used as a food-fish. 


Pollachius virens, Linn. PouLuAck. COAL-FISH. 

A few brought in by line-men. One taken on trawl line of the Prince. All seen 
were very large. No young fish taken in tow nets. 
Microgadus tomcod, Walb. 'Tomcon. 

Taken in the seine at various points along the coast. Not plentiful. Young from 
4-9 em. in length captured in Deadman’s pond, bay of St. Lawrence, July 26. 
Gadus callarias, Linn. ComMoN COopFISH. 

Abundant in off shore waters.. A few young fish 15 mm., collected in Eastern 
harbour, June 28. 
Melanogrammus aeglefinis, Linn. TLAppocK, 


Frequently brought in by line-men as a part of their catch. Not abundant. No 
young specimens were seen. Ps Zs 
Large catches made in traps along the eastern coast of Cape Breton in May. 


) LIST OF FISHES COLLECTED IN 191? 113 
Urophycis tenuis, Mitchill. Wutte Hake. 


Extremely rare. A specimen 46 em. in ee taken off Cheticamp, July 18. 
Pectoral fins reddish brown. 


Urophycis chuss, Walb. HAkeE, SquirREL Hake. 

Frequently seen among codfish brought to the harbour. ‘Small fish from 20-25 em. 
long, found very often in the stomach of the cod. Samples ranging from 7-10 em. 
collected frequently in shallow water with the seine. Larval forms were not seen. 
Macrourus bairdii, Goode and Bean. Grenapier, ComMoN Rart-talL. 

This species was collected in a shrimp trawl in 205 TURE thirty miles off North 
cape, in Cabot’s strait. 


H ippoglossus hippoglossus, Linn. Hawtsut. 


A not uncommon fish seen among the catches of cod all along the coast. It 
seems to be more frequent off Aspy bay than at Cheticamp. 


Hippoglossoides platessoides, Fabr. Sanp Das. 


Numerous examples of this fine flounder taken on trawl lines in 75 metres and 
upwards. The young at various stages also were taken in shrimp and young fish nets. 


Inmanda ferruginea, Storer. Rusty Das. 

A fairly common flounder, taken at various points in shallow water, Amherst 
island, Cheticamp harbour and St. Lawrence bay. Like most of the flat fishes it 
varies greatly in coloration according to the character of the bottom. 


Pseudopleuronectes americanus, Walb. WINTER FLOUNDER. 

Everywhere the most abundant shallow water form. Taken in exceptionally large 
quantities at Amherst island, especially young fish from 4-7 em. Our smallest speci- 
mens taken at Eastern harbour, July 24, were from 20 to 25 mm. in length. 


LTiopsetta putnami, Gill. Erni-pack FLounper. 

Next to P. Americanus the most common form. The young are found in great 
numbers in tidal pools, and shallow sheltered waters with eel-grass bottom. Our 
smallest were 20 mm. 


Glytocephalus cynoglossus, Linn. Witcu, Craig FLUKE. 

The following are a few of the records: “July 9, off Cheticamp in 75 m., trawl, one 
speciman, 55 cm. in length.” “July 16, near Station 32, three specimens, 57, 56 and 
52 em, in length”. “July 30, 30 miles E. by N: off North cape, Cabot’s strait. 205 
‘fathoms, bottom net, one specimen 23 cm.” Many others large and small were taken 
during August. . 


Lophopsetta maculata, Mitchill. Wixpow Pane. 


: This handsome fish is by no means uncommon at Amherst island, Magdalens, but 
rare elsewhere. Collected in seine and averaging 8 or 9 cm. in length. No large spe- 
cimens were seen. 


79550—8 . 


114 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 
ADDENDUM. 


Though the following fishes were not collected or seen at Cheticamp and other 
points visited, it is thought best to include them in the fauna of the region as they 
were frequently referred to and described by fishermen with whom we conversed. 


Mola mola. Sun FIsuH. 

. Thunnus thynnus. ALBACORE, TUNNY. 
Brosmius brosme. Cusk. 

Merluccius bilinearis. Stnver Hake. 
Enchelyopus cimbrius. Four-BEARDED ROCKLING. 


Lophius piscatorius. Goosr-FIsH. ANGLER. 
Roccus lineatus. StrrrPep Bass. 


Petromyzon marinus. SEA LAMPREY. 


THE DIATOMS OF CANADA 115 


XII 


The Diatoms of Canada. 


BY 
‘ 


L. W. Bamey, LL.D., F.R.S.C., anp A. H. Mackay, LL.D., F.R.S.C. 


At the present time nothing like a synopsis of the diatoms of Canada has been 
prepared. Indeed with the exception of a few short lists, and the more elaborate 
papers published by the authors of this article on the diatoms of the Atlantic and 
Pacific seaboards—the Maritime Provinces in the one instance and Vancouver island 
in the other—hardly a single note bearing upon the subject is anywhere to be found. 
True, in the “ Diatoms of North America,” as published by Wolle, are contained a 
large number of forms to be met with in Canada, but there are no descriptions nor 
anything to indicate whether the species figured occur in the latter or only at points 
much farther south. To make the proposed synopsis satisfactory, it is obviously 
desirable that it should cover the whole Dominion, and contain records of gatherings 
from as many different parts of the latter as is possible. It is the object of this paper 
to contribute to the result referred to by giving lists of species obtained from several 
widely separated and comparatively inaccessible localities, viz: the Magdalen islands 
in the gulf of St. Lawrence, St. Mary’s Bay, N.S., Montreal, P.Q., the region about 
Cobalt, Ont., Parry Sound, Georgian bay and lake Winnipeg. 


DIMENSIONAL FORMULAE USED FOR DIATOMS. 


The dimensions of each specimen measured are noted in a brief formula to save 
space and time, and show at a glance the general shape of the individual and the 
coarseness or fineness of its sculpture. 

The figures represent microns (the thousandth part of a millimeter). The first 
number is its length. The numbers within the parenthesis following are breadths 
which are measured at the ‘eentre or in more places if the breadth varies at distinct 
flexures. When measuring breadths it is important to note whether it is the valval 
or zonal aspect of the specimen that is in view. Hence V or Z is placed immediately in 
front of the formula to indicate the side. The figure following “s” after the paren- 
thesis indicates the number of lines, dots, etc., in the sculpture within the space of 
ten microns, thus: V80 (20:15:20) sT means that the Navicula, for instance, is seen 
from the valval side, is 80 microns Jong, is bilobed, 20 microns broad with a’ contrac- 
tion to-15 microns at. the centre. And the sculpture, lines or striae, seven in 10 
microns. 

In the case of a band of Fragillaria forming a ribbon, say of 3 valves side by side 
aggregating 15 microns, each 20 microns long, we can take the breadth of the three 
divided by 3 to get the average, thus:— 


V20(15/3)s17=V20(5)s17. 


The first form is fuller—15 divided by 3 being equal to 5; but it shows the number 
of valves attached, the breadth of some being possibly greater or less than the 
average. 

The formula is an adaptation to the ordinary type found in the printing office, 
_and is used here seldom beyond conveying an exact idea of the length and breadth, 
and fineness of sculpture. When there are two orders of sculpture prominent, the two 


79550—83 


116 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


indices are noted. In authors’ notes a still neater formula is used; a method of indi- 
eating by formula the general shape, smooth areas, ribs, striae, etc., has not yet been 
satisfactorily devised. Such formulae are very time saving and luminous. But it 
is difficult to construct them out of the characters in the ordinary printer’s font. 


1. Diaroms (Marte) FRoM THE MacpaLen ISLANDS. 


Acnanthes lanceolata (Breb) Grun. 
Actinoptychus undulatus Kutz. 
Amphiprora (Tropidoneis) lepidoptera Bail. 
Amphora augusta Greg. var. ventricosa Greg. 

FS arenaria Donk. 
cingulata Cleve. 
ocellata var. 
ostrearia Breb. var vitrea. Cl. 
ovalis var. affinis Gran. 
proteus. Greg. 
Biddulphia aurita Breb. 

tr pulchella Gray. 

Cocconeis scutellum E. var. 
Coscinodiscus concavus. Greg. 

WY concinnus W. S&S. 
nitidus Greg. 
oculus-iridis Ehr. 
scintillans Grey. var. 
Cymbella tumida Breb. 

Encyonema gracile Rhab. 
a ventricosum Ktz. 
Eunotia pectinalis var. undulata Ralf. 
“<  triodon Ehr. 
Grammatophora oceanica Ebr. 

as marina Ktz. 
Hantzschia marina Ktz. 

a virgata? 
Gomphonema acuminatum Ebr. 
Hyalodiscus 
Mastogloia exigua Low. 
Melosira sulcata Ktz. var. 

“ scalaris. 
nummuloides Ktz. 
Navicula abrupta var. Atlantica AS, 

iy arenaria Donk? 
(Trachyneis) aspera var. pulchella Cl. 

$s Brebissonia Ktz. 
brevis var. elliptica V. H. : 
cancellata Donk. var sub-apiculata. Grun. | 
(Trachyneis) clepsydra Donk. 
53 consanguinea C1? 

crabro var. perpusilla Cl. 
cruciformis Donk. 
cyprinus Sm. 
digitoradiata Greg. - 
Lyra var. intermedia Per. 
directa Sm. 


“ 
“ 
“ 
if4 
66 


“ 


ce 


(73 


“ee 


THE DIATOMS OF CANADA 


1. Diatoms (Marine) FROM THE MaaGpaLen Isianps.—Continued. 


(Trachyneis) forcipata Grev. 
A Kennedyi Sm. 
humerosa long, short and intermediate forms. 
Hg “s var. Arabica Grun. var Kamorthensii. 
a longa Ralfs. 
mollis.. Sm. 
ramosissima Cleve ¢ 
Nitzschia acuminata Sm. 

dubia Sm. 

oe flumenensis Grun. 
lanceolata Sm. 
socialis Greg. var. 
longissima Ralfs. 
sigmoidea W. S. 
Plagiogramma Gregoryanum Grey. 
Pleurosigma attenuatum vel Hippocampus Sm. 

ne Balticum Sm. 
formosum W. S. 

ss estuartt W. S. 
Rhabdonema adriaticum Ktz. 

ps minutum Ktz. 

Rhizosolenia styliformis. Bright. 
Scoliopleura. 
Stauroneis Gregori Ralfs. 
Surirella spiralis? Kiitz. 
Synedra Gallionii. Ehr. 

“ — pulchella. Ktz. var. 
Tabellaria fenestrata. Lyng. 

4 flocculosa Ktz. 
Van Heurkia (Navicula) rhomboides Breb. 
Triceratium alternans Bail. 


“ 


117 


The above collection was made (June, 1917) by Dr. Phillip Cox, on behalf of the 
Biological Station at St. Andrews, N.B., from the long sandbars which form a dis- 
tinctive feature in the physiography of the Magdalen islands. As might be expected 
the diatom-flora of the latter bears a general resemblance to that of other parts of the 
gulf of St. Lawrence and especially Prince Edward island, but at the same time a 
number of forms found on the Magdalens have not been found elsewhere in the gulf, 
while forms common on the shores of Prince Edward Island and the mainland of New: 


Brunswick have not been observed on the Magdalens. 


2. DiatoMs FroM Str. Mary’s Bay (Minx Oove), N.S. 


Acnanthes longipes Ag. Cyclotella striata Thw. 


Actinoptychus undulatus Ktz. Cymbella. 
Amphora ovalis Kutz. Eunotia. 
Amphiprora alata Kutz. Epithemia turgida Ehr. 
Cocconema lanceolatum Ebr. Gomphonema. , 
Biddulphia aurita Breb. Grammatophora marina K 
Coscinodiscus eccentricus Ehr. Hyalodiscus. 

“ minutus Licmophora tincta Griin. 


a concinnus W. S. 


118 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


2. DiatoMs FROM St. Mary’s Bay (Mink Cove), N.S.—Oontinued. 


Navicula aspera Ktz. 
Baileyana. 
convexra. 

t elegans W.S. 
Pe didyma Ktz. 
35 distans A. S. 


f Jennert 
&é anterrupta 
yy Smithu Ag. 


FA viridis Ke. 


N itzschta closterium S.B.D. 


Hungarica Grun. 
5 dubia 8.B.D. 


Pleurosigma Balticum W.S. 
s fasciola W.S. 
y decorum W.S. 


£ angulatum W.S. 
Pinnularia directa 
a cyprinus Ehr. 


Pyzidicula compressa Bail. 
Plagiotropis vitrea Griin. 
Rhabdonema arcuatum K.’ 
Rhizosolenia setigera Br. 

“cc 

Sp. 

Podosphenia 
Stauroneis aspera 


ie salina W.S. 

a phenicenteron? Ehr. 
Surirella gemma Ehr. 
Tabellaria flocculosa Ktz. 
Tryblionella punctata acuminata. 


q angularis S.B.D. 
longissima Ralfs. 
. sigmoidea W. S. 
_ vermicularis Han. 
Orthosira marina 
Pleurosigma aestuarii W.S. 


3. DIATOMS FROM DrinkiNG WATER OF THE City oF MONTREAL. 


The Diatoms enumerated in the following list were obtained by Mr. H. C. 
Wheeler, of Montreal, by attachment of a patent filter to a kitchen tap, and have been 
identified by the combined work of the authors, while the measurements, to be inter- 
preted by the accompanying explanations, are wholly the work of Dr. A. H. Mackay. 
The preparation and mounting of the material was effected by the efforts of Mr. Oliver 
Kendall, of Providence, R.I., an observer possessing remarkable skill in that direction. 

The principal source of supply water for the city of Montreal is the Ottawa river, 
and the collection under consideration is believed to come wholly from that source. 
Some portions of the city are apparently supplied from other sources, but these have 
not yet been examined. Nor is it known to the authors just what methods are adopted 
for filtration or chemical treatment before use, the information sought being. very 
unsatisfactory on this subject. The cleaning cannot, however, be very complete, as 
the material obtained from the kitchen faucet was found, upon treatment, to contain 
very considerable quantities of organic matter, and especially diatoms. Among the 
species represented Stephanodiscus Niagare and two species of Cymatopleura are 
particularly abundant. 


Amphora ovalis Ktz. and var. affinis Kitz. v46 (11), V66 (18:17: 13) v 29. 

Asterionella formosa, Hasal. 96, 72, and var. subtilis, gracillima and subtilissima 
appear to be found in the slide of uncleaned diatoms, and a long species, v216 
(10:5 :10). 

Campylodiscus 90 (84)S 2, somewhat suggesting sp. Hibernicus or Costatus, W. Sm., 
and another like Noricus, and one like imperialis Griin. or decorus y115 (115) 
$2: but none quite certain. 

Ceratoneis arcus Ktz. v67 (5:6:5) S. 15. 

Cocconeis placentula or pediculus, v20 (13), v18 (10). 

Cymatopleura solea var. spiculata W.S. abundant v100 (30:24:32). 

¢ elliptica S.B.D. anda var. ovalis v143 (64:40) S3. 

Cymbella lanceolata E. v86, not uncommon. v176 (29), v130 (24). 

Diatoma vulgare, var. vy 40 (5:13:5) s 13, abundant. 

Encyonema prostratum (Berk.) Ralf. not uncommon, 70 long. 

Epithemia gibba (EF) Ktz, rare v202 (9:12:9) s 7. 
2 turgida, Griin. Var. 60 long. 

- musculus ? 


THE DIATOMS OF CANADA 119 


8. Diatoms FRoM DRINKING WATER OF THE City or Montreat.—Continued. 


Eunotia monodon FE. v 106 (10:9 :12:9:10). 

“  pectinalis Rab. v 85 and H. formica E. v104 (10:8:9:8:10) S8. 

Frustulia rhomboides, var. amphipleuroides Grin. One species, v 112 (8:20:8) Soo. 

Fragillaria virescens Ralf. (v38 1446) s O, v29 (4%s5) s 17, v53 (2). 

Gomphonema arcticum Griin v64 (6:23:11) s 9, v75 ( ) s 10; or 

Gomphoneis herculanea (E) Cl. Also another sp. 224 (3:6) and z 64 (8:24:10). 

Hantzschia elongata Griin. v200 ( ) One sp. 

Amphioxys (see Nitschia). 

Melosira arenaria Moore. v50 (8%) s 13. Rare. 

« crenulata Ktz. v11 (7%). Common. 
mS distans Ktz. or granulata v10 ( ) and M. varians. 

Meridion circulare Ag. v56, v70 (+). 

Navicula appendiculata Ktz.? v 75 (7:12:7) or N. parva E, 
hi bacilliformis Griin. One specimen. 

+ cryptocephala Ktz. ? v 90 (5:22:5) s 8. 
fs major Griiu. v 224 (32:31:35 :31:32) s 6+. 
_“ nobilis E. v 225 (36 :35.:37 :35 86) s 6. 
be rostellata Ktz.v 75 ( 715: ). 
i stauroptera Griin. var. parva FE. ? or N. appendiculata. 
a viridis Ktz. v170 (25) s 7. 

Niteschia amphioxys W. Sm.—Hantzschia amphioxys (E.) Briin. One sp 70 long. 
a hungarica Griin. v300 (10) s 6 and °° 
ce sigma Sm. var? common, 105y, 224p. 
by Sigmoides (E). W. Sm. common, v280 (II) s4+, v3840 (13) s7-5. 

spectabilis (FE) Ralfs, rare v320 ( :18:) s12 and 4. 
i: vermicularis (Ktz.), Griin. Common, v240 (3:7:3) s12 and °°, v224 (12) 17. 

Pleurosigma acuminatum (Ktz.) Griin, v150 (387) %, v172 (_), v 200 (20)? 

& attenuatum, W. Sm. more common, v150 (30) s9. 

Stauroneis acuta, W. Sm.one specimen v336 (61)U%—v336 (61) s11. 

Schizonema (Navicula) ramosissimum ©. Ag. v50 (10)”. 

Stephanodiscus Niagare E. most common and distinctive species on the slide. Diam. 
varying from 30p, 40u; 60p, 65u, 7T0u, T4u, 804 to 904, smaller forms look like 
foreign sp. (Europe, Asia), like varieties of St. astraea (E) Griin, but they must 
be all one species, 60 to 70u being the more common size. : 

Surirella biseriata Breb. v112 (36) s1-5. Not common. 

elegans EK. v190 (50) s1-6. 
‘i Guatemalensis' E. Microg. or cardinalis Kitton. One sp. v136 (65:50) s3. 
Might be S. elegans, with a hinge-like defect. 
a gracilis Griin. var? v136 (18) s8 v136 (18)°. 
ne recedens A. 8. One specimen v64 (30)?. 
ai robusta E. v270 (55) °° v208 (56)?-%. 
a splendida v220 (65)', v74 (20)?°°. 
Synedra acus (Ktz), common, v82 (4:6:4)"1. 
“ capitata E. one good sp. v325 (10:7:10)°. 


vs {delicatissima var. angustissima Griin. 400 (3:5 :3)8&+. 
4 {v 500 (3:4:3)°, common in uncleaned material.. 
Me ulna E. var? common. v225 (3:2:5:2:3:). 
Tabellaria fenestrata Ktz. common. 70 and 94 p. 
e: floculosa Ktz. rarer 10p. 


4, DIATOMS FROM STREAMS, TICHBORNE, OnTARIO, NoveMBER, 1918. 
Collected by H. C. Wheeler, Montreal. 
Amphiprora ornata Bail. 100 microns long. 


Amphora ovalis Ktz. v30 (8) s14. 
Cocconeis pediculus FE. v20 (11). 


b \ 
120 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


4, DIATOMS FROM STREAMS, TICHBORNE, ONTARIO, NovEMBER, 1918.—Continued. 


Cymatopleura elliptica (Breb.) S. Sm. v150 (60) 83. 
Solea (Breb) W. Sin! 72, v101 (20:17:20) s7-8, v155 (30:20:30) s8. 
Cymbella cistula Hempr. v84 (5 :20:5) a- -8. 
cuspidata Ktz. v60 (5:21:5) s7-9, 67. 
fs cymbiformis E. v77 (5:15:5) s7-8. 
gastroides Ktz. v160 (10:35:10) s8-10. 
i lanceolata ? v196 (15:40:15) s7-9. 
Epithemia gibba (FE) Ktz. v125 ( ) s7. 
% zebra (E) Ktz. v50 (6:10:6). 
Bunotia diodon E. v30 (9) s11. 
“ major (W. Sm.) Rab. (fragment.) 
Frustulia rhomboides var. amphipleuroides Grun. v108 (8 :20:8). 
Fragilaria construens E. var. 9 (5) 815, 10 (5) s15. 
73 virescens Ralfs., 88 (7) s17, 58 (8) s17. 
Gomphonema acuminatum E. var. ? v50 (+) sil. 
constrictum E. 40. 
Hantzschia amphioxys (E) Grun. var. vivax z72 (10:8:10) s5 & 19. 
et elongata Grun. v300 (4:13:4) s14. 
Melosira crenulata Ktz. z11 (8) s18. 
Meridion circulare Ag. 232 (22:4) 10. 
Navicula affinis Ktz. v52 (7 :18:7). 
bicapitata Lagersted. v46 (6:11:6) s9-10. 
c¢ cryptocephala Ktz. (%) v45 (3:11:38) s11. 
* cuspidata Ktz. v98 (4:28:4) s14. 
a Tridis var. dubia E. v52 (6:13:6) s19. 
‘ legumen E. var. decrescens Grun. v87 (11:17:18:17:11) s9. 
ce major Ktz. v240 (86:40:36) s4.5. 
4 peregrina Ktz. v110 (12:25:12) s7. 
se radiosa Ktz. var. acuta W. Sm. vw72 (5:11:5) 810. 
t silicula (caloneis) (E) Cl. v 58 (12:11:12:11:12) s17 ? or N. limosa Donk. 
os Smithti Breb. 
stauroneiformis Lewis. 
7 stauroptera var. parva E. v72 (10:11:10) s10. 
2 viridis Ktz. v51 (12) s9-10, z47 (10) s10, v72 (13) s8. 
Nitzschia sigmoidea (E) W. Sm. v350 (10) 86-7. 
a vermicularis Ktz.) Griin. v90 (2:4:2) s18 & ?, v155 (1.5:5:15) s11 & v170 
(1.5 :4:1:5). 
Stauroneis anceps E. v60 (5:18:5) 320. 
“i Gregori Ralfs. (%) 
cs Phoenicenteron E. v96 (6:20:6) s16, v275 (_ ). 
Stephanodiscus Niagarae E. (33) s3 & 12, (46) s8 & 12, (50) s8 & 12. 
Surirella robusta E. 165 (42) s2. 
4 v70 (4:11:4) 85-6 & 20. 
Synedra acus var. angustissima Griin. v275 (4:4:54:4) 810. 
ff Gaillonit E. v255 (5:7:5) s9. 
Tabellaria fenestrata 58, 72, 80, 95, 180. 
(Spicules of Fresh Water Sponges, smooth and tuberculate, present, and one fine 
birotulate also present). 


5. DIATOMS FROM LAKE MUD—CoBALT, ONTARIO. 


Amphiprora ornata Bail. 

Amphora affinis Ktz. 

Cocconeis -placentula Ehr. 
¢ lineata Griin. 


THE DIATOMS OF CANADA 


5. DIATOMS FROM LAKE MUD—COoBALT, OntTaATRIO.—Continued. 


Cocconema lanceolatum Ehr. 
Cyclotella Meneghiniana Ktz. 


Cymatopleura solea. 
“ 


elliptica. 


Cymbella gastroides Ktz. 


“ 
“ 
“ 


cuspidata Ktz. 
tumida Breb. 
cistula? Hum. 


Hiptthemia argus. W. Sm. 


“ 


gibba? Ktz. 

sorex. 

parallela Grun. 

turgida var. granulata West. var. Westermanii. 
zebra var. probosidea Grun. 


FEunotia monodon Ebr. 


“ 


diodon Ehy. 

tetraodon Ehr. 

pectinalis Rab. 

formica Ehr. 

praerupta var. bidens, var. inflata. 


Fragillaria construens Grun. 
Gomphonema acuminatum FEhr. 


“ 


capitatum Ehr. 
abreviatum Ag. 
constrictum Ehyr. 
geminatum Ag. 
sphaenophorum Ehr. 


Himantidium gracile Ehr. 


its 


majus W.S. 


Hantzschia amphiozys. 
Melosira varians Ag. 
Navicula Americana Ehr. 


“ 


amphirhynchus Ehyr. 
Bacillum Ebr. 
Braunii Grun. 
Canadensis. 

cardinalis Ehr. 
cuspidata Ktz. 
\dilatata Ehr. 

distans. 

dicephala Ehr. 
digito-radiata Grun. 
elongata Grun. 
elliptica Kutz. 
Hitcheockti Ehr. 
tridis Ehr., var. affinis. 
limosa Ktz. 

major Ktz. 

mesolepta Ehr. 

nobilis Ehr. 

oblonga Ktz. 
pseudo-bacillum Grun. r 
peregrina Ehr. 
radiosa var., acuta Ktz. 


121 


122 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


5. DIATOMS FROM LAKE MUD—COoBALT, OnTARIO.—Concluded. 


sf scutelloides Sm. 


viridis Ke. 
Nitzschia sigma Ktz. 

- tryblionella Han. 
Pleurosigma attenuatum W. Sm. 

FH hippocampus? 

acuminatum. 
Raphalodea (Epithemia) musculus. 
- s gibba. 


“ 


“ 


Stauroneis anceps Ehr. 

ci acuta W.S. 

‘ phoenicenteron Ehr. 
punctata. 
ventricosa. 

Surirella splendida FEhr. 
= elegans Ehr. 

Synedra ulna Ekr. 

Tabellaria floculosa Kutz. 
gs fenestrata Ktz. 


«6 


“ 


This is a fresh-water and recent deposit, of interest on account of its high north- 
ern latitude. It is very rich in Navicule and also in Cymatopleure, though no new 
forms were recognized. It is probably representative of most of the similar deposits 
in the extreme northern parts of Canada. 


6. DiatoMs FROM GEORGIAN Bay—DrepcInG 36 FEET, 1912. 


(Lengths and breadths are given in microns, without and with brackets respectively.) 


Amphiprora ornata Bailey. 
Amphora ovalis Ktz. 60, 84. 
Campylodiscus (near decorus Breb.) 102, 105. 
Cyclotella (?) 
Cymatopleura elliptica (Breb.) W. Sm. 144 (62). 
f forma spiralis. 146. 
ce Solea (Breb.) W. Sm. 
Cymbella lanceolata E. 100. - 
Epithemia Argus Ktz. 60, 66. 
Ha gibba Ktz var. ventricosa. 
Eunotia monodon E. 60. 
Melosira crenulata Ktz. 5 (7), 5 (8). 
re varians Ag. ? 
Navicula nobilis E. 162 (88). 
fe radiosa Ktz. 84 (12). 
Smithii Breb. 60 (36). 
Pleurosigma acuminatum (Ktz) Grun. 200 (20). 
sg attenuatum W. Sm. 300 (30). 
Stauroneis Phoenicenteron E. 110 (88). 
i Gregortt Ralfs. ? 
Stephanodiscus Niagarae E. 
Surirella elegans E. 240. 
a robusta E. 194 (72). 
$f splendida Ktz. 196 (52). | 


THE DIATOMS OF CANADA 123 


7. DiatoMs FROM Parry Sounp, Ontario (W. B. Tinpay). 


Collected by H. C. Wheeler, Montreal. 


Identified and measured by L. W. Bailey and A. H. Mackay. 


* 


Cocconeis pediculus E. 32 (22), 30 (21). 
Cymbella cuspidata Ktz. 34 (3:11:38). 
Diatoma vulgare Bory. v54 (7:10:7) s 7. 
Encyonema gracile Rabh. or Amphora lanceolate var.? 28. 
. turgidum (Greg). Grun. v40 (11) s7-8. 
nats diodon EK. v40. 
formica E. v117 (11:8:9:8:11) s11, v130, v180. 
e major Rab. v235 (19:13:15 :13:19). 
a monodon FE. v48 (8:10:8) s12. 
Py pectinalis Rab. v80. 
Ls is var. curta v55 (8:11:8). 
ry . var. undulata Ralfs. v104 (5:7:5). 
i robusta, var. tetraodon (FE) Ralfs. v48 (20). 
Fragilaria capucina Desm.? z77 (19/2) s10. 
es entomon E.? 216 (24/6) 50. 
sf mutabilis var. intercedens W. Sm. 222 (8) sd. 
Frustulia rhomboides (E)De Toni var. amphipleuroides Grun. 


Gomphonema accuminatum E. var. coronatum v56 (8:16:14). 
ef lanceolatum E. var. insignis v50. 
Melosira crenulata Ktz. 28 (8) s16. 
Navicula divergens W. Sm. v85 (17) s10. 
ae nobilis E., (near major). v198 (23:29:23) s6-7. 
i radiosa Ktz. vi2 (11) 510. 
ag rostellata Ktz. v63 (5:14:5) s9. 
cu Smithiu Breb. v69 (37) si. 
tenella Breb. v38 (0:8:0) s18. 
Nitzschia angustata (W. Sm.) Grun. v42 (0:8:0) s13. 
fluminensis Grun. (?) v160 (0:8:0) s5 & 0. 
x vermicularis (Ktz) Grun. 200 (6:6:5:6) s? 
Pleurosigma acuminatum (Ktz Grun. v123 (16), 134 (16), 149 (11). 
(Some forms like P. Spenceri W. Sm.). 
Stauroneis Phoenicenteron E. v185 (12:24:12) s13. 
Stephanodiscus Niagarae FE. 20 (20), 27 (27), 30 (30) s6 & 12. 
Seca amphioxys W. Sm. v33 (16), 40 (17) s3. 
Guatimalensis Grun. v128 (64) s3, 186 (64) s3+ 
ee Molleriana Grun. v43 (18) s9+ 
. robusta EF. v130 (40) s1.4., 160. 
e robustior McK. v140 (61) s.5 (Var. of robusta). 
splendida var. bifrons A.S. v138 (43). 
Synedra delicatissima W. Sm. v256 (3:5:3) $10. 
& ulna var. 2189 (24:6:24) s9-10, v88 (3:7:3). 
Tabellaria fenestrata Ktz. 85, 74, 53, 51. 
(Spicules, smooth and rough, of Fresh Water Sponges also present). 


DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


124 
8. DiatoMs FROM LAKE WINNIPEG, MANITOBA. 
For the sake of comparison the following list of species, prepared by Dr. Charles 
W. Lowe, of the University of Manitoba, is appended :— y 


Amphiprora ornata Bail. 
Asterionella formosa Hall. 
Cocconeis placentula Ehr. 
Cocconema cymbiforme Ehr. 


& lanceolata Ehr. 
Cymatopleura solea (Breb.) W. Sm. 
ae elliptica V. H. 


Epithemia turgida Ehr. 
Fragillaria capucina Des. 

< crotonensis (Edw.) Kelton. 
Melosira varians Ag. 

gastrum (Ehr.) Don. 
Ropalodia (Epithemia) gibba (Kiitz) Mill. 
Rhizosolenia morsa W. West. 
Stephanodiscus Niagarae Ehr. 
Synedra ulna Ekr. 

ie “ var. splendens (Kiitz) H. V. H. 

Ai revaliensis Lem. 
Tabellaria fenestrata (Lyngb.) Kiitz. 
Surirella ovalis Breb. 


UTILIZATION OF DOGFISH 25 


XIII 


The Utilization of Dog-Fish and Selachian Fishes of 
Eastern Canada. 


BY 
JamMES W. Mavor, Ph.D., etc., 
Union College, Schenectady, NGY 


CONTENTS. 
1. Natural History of the Group. 
(a) Characteristics. 
(b) Distribution. 


*. The Flesh of selachians with particular reference to its use as food. 


(a) The structure of the flesh. 


(b) The chemical composition of selachian muscle. 
(1) As to nutrient value. 


(2) As to urea and ammonia. 


(3) On the physiological effect of urea taken in the food. 
(a) The toxic effect. 
(b) The effect of repeated doses. 
(c) The effect of taking small amounts. 


(¢) The palatability of salachian flesh. 


3. The utilization of selachians for purposes other than as food. 
(a) To obtain oil. 
(b) To make glue. 
(c) As a fertilizer. 
(d) Other uses. 


4. The distribution and uses of the common selachians ‘of Eastern Canada. 
5. Literature cited. 


1. NATURAL HISTORY OF THE GROUP. 


(a) CHARACTERISTICS. 


The Selachii® form one of the subclasses’? of the class Pisces or fishes and 
includes dogfishes, sharks, skates and rays. The fishes in this subclass are character- 
ized by having a cartilaginous skeleton, the skin either naked or covered with small 
rough scales or spines, the gill clefts opening separately on the surface of the body and 
not covered by an operculum, the jaws distinct from the skull and no air bladder. The 
Canadian representatives are all large marine fishes. 


(b) DISTRIBUTION, MIGRATIONS, ETC. 


Most sharks and dogfishes roam the ocean and have a wide distribution, while 
most skates and rays live on the sea bottom usually near shore. Probably nearly all 
sharks and dogfishes show an anadromous migration, living at large in the deeper 
waters during late summer and winter and migrating in shoals in the spring and early 
summer to shallower water, where the young are born or the eggs deposited. A 
detailed account of the distribution of the commoner Canadian species will be found in 
a later section. 


1Called also Elasmobranchii, Plagiostomata, Chondropterygia, or Placoidei. 
2In the present paper the classification of Jordan and Evermann (’96) is followed. 


126 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICH 


2. THE FLESH OF SELACHIANS WITH PARTICULAR REFERENCE 
TO ITS USE AS FOOD. 


(a) THE STRUCTURE OF THE FLESH. 


The fleshy part or muscle tissue of Selachians is light in colour and of a texture not 
very different from that af the halibut. As in all fishes the muscular part of the 
body is distributed on either side of the “backbone” or vertebral column. Owing, 
however, to the fact that Selachians are without true bones and the cartilagninous ribs 
are only short rods, the flesh of sharks and dogfish can be easily taken off in two large 
fillets, corresponding to either side of the body and entirely free from bone. This is an 
advantage in preparing the fish both for the table and for canning. 

The shape and size of dogfish is such that they can be handled and prepared for 
shipping fresh or for salting in exactly the same way as cod or haddock. The flesh 
is as firm or firmer than that of the cod or haddock and stands handling weld. The 
shape of a fillet of dogfish, which is long, narrow and of nearly uniform thickness for 
the greater part of its length, is convenient for canning, it being possible to roll the 
fillet into an ordinary cylindrical can. 

In the case of skates and rays the usable part of the flesh is found in the “ wings ” 
or pectoral fins. The practice is to cut the wings from either side of the body including 
in them the large cartilaginous fin-rays. These wings are convenient for cooking. The 
writer is not aware of any attempts made to prepare skates and rays for canning, 
although he sees no reason why they should not be canned as successfully as dogfish. 

The skin of most sharks and dogfishes is leathery. There are no True scales like 
those of the bony fishes but in their place are small polygonal plates each bearing a 
spine which projects above the surface, giving to the skin a rough and rasping quality. 

The toughness of the skin of the dogfish and shark makes them more difficult to 
skin than most fishes, and hence tends to make the handling of them unpopular with 
the fisherman, to whose lot usually falls this part of the preparation. This difficulty 
is a serious one from the point of view of some of the firms) which handle dogfish 
and can it under the name of “ grayfish.”) The labour involved may, however. be 
partly reduced by the development of improved methods of skinning and more practice 
in handling this kind of fish by fishermen and factory hands; also the greater labour 
may be partly compensated for by the utilization of the skin. 


(b) THE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF SELACHIAN MUSCLE. 


(1) As to Nutrient Value. 


The chemical composition of fish in general resembles that of meat in the nature 
of its constituents but differs in the proportions in which those constituents occur. 
“ Comparing the nitrogenous components of each, we find in fish more of the gelatine- 
yielding matter (collagen) and less of the extractives than in meat.” The mineral 
content of fish, as a rule, exceeds that of meat and contains more phosphates.’® 

Hutchison classifies fish as follows with reference to their content of fat®:— 


Lean: Fish having less than 2 per cent fat, such as cod and haddock. 
Medium: Fish having 2 to 5 per cent fat, such as halibut and mackerel. 
Fat: Fish having more than 5 per cent fat, such as eel, salmon and herring. 


3 For the keeping qualities of dogfish see section on chemical composition. 


4The writer was told in an interview with Mr. McDonald, manager of one of the Gordon- 
Pew factories in Boston, that the skinning was one of the most: troublesome parts of the 
process. 


5 The term “grayfish” has been adopted in Canada and the United States as the trade name 
of the dogfish. 


6 The writer here quotes from Leach, 1909, p. 254. 


UTILIZATION OF DOGFISH 


127 


The following figures are selected from the tables of Atwater and Bryant, given in 


Leach 1909, pp. 218 and 255 :— 


Protein. 

_ Fuel 

Kind of Flesh. Water. 4 Fat. Ash atk 

Te ae y per lb. 

N x 6-25 difference. 

PRP TIIE CLLRS ota F has © ial by Bere a ree Minced Rafe ale ee 68-3 19-6 18-9 11-9 0-9 865 
Chr TOPE TINT DOSS ae GREER SS Se eS Ee ae A 82-6 16-5 15-8 0-4 1-2 325 
SEQ UTECETTL Ve Na) og edge ed APN are ae IMI Re oe aE 64-6 22-0 21-2 12-8 1-4 950 
ME Cer RC eM ei iete ER A Me 5 cle Wciet giao inlt wea: 1) 8 oa, Wate biti : 82-2 18-2 15- 1-6 1:1 400 


— 


From this table it will be seen that the flesh’of the skate compares favourably 
with that of the cod in nutrient value. ‘“ The dogfishes are not only palatable in the 
fresh condition, but are as good as many other fishes when preserved by the standard 
methods. The spiney dogfish (Squalus acanthias, the common Canadian species) 
being in composition most like the salmon is best adapted for canning and is con- 


sidered as good as the medium grades of salmon.’* 


(2) As to Urea and Ammonia. 


Although comparing favourably with other food fishes in nutrient value the flesh 
of selachians contains a larger proportion of certain excretory products of the 
organism. Most important of these are urea and ammonia. Analysis of the flesh of 
the skate, Raja ocellata, in the fresh state were made by the urease method. This 
method consists in allowing a ferment urease to convert the urea into ammonium car- 
bonate. The amount of ammonium carbonate formed was determined by titrating 
against sulphuric acid before and after the ferment had been allowed to act and the 
urea calculated from this. The results of these analyses show that the flesh of the 
skate contains when fresh about 2 per cent of its total weight of urea. There is prob- 
ably about the same proportion of urea in most selachians. Comparing this with meat 
we find for example that beef contains only 0-01-0-03 per cent*, which is about the 


same as our own blood and flesh. 


There is undoubtedly very little ammonia present in the fresh skate. 


It is, how- 


ever, rapidly formed as decomposition sets in.*. Under ordinary summer conditions 
in the laboratory at St. Andrews skate may be kept overnight without giving an 
odour of decomposition or ammonia. After forty-eight hours the ammoniacal odour 


becomes quite strong. 


The canned product has been analysed by Dr. E. Baumann, of the Department of 
Biological Chemistry of Toronto University, and his report is given as Appendix A 
to this paper. Calculating the urea from the figures given in the report for urea nitro- 
gen one obtains for the Red label, analysis I, 0-79 per cent urea, and for the Blue label, 
analysis III, 0-34 per cent. In the latter case some of the urea had undoubtedly 


changed into ammonia (see Appendix A). 


The amount of ammonia nitrogen in the canned samples is given in Dr. Bau- 
rmann’s report (Appendix A). Taking the Red label I, with ammonia-N (calculated on 
This amount is very 
much greater than that found in fresh cod, which was found to be 0.017 per cent, by 


the total weight) 0.09 per cent, the ammonia is 0.11 per cent. 


E. D. Clark and L. H. Almy (1918). | 


7 Field, 1910, p. 248. 
8 Leach, 1909. 
9See statement by Dr. A. B. Macallum in Appendix B. 


128 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


(3) On the Physiological Effect of Urea Taken in the Food. 
(a) Toxic Effect. 


The symptoms of urea poisoning or asthenic urenia are headache, dizziness, fatigue 
and weakness (Hewlett, Gilbert and Wickett, 1918). These symptoms “Are rarely well 
defined when the concentration of urea in the blood is less than 100 mg. per 100 ee. of 
blood and they are rarely absent when the concentration exceeds 200 mg.” The normal 
amount of urea in the blood is 0.036 to 0.048 mg. per 100 ce. In order to produce a 
concentration of over 100 mg. per 100 ec. of blood it is necessary to give a dose of urea 
amounting to 100 to 125 gms. (Hewlett, Gilbert and Wickett). Furthermore this 
urea is almost entirely eliminated by way of the urine in twenty-four hours and the 
symptoms last only,a few hours. 


(b) Effect of Repeated Doses. 


T. Addis and C. K. Watanabe (1916) have given urea in doses of 20 gms. per day 
for three successive days to young healthy adults. The experiment showed that the 
administered urea had been almost completely excreted at the end of the third day, there 
being an average retention on the fourth day of only 4.96 gm. urea, which was excreted 
during the next twenty-four hours if no urea were taken. When 40 gm. of urea’ were 
taken on each of three successive days the results were substantially the same, the 
amount of urea retained, to be excreted on the first day after the administering of urea 
had ceased, being 4.46 gms. T. Addis and C. K. Watanabe conclude that “The rate of 
excretion of the administered urea during successive periods of the twenty-four hours 
showed that the repetition of large doses of urea did not elicit the condition which has 
been described as kidney “ fatigue.” 


(c) The Effect of Taking Small Amounts. 


The facts cited in the previous paragraph indicate that there is no injurious effect 
either during or after the taking of such large doses of urea as 20 or 40 gm. There 
would seem, therefore, little doubt that the taking of such quantities of urea as would 
come in a meal of dogfish, say 4 gm., is without injurious effect on normal persons even 
if repeated on successive days. O. Folin (1911) has further shown that there may be a 
variation in the daily excretion of urea of from 5.6 to &1 gm. in the same person 
within a few days, which shows that the amount of urea taken into system in a meal 
of dogfish would not be greater than that which might be added to the body by 
additional exercise or a change of diet. 

For expressions of opinions with regard to the effect of taking urea in dogfish 
flesh, see Appendix B. 


(d) Palatability of Selachian Flesh. 


With regard to the palatability of the flesh of the spiny dogfish, Squalus acanthias, 
the common dogfish of the Canadian Atlantic coast, Mr. Irving Field of the United 
States Fish Commission says:1° “The Commissioners on Fisheries and Game of 
Massachusetts have personnally reported its palatability, the lack of odour or “strength” 
and the good consistency when cooked or canned. They say it closely resembles halibut. 
The spiney dogfish has in recent years been exploited in England as a valuable cheap 
food. A writer in a London paper states that the Plymounth council engaged an expert 
cook to, prepare dogfish for the table with and without sauce, and that those who 
partook pronounced it excellent as to colour, flavour and firmness. 

“The dogfishes are not only palatable-in the fresh condition, but are as good as 
many other fishes when preserved by the standard methods. The horned dogfish being 


10 Field, 1908, p. 248. 


UTILIZATION OF DOGFISH 129 


in composition most like the salmon is best adapted for canning and is considered as 
good as the medium grades of salmon. A packer in Petit de Grat, Cape Breton, in 1904 
sent me a dozen cans of dogfish he had packed. I passed them round to my friends, 
who prepared the contents in different ways (fried, scalloped, creamed, etc.). In these 
forms the canned article was highly praised for flavour and palatability. Samples 
were also sent to several hotels where the fish was served to the guests as ‘ Japanese 
halibut,’ and was pronounced most acceptable. An establishment at Halifax hag been 
canning large quantities and putting them on the market labelled ‘Ocean whitefish.’ 
A firm at Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island, has been successful in selling the 
canned article as ‘sea bass.’ ” 

The flesh of the skate has long been relished in England and on the continent; 
during the last two years it has been for sale in fish stores in the Eliastern United 
States. Shark flesh has been sold for the last two years in New York. 


3. THE UTILIZATION OF SELACHIANS FOR OTHER PURPOSES THAN 
FOR FOOD. 


(a) TO OBTAIN OIL. 


Oil can be obtained from the liver of nearly all selachians. The “Dogfish oil” 
of the American market is said by Jordan and Evermann (1896) to be obtained from 
Squalus acanthias. “‘ Shark oil” and ‘‘ Ray oil” are also on the market. These oils 
are used in the currying of leather. 


(b) TO MAKE GLUE. 


Glue has been made from the smooth dogfish, Mustelus canis, of American 
waters. This form does not occur commonly as far north as the Canadian coast. 
Our own horned dogfish, Squalus acanthias, is said by G. F. White (1917) not to be 
suitable for the production of glue. “Attempts to produce glue from the grayfish 
(Squalus acanthias) have not been successful on account of the large amount of oil 
and water in the fish, the difficulties attended with the extraction of the oil, and the 
presence of dark pigments in the skin which discolour the extracts. It is also pro- 
bable that the skeleton contains only a small amount (if any) of collagen or glue- 
forming substance. The flesh of the smooth dogfish (Mustelus canis) contains 
gelatin-forming material and presents possibilities as a source of glue.” (1!) “ That 
the manufacture of fish glue alone is not very profitable may be seen from the fact 
that glue manufacturers do not rely on this one product as a source of profit.” (7*) 


(c) AS A FERTILIZER. 


The flesh of selachians, like that of other fishes, for example the menhaden, is 
rich in fertilizing constituents, containing from 7 to 8 per cent of nitrogen and 6 to 
8 per cent of phosphoric acid. The availability of this nitrogen is much reduced if oil 
is present. Hence in the case of selachians containing a considerable quantity of 
oil, as for example our horned dogfish, the oil ought to be extracted. 


(d) OTHER USES. 


The skin of dogfish is used for the preparation of shagreen, a kind of rough 
leather. It was also used for polishing, its place being now, however, largely taken 
by the various kinds of sand and emery papers. 

The eggs of the dogfish have been found to be a good substitute for hen eggs in 
the process of tanning. 


11C. F. White, 1917, p. 12. 
12C, F. White, 1917, p. 14. + 


79550—9 


130 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


4. THE DISTRIBUTION AND USES OF THE COMMON SELACHIANS OF 
EASTERN CANADA. 


(@) SHARKS AND DOGFISHEs. (18) 


Squalus acanthias Linnaeus. 


Synonyms— 
Squalus acanthias Linnaeus. 
Squalus acanthias Jordan and Gilbert. 
Acanthias americanus Storer. 
Acanthias vulgaris Risso. 
Acanthias vulgaris Giinther. 


Common names— 
Dogfish; Picked dogfish; Horned dogfish; Bonedog; Skittle-dog; Spiny 
dogfish. 


Characteristics: Body slender; head depressed, about 64 times in length; depth 
about 8 times in length; snout pointed; eyes lateral without nictitating membrane; 
mouth inferior, rather large, slightly arched, a long, straight, deep, oblique groove 
on each side; nostrils inferior, separate; spiracles rather wide, just behind the eye; 
gill openings moderate, all in front of the pectoral fins; dorsal fins two, the first 
larger than the second and much in advance of the ventrals which are behind the 
middle of the body and in advance of the second dorsal; each dorsal fin armed with a 
strong ungrooved spine, the first about two-fifths height of fin, the second about three- 
fifths height of fin; anal fin wanting; caudal fin with the lower lobe small and the 
upper lobe slightly bent upward; ventral fins inserted posteriorly, not much before the 
second dorsal. Slate colour above, pale below, back with oblong, whitish spots, 
especially in the young. Length, 2 to 34 feet; weight, 5 to 15 pounds. 

This is the common Canadian dogfish; it is stated by Giinther to occur in the 
temperate seas of the Southern as well as the Northern hemisphere but not in the 
intermediate tropical zones. 

Cornish (1907) writes concerning this fish at Canso: “This is an extremely 
common species and often a great nuisance to the fishermen fishing with-trawls of 
baited hooks. I have known gear with 700 hooks to have 690 of these dogfish upon it. 
No use is generally made of these fish; they are difficult to release from the hooks, and 
they generally snap off the snood; they are regarded with much disfavour.” As Pro- 
fessor Prince pointed out in his report on the “ Dogfish Pest in Canada” (Fisheries 
Report, Department of Marine and Fisheries, Ottawa, 1903), this species. has proved 
a most destructive enemy to the sea fisherman’s pursuits, and his recommendations to 
the Government favouring reduction works for converting dogfish into fertilizer, oil 
and glue, etc., are being carried out.” 

Concerning this fish at Tignish, Prince Edward Island, Cornish further writes: 
“The picked dogfish is very common and extremely destructive. It appears about the 
end of July and remains until the end of the fishing season in the autumn. It is 
noticed on the east a few days before it reaches the west coast (of Prince Edward 
Tsland). As a result of its appearance fishing for cod may often cease entirely early 
in August; the trawls of hooks are set for cod at night and when raised in the morning 
sometimes every fish has been devoured by this pest, only the head and vertebral 
column remaining on the hook. The females were generally gravid, containing four 
or five well-developed embryoes about 15 em. long.” 


13 The names and characteristics are taken in large part from Jordan and Evermann 
(1896). 


UTILIZATION OF DOGFISH 131 


At St. Andrews, N.B.,.and in the Passamaquoddy bay generally, the horned dog- 
fish has been somewhat rare during June, July, August, and September in the past 
four years. 

I am indebted to Dr. A. G. Huntsman for the following note on the distribution 
of Squalus acanthias: “ It extends in its distribution well into the Bay of Fundy and 
into Passamaquoddy bay and the St. Croix river. 

“Tn the gulf of St. Lawrence it is found generally distributed, but is apparently 
not as abundant on the north shore, although reported from that part by Storer (1850, 
p. 270) and Fortin (1864). In the St, Lawrence river, Bell (1859, p. 208) records it 
for Les Islets on the south shore. 

“Tt is probably not to be found on the outer coast of Labrador, although listed 
from Greenland by Fabricius (1780, p. 127), and stated by Perley (1852, p. 223) to 
range as far north as Davis strait, on what authority I know not. 

“The Acadian region is evidently the region of abundance for this species, 
although it passes beyond the limits of the region, both to the north and to the south.” 

At Woods Hole, Mass., this species is “ Less abundant than formerly and com- 
paratively searce in 1897. When the fish factory was established at Woods Hole, this 
was the principal fish utilized in the manufacture of guano; later the searcity or 
irregularity of the supply necessitated the use of menhaden.” ™ 

Dogfish feed on mackerel, herring and other small fish. 

The flesh of the dogfish has been canned under the supervision of the U.S. Fish 
Commission as “ grayfish”. It is also used as fertilizer, being used by both Canadian 
and United States factories for making guano or fish manure. In this latter case the 
oil is first extracted. The liver may be used alone to make dogfish oil, used in ecurry- 
ing leather. On certain parts of cape Cod the fish has been dried for fuel. The skin 
of the dogfish has been used for polishing and for making shagreen, a kind of rough 
leather. 

The following species of shark is found in Canadian waters although not so 
abundantly as the dogfish :— 

Carcharias littoralis Mitchell, the sand shark. It is found along shores or within 
soundings and reaches a length of twelve feet. 


(b) Rays. 


Ginther (1880) states that all rays are considered edible and some of them are 
regularly brought to the English market. The commoner Canadian rays are:— 


é Raja erinacea Mitchill. 
Synonym— 
Raja eglanteria Giinther. 
Common names— 
Common skate; Little skate; Tobacco box. 


Characteristics: Form rhomboid, with all the angles rounded; spines largest on the 
anterior extensions of the pectorals, where they are close set, strong, laterally com- 
pressed, and hooked backward, smaller ones are ~scattered over the head above the 
spiracles, above and in front of the eyes, and on the back, the median line of which is 
comparatively smooth, without larger median series, except in the young; a triangular 
patch on the shoulder girdle; inner posterior angles of the pectorals nearly smooth; in 
the males near the exterior angles of the pectorals are two rows of large erectile hooks 
pointing backward. Females with groups of small scales on each side of the vent; 
teeth small, the middle ones sharp in the males; all blunt in the females; jaws much 


14 Quoted from H. M. Smith, 1897. 
79550—94 


132 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


curved; each side of tail with a dermal fold. Colour light brown, with small round 
spots of dark brown; no pectoral ocelli. Length 1 to 2 feet. 


Raja laevis Mitchill. 


Synonyms— 
Raja laevis Storer. 
Raja granulata Gill. 
Common name— 
Barndoor skate. 


Characteristics: Angles of the disk more acute than in any of the others; muzzle 
much produced, somewhat shovel-shaped at tip. Spines of the body very few and 
small; some present above the eyes and spiracles, on the snout, along the anterior border 
of the pectorals, and on the back; those on the back very small; a median dorsal row 
of larger hooked spines extending along the median line of the posterior portion of the 
back and the tail; usually two lateral rows on the tail. Colour variable, brownish, with 
paler spots, which are usually ringed with darker. Length reaching 43 feet. 

“This species is frequently captured by the cod fishermen (out of Canso) on their 
deep sea trawls of hooks. The only specimen minutely examined by me was 1,075 mm. 
fong.”16 “The barndoor skate is very common at Tignish.” 17 

One specimen which was stranded at the Biological Station, at St. Andrews on 
August 27, 1917, measured 1,450 mm. or about 43 feet in length, and 1,100 mm. or 
about 34 feet in width, and weighed 40 pounds. The wings, representing the edible 
portion, when cut from this fish weighed together 12 pounds. 

This species is used to some extent as food in the United States and is sold in fish 
markets. - ; 


Raja ocellata Mitchill. 


Synonyms— 
None. 

Common name— 
Big skate. 


Characteristics: General form and appearance that of Raja erimacea but much 
larger; the arrangement of spines similar, except that additional rows of spines are 
present down the back and along the sides of the tail; caudal fin not separate, rough 
with small spines; jaws curved. Colour light brown, with round dark spots; a trans- 
lucent space on each side of the snout; near the posterior angle of the pectoral there is 
usually (but not always) a large white ocellus, with a dark spot in the centre and a 
darker border; two smaller similar spots often present. Length reaching three feet. 

“A most common species at Canso although some of the specimens which I 
examined may belong to the allied species, R. erinacea. I found it difficult to decide 
finally in the case of some examples. They were all taken in the trap-nets set for 
mackerel, close along the shore.’ “Four specimens measured ranging from 61 to 
70 cm.” 78 

“This skate is caught very commonly on the set trawl of hooks, it is also seen 
swimming within a few feet of the beach, and is often speared from wharfs.” 1° 


Raja radiata Donovan. 


Synonym— 
Raja americanus DeKay. 
Common name— 
Starry ray. 
16 Cornish, 1907. 
17 Cornish, 1912. 


18 Cornish, 1907. 
19 Cornish, 1912. 


UTILIZATION OF DOGFISH 133 


Characteristics: Besides the spines on the pectorals, head, back, and tail common 
to most species, this species is marked by the presence of large spinous plates or 
bucklers; these are large, strong spines, with broad, stellate or shield-like bases 
arranged as follows: one or two in front of each eye; one on each side between the 
eye and the spiracle; a pair on the shoulder, the smaller in front; and fourteen or 
more forming a dorsal row, beginning just back of the head and extending to the 
caudal; an irregular row of spines on each side of the tail, separated from the 
membrane by a band of shagreen; males with two or more rows of claw-like spines ' 
on the pectorals. Length 14 to 2 feet.” 

“This skate or ray is usually called the Starry Ray and it is the most common 
species taken on the local cod trawls. I have seen several dozens taken in about three 
hours by one dory” (at Canso). 7° 

This species occurs frequently at St. Andrews, N.B. 


APPENDIX A. 
REPORT ON ANALYSES OF CANNED GRAYFISH (DOGFISH) (2t)- 


By Dr. Emm J. Baumann, 


Department of Biochemistry, University of Toronto. 


The cartilaginous bones were removed from the muscle and the entire contents of 
the can (meat and liquor) were put through a hashing machine two or three times. 
A more or less pasty mass resulted, which was carefully mixed, and a portion con- 
taining 300 grams was taken for analysis. These were heated on a water bath for 
one half-hour, with three or four times their weight in water. (Made acid with 1 ce. 50 
per cent acetic acid) with occasional shaking. The liquid was decanted through 
cheesecloth. The muscle was again comminuted and re-extracted with hot acidulated 
water, as above, four times, making five extractions in all. The combined extracts were 
filtered through a paper pulp filter. This was a slow and tedious process, but resulted 
in a clear opalescent filtrate. 

The extracts were then concentrated under diminished pressure in a water bath, 
the temperature of the water in the bath never rising above 55° C. When the extracts 
had been reduced from 150 to 100 ec., 5 volumes of 90 per cent alcohol were added to 
precipitate any remaining protein. A little glycogen was probably precipitated also. 
After standing overnight the alcohol solution was filtered and the precipitate care- 
fully washed with 75 per cent alcohol. The solution at this stage was distinctly acid. 
The alcohol filtrate was evaporated under diminishing pressure to about 75 or 100 cce., 
about 100 cc. of water added and concentration repeated to remove the last traces of 
alcohol. (Alcohol sometimes interferes with amino nitrogen determination.) 

The concentrated extract was washed from the distilling flask and made up to a 
volume of 250 cc. Urea determination was made on 1 cc., aliquots (measured with a 
calibrated Ostwald pipette) by the Urease method of Van Slyke and Cullen, Jour. of 
Biol. Chem., Vol. 24, p. 17, 1916. 

Ammonia was determined by the usual aeration method of Folin, on a 1 ce., 
aliquot. 


x 


20 Cornish, 1907. 


21The cans of grayfish used for these analyses were put up by the Gorton-Pew Com- 
pany of Boston. The Blue Label samples were obtained by the writer from the factory 
about June 30, 1917, were taken to St. Andrews and forwarded from there to Dr. Baumann 
in Toronto. The cans were understood to be put up in April or May of the same year. The 
Red Label samples were obtained directly from the Gorton-Pew Company by Dr. Baumann 
in July, 1917. The analyses were made in the latter part of July, 1917. 

In a letter, Dr. Baumann remarks: “The material I received from the factory (Red 
Labels) was better looking, whiter and meat more firm.” 


134 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Total solids were determined by the official method of the United States Depart- 
ment of Agriculture on a fair sample of about 5 grams. 
All the determinations were made in duplicate. 


ae Red Label I. Red Label II. Blue Label 
i iv y: , % >: % hls i? pele 
BM OLANISOMNGS Sra Sees rote eae Ae AR eR hg ce a eee hehe 26-77 26-60 26-86 
UWrea—N. idee. set aE) |e io ES MEN RRA ee eo Pe 0-37 0-355 0-16 
Ammonia—N ORAS eke ae Real a NOs See a Te Cee rAd ce ee 0-09 0-09 0-145 
Urea—N (Calc. on dry wt.).. bye eas S27 vereae ia eh, 1-38 1-34 0-59 
Ammonia—N (Cale. on dry WEN ee ee ee 0-35 9-35 0-54 


Red Label samples obtained from factory. Blue Label sample from St. Andrews 


There is probably some significance in the high ammonia and low urea figures 
which I obtained from the sample sent from St. Andrews as contrasted with the high 
urea and low ammonia content of the fish sent from Gorton-Pew. Probably some 
change has occured. 

There was no odour of decomposition from the sample having the high ammonia 
content, though it would be difficult to distinguish between the odours of decomposi- 
tion and that of fish. If any extensive decomposition had occured, probably much 
higher ammonia figures would have been obtained. 


APPENDIX B. 


(Extract from a letter by Dr. A. B. Macallum to the writer.) 


“ There are two handicaps regarding dogfish as food, from the point of view of its 
urea content. One is that the urea changes to ammonium carbonate when the dogfish 
stands at ordinary temperatures, and the amount thus transformed is in proportion 
to the time during which the fish is allowed to stand at such temperature after it is 
caught. The presence of ammonium) carbonate with the other odour of the fish makes 
it exceedingly disagreable to the taste and smell, and, accordingly, dogfish as food must 
be used soon after caught, or else it must be frozen and kept frozen in order to prevent 
transformation of urea into ammonium carbonate. 

“ The other handicap is an esthetic one. One does not relish eating food in which 
there is such a waste product as urea in abundance. 

“Tn canning fresh dogfish, of course, the water used in heating may withdraw a 
considerable portion of the urea. That explains why in Dr. Baumann’s experiments 
the quantity found was much less than the 2 per cent present in the muscle of the living 
animal. 


“The observations regarding the dogfish are applicable to the skate and shark for 
food.” 


LITERATURE CITED. 


Appis, T. and C. K. WatanaBe. 
1916. The Rate of Urea Excretion. II. The Rate of Excretion of Administrated 
Urea in Young Healthy Adults on a Constant Diet. Journ. Biol. Chem. 
Vol. 27, p. 249. 
Bean, T. H. 
1903. Catalogue of the Fishes of New York. N.Y. State Museum Bull. 60. 


Bex, R. 
1859. On the Natural History of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Canadian Naturalist 
and Geologist. Vol. IV. 


UTILIZATION OF DOGFISH 135 


Crakk, E. D. and L.,H. Aumy. 
1918. A Chemical Study of Food Fishes. The Analysis of twenty common food 
fishes with especial reference to a seasonal variation in composition. 
Jour. of Biol. Chem. Vol. 33, No. 3, p. 483. 


CornisH, G. M. 
1907. Notes on the Fishes of Canso. Contr. Can. Biol. 1902-5. 
1912. Notes on the Fishes of “Tignish, P.E.I. Contrib. Can. Biol. 1906-1910. 


Fapricius, J. 
1780. Fauna Groenlandiea. 


Fretp, I. A. 
1910. Sea Mussels and Dogtish as Food. Bull. U.S. Bureau of Fisheries. Vol. 
XXVIII, p. 243. 
Four, O. 
1911. U.S. Dept. Agric. Report 1911, XCIV> p. 233. 


Fortin, P. , ; 
1864. Continuation of the List of Fish of the Gulf and River St. Lawrence. 
Report Comm. Crown Lands for 1863, Appendix No. 40. 
Hewett, A. W., Q.\O. GitBert, and A. D. WIcKETT. 
1916. The Toxie Effects of Urea on Normal Individuals. Areh. Internal Medi- 
eine. Vol. 18, p. 636. 
JORDAN, D. S. and B. W. EverMANN. 
1896. The Fishes of North and Middle America. Bull. U.S. National Museum. 
No. 47. Pt. 1. 
Leacu, A. E. 
1909. Food Inspection and Analysis. New York. 
Periey, M. H. 
1852. Reports on the Sea and River Fisheries of New Brunswick. 2nd. Edn. 


Smiru, H.M. ° 
1898. The Fishes found in the Vicinity of Woods Hole, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. ~ 
Vol. XVII. 
Srorer, H. R. 
1850. Observations on the Fishes of Nova Seotia and Labrador. Bost. Journ. 
Nat! Bist. Volo Vi; pp. 24% 
Waite, G.F. 
1917. Fish Isinglass and Glue. U.S. Bureau of Fisheries, Doe. No. 852. 


‘) 
i 


hid''k | 


‘ pigee Y a aa a : Bai Bd ral ; vie 
bs iPiasy # A We Ce eins ef we 
Ame SUK LAGE) + a th nea) TAARUDS PR a i 
; 1 | c ; is tu 
Mitt aR ea f f ny haa aS A Rt 
; K mt Ls ue 


ie he ae LT 
Martine ie i 
} j ; 


a wm i 
i 


‘ L , fs i vas ak 
Ome Yarn itas 0S INa 
Ay Nh de ne dA 
yet Ne Par ns { 


ais 


XIV 
Key to the Hydroids of Eastern Canada. 


BY 


C,. McLean FRAseEr. 
(With 109 Figures.) 


INTRODUCTION. 


A recent paper contained a complete list of the hydroids that have been found 
in the waters of Eastern Canada, so far as is known, with synonymy and distribution 
of each species as related to this area and the literature pertaining to it.t In the 
present paper the same species are considered and an attempt is made by key, short 
description and characteristic figure, to put in concise form for handy reference, a 
means of diagnosing at least the typical hydroids. The investigator who wishes to 
study more minute details, will find them given in the papers referred to in the 
bibliography in connection with the previous paper. 

No new matter is introduced. In some cases where the writer had not previously 
described the species, the description was made directly from the specimen, but in 
substance this would naturally be similar to descriptions given by others. Similarly 
many of the drawings have been made specially for this paper. Descriptions given 
in, and drawings made for, previous papers, have been used in many instances, but 
only in cases where specimens of the species recorded by other investigators were not 
available for description have quotations or copies been made from other authors. 
In the list there were thirteen of these species and in some other cases the descrip- 
tion of the gonosome had to be obtained, but in all cases the authority for the 
description or figure has been given. The specimen of Lafoea symmetrica obtained 
some years ago at Canso has been lost and the drawing is made from a sketch made 
at the time, but it seems to agree with that given by Bonnevie, although it may not 
be exactly typical. Two species described by Stimpson, viz., Hudendrium cingulatum 
and Grammaria gracilis, were not figured by him, and apparently they have not been 
described or figured since, hence no figures of these appear. The only difference 
between Tubularia spectabilis and Tubularia tenella seems to be one of size, if that 
is sufficient difference to separate species. As 7. spectabilis is too large to admit of 
the enlargement that is used throughout, the difference in size could not readily be 
shown, hence there is no figure given of JT. tenella. All drawings taken from other 
sources have been reduced to one-third diameter. Figures 20, 21, 23 and 25 have been 
magnified but little, figures 37, 52, 53, 54, 56, 61, 69, 76 are magnified 30 diameters, 
figures 4, 6, 9, 10, 11, 26, 41 are magnified 15 diameters and the remainder of the 
figures 10 diameters. 

For a copy of a plate containing the figure of Dicoryne flexuosa, I am fidebped to 
Mr. Dayton Stoner, of the State University of Iowa, and for a copy of the figure of 
Tetrapoma quadridentatum, as well as the description, and for the description of the 
coppinia of Lafe a pygmea I am indebted to Dr. A. G. Huntsman, of the University 
of Toronto. Mrs. Fraser has made the drawings for the paper. 

Although the same species are here treated, there is practically no duplication 
of what is included in the previous paper. It seems entirely unnecessary to repeat 
the synonymy and distribution in what is intended to be merely a handbook for 


1 Hydroids of Eastern Canada. Contributions to Can. Biol., 1917, pp. 329-370, Supp. to 7th 
Ann. Rept., Department of Naval Service. 
137 


138 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


ready reference. That the paper may be useful even to those who have not had 
previous acquaintance with hydroid taxonomy, a glossary of the principal hydroid 
terms is included. 


tLOSSARY. 


Acrocyst. An extra-capsular marsupial sac, surrounded by a gelatinous cover- 
ing, in which development of the ova takes place in certain species. : 

Actinula or actinule. A medusoid structure developed from the reproductive 
buds in the genus Tubularia, in which radial canals and rudimentary tentacles 
appear but in which no mouth is present. In this structure the ova are developed 
into the young hydroids while the structure is still attached. 

Cenosarc. The common flesh-like substance that binds the zooids together in 
a colony. : 

Colony. A number of zooids connected together by a common cenosarc. 

Coppinia. A mass formed of a close aggregation of gonangia, among which are 
seattered modified hydrothece, which serve as a protection for the mass. Found 
in the Lafewide. 

Corbula. A specially modified branch or hydrocladium which forms an envelope 
for the gonangia in certain Plumularians. 

Diaphragm. <A cross partition in the hydrotheca which forms a support for the 
base of the hydranth. 

Fascicled. A stem or branch is said to be fascicled when it consists of two or 
more tubes closely applied. There are varying degrees of intimacy in this applica- 
tion. The tubes may be only in loose contact or there may be cross communications. 

Gonangium or gonotheca. The protective chitinous envelope that protects the 
developing reproductive elements in calyptoblastic forms. 

Gonophore or gonozooid. A zooid specially modified for the purpose of repro- 
duction. 

Gonosome. A collective term for all the generative zooids of a eolony and 
structures that are directly associated with them. 

Hydranth. The nutritive zooid of a colony, consisting of a digestive sac, pro- 
boscis, mouth and tentacles. 

Hydrocladium. A term applied to the hydrotheca-bearing branchlets in the 
Plumularide. 

Hydrophore. A hydrotheca reduced to be saucer-shaped,—not deep enough to 
contain the contracted hydranth. Found in the Halecida. 

Hydrotheca. A chitinous protection for the hydranth in calyptoblastic forms. 

Internode. The portion of a stem or branch between two succeeding joints. 

Manubrium. The hollow pedicel supporting the mouth of a medusa. It hangs 
freely into the sub-umbrellar cavity. 

Nematophore. A chitinous receptacle into which the defensive zooid, in the 
form of a sarcodal process, retracts. Also applied to the receptacle and the sarcodal 
process taken together. 

Node. <A joint in the stem or branch. 

Operculum. A chitinous structure of one or more segments, that closes the 
hydrothecal aperture when the hydranth is retracted within. 

Otocyst or lithocyst. A small sac present in the margin of the umbrella of many 
meduse, containing refractory spherules with a sensory function. 

Pedicel. The stalk supporting a hydranth or a gonophore. 


Phylactogonium. An appendage of a hydrocladium, protecting or assisting tc 
protect the gonangia of certain Plumularians. 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN ‘CANADA 139 


Planula or planule. An oval or pyriform, ciliated, free-swimming embryo, 
developed from the ovum, which later becomes attached to form the beginning of a 
hydroid colony. 

Proboscis. The hollow elevation from the body of the hydranth which supports 
the mouth. 

Sessile. A hydranth or a gonophore is said to be sessile when no pedicel is 
present. 

Simple. A stem or branch is said to be simple when it consists of a single tube. 

Sporosac. The sac that contains the generative elements. 

Stolon. A ereeping stem. This may be filiform, or may have cross communica- 
tions with other stolons to form a network. 

Trophosome. <A collective term for a!l the nutritive zooids that go to make up 
a colony and structures that are directly connected with them. 

Zooid. One 6f the individuals, more or less independent, that go to make up a 
colony. Zooids may be nutritive, generative, defensive or sensory. 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA. 


KEY TO FAMILIES. 
Sub-order A. GyMNOBLASTRA. 
Hydroids with hydranths unprotected by hydrothece and gonophores unprotected 
by gonangia or other structures having a similar function. 
a Hydranths with scattered filiform tentacles. Clavide. 
aa Hydranths with one whorl (or two whorls closely approximated) of tentacles 
around the base. 


' b  Hydranths with tentacles much reduced in number, even on the nutritive 


zoolds. Laride. 
bb Hydranths with tentacles not reduced in number. 
ce Probosecis conical, dome-shaped or clavate. 
d Colony regularly branched. 
e Gonophores producing fixed sporosacs. Bineride. 
ee Gonophores producing free-swimming sporosacs. 
Dicorynide. 
eee Gonophores producing free meduse. Bougainvillide. 
dd Colony not branched, with basal encrusting ccenosare. 
Hydractinide. 
ce Proboscis trumpet-shaped. Eudendride. 


aaa Hydranths with a proximal and a distal set of filiform tentacles. 
f Proximal set in a single whorl, distal set in several closely placed whorls. 
Corymorphide. 
ff Proximal and distal set each in a single whorl. Tubularide. 
aaaa WHydranths with all tentacles capitate. : 
g Tentacles scattered. Gonophores producing free meduse. 


Syncorynida. 
gg Tentacles extremely numerous and closely set. Gonophores producing 
fixed sporosacs. Myriothelide. 


aaaaa Hydranths with a single whorl of filiform tentacles around the base and 
capitate tentacles scattered over the rest of the body. Pennaridr. 


140 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Sub-order B. CALYPTOBLASTEA. 


Hydroids with hydranths protected by hydrothece and .gonophores protected by 
gonangia or other similar structures. 
a Hydranths with trumpet-shaped proboscis and campanulate hydrothece. 
Campanularidia, 


aa Hydranths with conical proboscis and tubular or turbinate hydrothece. 
b Hydrothece with an operculum of converging segments. 


Campanulinide. 
bb. Hydrothece without operculum. 
ec Gonosome a coppinia mass. Lafeide. 
ce Gonangia not collected into a mass. Hebellide. 
aaa Hydrothece reduced to saucer-shaped hydrophores. Halecide. 
aaaa_ Hydrothece sessile, adnate to main stem or branches. . 
d WHydrothece arranged on both sides of branches. Sertularide. 
dd WHydrothece on one side only of branches. Plumularide. 


Sub-order GY MNOBLASTEA. 


Family CLAVIDA. 


, Trophosome. WHydranths clavate or fusiform with scattered filiform tentacles. 
Gonosome. Gonophores producing fixed sporosacs. 


KEY TO GENERA. 
a Colony branched. 1 : Cordylophora. 
b Zooids rising singly from the stolon. Clava. 


Genus CoRDYLOPHORA. 


Trophosome. Colony branched, main stem well developed; hydranths with scat- 
tered filiform tentacles; proboscis fusiform. 


Gonosome. Gonophores borne on the stem or branches, produce fixed sporosacs. 


Cordylophora lacustris Allman. 


Trophosome. Colony regularly branched, main 
branches also branched, 6 cm. in height; branches and 
pedicels annulated at the base; hydranth with 16-20 
scattered filiform tentacles. 


Gonosome. Gonophores oval on very short, annu- 
lated pedicels, borne on the stem or branches, invested 
by a thin perisarcal covering. 


; INO; iL: 
Cordylophora lacustris 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 141 


Genus CILAVA. 


Trophosome. Zooids rising singly from a reticular stolon; tentacles numerous, 
scattered, filiform; proboscis clavate. 

Gonosome. Gonophores produce fixed sporosacs in clusters a short distance below 
the proximal] tentacles. 


Clava leptostyla Agassiz. 


Trophosome. Zooids clustered, 1cm. in height, 
constricted at the base; proboscis clavate, tentacles 
20-30. 


Gonosome. Sporosacs spherical, appearing in large 
clusters just below the proximal tentacles. : 


No. 2, 
Clava leptostyla. 


Family LARIDZ. 


Trophosome. Zooids rising singly from a reticular stolon; tentacles much reduced 
in number, very extensile; proboscis fusiform. 


Gonosome. Gonophores producing free meduse. 


Genus MoNoBRACHIUM. 


Trophosome. Zooids, each with a single tentacle which has great freedom of 
movement; mouth terminal. 


Gonosame. Medusa buds grow from the stolon; meduse with four radial canals. 


Monobrachium parasitum Mereschkowsky. 


Trophosome. Stolon growing over living molluse 
shells; the zooids appear at the hinge of the shell and 
the network spreads over the surface to the margin, 
with a number of free ends supplied with batteries of 
thread cells, projecting beyond it; proboscis about 
one-third the length of the whole zooid; tentacle when 
extended longer than the body of the zooid; zooid 0-7 
or 0-8 mm. long, tentacle extended 1 mm. 


Gonosome. Gonophores grow on short pedicels 
from stolon, one medusa bud to each gonophore; 
medusa globular, with four radial canals. 


No. 3. 
Monobrachium parasitum. 


142 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 
/ \ 


Family DICORYNIDZ. 


Trophosome. Colony branched or unbranched; hydranths with a single whorl 
of filiform tentacles. 

Gonosome. Gonophores producing free-swimming, ciliated sporosacs, each with 
two filiform, ciliated tentacles. 5 


Genus DICORYNE. 


Trophosome. Stolon reticular; stem unbranched or branched; hydranths with 
a single whorl of filiform tentacles; proboscis conical. 


Gonosome. Gonophores borne on aborted hydranths, from the stem or stolon; 
sporosacs, ciliated, free-swimming, with two ciliated tentacles. 


KEY TO SPECIES. 


a Stem thin, flexible, not annulated, slightly branched and sometimes dichotom- 
ously divided. E D. flexuosa. 
b Stem stiff, erect, distinctly annulated, not dichotomously divided. D. conferta. 


Dicoryne conferta (Alder). 


Trophosome. Stem unbranched or with irregularly arranged, 
erect branches, from a recticular stolon, annulated towards the base 
and more or less wrinkled throughout; 15 mm. in height; hydranth 
long-fusiform, with 16 tentacles. 


Gonosome. Gonophores borne in a cluster at the base of an 
aborted hydranth, from the stolen and from the stem, oval; pedicel 
long, sporosacs oval. No. 4. 


Dicoryne flexuosa Sars. 


Trophosome. Stem flexible, slightly branched or 
dichotomously divided; 7mm. in height; hydranth 
short fusiform with about 12 tentacles. 


Gonosome. Gonophores on short pedicels, growing 
from the stem only; sporosacs more numerous in the 
cluster than in the preceding species. 


No. 5. 
Dicoryne flexuosa (after Sars). 


Family SYNCORYNIDZ. 


Trophosome. Hydranths club-shaped, with numerous scattered, capitate ten- 
tacles. 


Gonosome. Gonophores on body of the hydranth produce free meduse. 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 143 


Genus SyNCORYNE. 
Trophosome. Colony unbranched or slightly branched; tentacles strongly capi- 
tate. 


Gonosome. Gonophores producing free meduse with four radial canals and 
four rudimentary tentacles. 


' Syncoryne mirabilis (Agassiz). 
Trophosome. Colony unbranched or slightly and_ irregularly 
branched; hydranth stout; tentacles 15 or more. 


Gonosome. Gonophores nearly spherical, borne among or below the 
proximal tentacles. 


No. 6. 
Syncoryne 
mirabilis. 


Family BIMERID-. 


Trophosome. Hydranth with conical or dome-shaped proboscis, surrounded by 
a single whorl of filiform tentacles. 


Gonosome. Gonophores producing fixed sporosacs. 


KEY TO GENERA, 


a Sporosacs permanently surrounded by perisare. ; Bimeria. 
b Sporosaes not permanently surrounded by perisare. Garveia. 


Genus BIwerra. 


Trophosome. Colony usually branched, invested with a conspicuous perisare, 
which covers the base of the tentacles; hydranths fusiform. 


Gonosome. Gonophores covered with perisare throughout the whole period of 
development. 


Bimeria brevis Fraser. 


Trophosome. Zooids often appearing singly but 
sometimes as unbranched or slightly branched colonies ; 
8mm. in height; branches given off irregularly; peri- 
sare wringled but not annulated; creased around the 
base of the small hydranth; tentacles 11-12. 


Gonosome. ‘Unkndwn. 


No. 7. 
° Bimeria brevis. 


144 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Genus GARVEIA. 


Trophosome. Colony branched or unbranched; perisare conspicuous; hydranth 
fusiform. 


Gonosome. Gonophores borne on branch-like pedicels; if perisare covers the 
gonophore at early stage, it later bursts off, leaving a cup-like expansion around the 
base. 


Garveia grenlandica Levinsen. 


Trophosome. Stems unbranched or very slightly 
branched, 8mm. high; perisare wrinkled or sometimes 
irregularly annulated; perisare passing over the lower 
part of the body of the hydranth; tentacles 10. 


Gonosome. Gonophores borne on the stolon; 
pedicels short with wrinkled flap or cup of perisare 
around the base of the gonophore. 


No. 8. 
Garveia groenlandica. 


Family BOUGAINVILLIDA. 


Trophosome. UHydranths fusiform or clavate; proboscis conical or dome-shaped; 
one whorl! of short filiform tentacles. 
Gonosome. Gonophores producing free meduse. 


Genus BouGAINVILLIA. 


Trophosome. Perisare well developed on the branches as well as on the main 
stem. 

Gonosome. Gonophores supported on short pedicels; meduse with four radial 
canals and four clusters of tentacles. 


Bougainvillia carolinensis (McCrady). 


Trophosome. Colony irregularly branched, 30cm. high; 
branches annulated proximally; hydranths with long conical pro- 
boseis; tentacles 10-12. 


Gonosome. Gonophores singly or in small clusters on stem 
‘and branches. 


INgoweey 
Bougainvillia 
carolinensis. 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 145 


Family EUDENDRID&. 


Trophosome. Colony branching, perisare well developed; proboscis trumpet- 
shaped but with much freedom of movement; tentacles filiform in a single whorl. 


Gonosome. Gonophores producing fixed sporosacs; male and female gonophores 
usually dissimilar; male gonophores in whorls, female gonophores in clusters. 


Genus EUDENDRIUM. 


Characters as in the family. 
KEY TO SPECIES. 


a Main stem, primary and even secondary branches, fascicled. 
b Branches and pedicels slightly annulated proximally or pedicels only 
annulated throughout. E. rameum. 
bb Branches and pedicels extensively annulated. E. cingulatum. 


aa Main stem fascicled. 
c Colony very bushy with branches extremely numerous. 4. annulatum. 


ee Colony not bushy. 


) d. Branches and pedicels annulated proximally. E. ramosum. 
dd Branches and pedicels entirely annulated. E. dispar. 
aaa Stem simple. 

e Gonophores at the base of hydranths that are not aborted. E. album. 

ee Gonophores at the base of aborted hydranths. 
f Branches short and strong. E. capillare. 
ff Branches if present long; main stem, branches and pedicels tenuous. 
EF. tenue. 


Eudendrium album Nutting. 


Trophosome. Colony minute, 8mm., stem unbranched, or with a 
few straggling branches; stem, branches and pedicels very slender; 
annulations indefinite. 

Gonosome. Gonophores borne at the base of the hydranth, which 
may be smaller but not entirely aborted; male and female gonophores 
in small clusters. 

Colour.. Hydranths and female gonophores white; male gonophores 
pale yellow; hydrocaulus nearly transparent. 


No. 10. 
Budendriwimn 
album. 


Eudendrium annulatum Norman. 


Trophosome. Stem shrubby, covered with a dense network of 
anastomosing tubes, 10 em., branches very numerous making the 
colony look bushy, fascicled in the proximal portion; ultimate 
branches slender, these and the pedicels closely annulated through- 
out. 

Gonosome. Gonophores clustered at the base of hydranths 
that are on short, annulated pedicels. 


Colour. Yellowish throughout in preserved specimens. 


No. 11. 
Eudendrium 
annulatum. 


79550—10 


146 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Eudendrium capillare Alder. 


Trophosome. Colony small, 12 mm., usually 
branched, with the branches as strong as the main 
stem; branches and pedicels annulated proximally. 


Gonosome. Male and female gonophores at the 
base of aborted hydranths, on long, rather rigid pedi- 
cels, rising from either the stem or stolon. 


_ Colour. MNydranths and male gonophores light 
green; female gonophores reddish orange. MoLde 
Eudendrium capillare. 


Eudendrium cingulatum Stimpson. 


“Polypidom small, very irregularly branched, somewhat as in F. rameum, but 
not so thickly; branches strongly ringed, sometimes throughout their length, always 
near their origin; polypes small with long tentacles and broad blunt proboscis. It 
differs from EH. rameum in the more numerous rings on the branches, and from F. 
ramosum in the mode of branching.” (Stimpson). 


Eudendrium dispar Agassiz. 


Trophosome. Colony large, 10cm., main stem 
slightly fascicled; branches and pedicels extensively 
annulated and the main stem wrinkled or annulated 
to some extent; branching irregular. 


Gonosome. Gonophores at the base of the hydranth 
or seattered down the strongly annulated pedicel; 
hydranth, although sometimes smaller, is often of 
normal] size, 


Colour. Stem greenish; hydranths rose-coloured; 
male gonophores orange; female gonophores pink. 


Eudendrium rameum (Pallas) 


Trophosome. Stem large, fascicled, much and 
irregularly branched, large branches fascicled; stem 
and main branches, smooth or but slightly wrinkled 
or annulated; small branches annulated proximally; 
pedicels annulated throughout. 


Gonosome. Gonophores borne at the base of 
hydranths that are normal or not entirely aborted. 


Colour. Stem dark brown; hydranths reddish; 


No. 14. 


female gonophores yellow. % Eudendrium rameum. 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 147 


Eudendrium ramosum (Linneeus). 


Trophosome. Stem slightly faseicled, much and 
irregularly branched, height 15em.; hydranth pedicels 
usually vertically placed on the pinnately arranged 
branches; annulations at base of branches and pedicels. 


Gonosome. Gonophores borne at the base of the 
hydranth or some distance down the pedicels; hydranths 
normal or reduced in size. 


Colour. Hydranths and male gonophores vermilion 
or pink; female gonophores bright orange-red. 


No. 15. 
Budendrium ramosum. 


Eudendrium tenue A. Agassiz. 


Trophosome. Stem simple, height 15 mm.; branch- 
ing irregular, the branches and pedicels long and very 
slender, searcely annulated. 


Gonosome. Gonophores borne on aborted hydranths 
on pedicels shorter than those supporting the normal 
hydranths. 


Colour. Bright pink throughout. 


No. 16. 
Budendrium tenue. 


Family HYDRACTINID. 


Trophosome. Colony formed of distinct nutritive and generative zooids from 
a common basal cenosare, which ordinarily is beset with spines; other kinds of 


zooids may be present; hydranths with one row of filiform tentacles; proboscis conical 
or clavate. 


Gonosome. Gonophores in the form of fixed sporosacs on special generative 
zooids. 


Genus Hypracrinta. 


Characters as in the family. 


Hydractinia echinata (Fleming). 


Trophosome. Colony rising from a basal ccenosare, which overlies a chitinous, 
encrusting plate, provided with jagged spines at intervals; hydranths capable of 
79550—103 


\ 


148 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


great contraction and extension, hence the body or the 
tentacles may be long and slender or short and stout. 


Gonosome. Sporosaes borne on special generative 
zooids,” usually, smaller than the nutritive, without 
tentacles or mouth; male and female zooids in different 
colonies. 


Other. zooids.. Defensive zooids are present, long, 
slender, oftén doubled on themselves to form spirals, 
without tentacles«but. well supplied with batteries of 
nematocysts. 


_ Sensory zooids, longer even then the defensive Fosdedotnig leahtnmin 
zooids, without tentacles or nematocysts. 


Family MYRIOTHELID. 


“Polypites solitary, with very numerous, minute, capitate tentacula scattered 


over the body ” (Hincks). 
: Genus MyrioTHELa. 


Trophosome. “ Polypites solitary, cylindrical, terminating above in a conical 
proboscis, springing from an adherent base, which is clothed with a chitinous poly- 
pary; tentacles very va capitate, covering the greater portion of the body” 
(Hincks). - , 


Gonosome. “Gonophores borne on coryniform processes, clustering around the 
base of the polypites, and containing fixed sporosacs” (Hincks). 


Myriothela phrygia (Fabricius). 


Trophosome. “ Polypite cylindrical, very extensile; tentacles extremely .numer- 
ous and closely set, covering about three-fourths of the body, with a reddish-brown 
spot on the capitulum; the basal portion of the body ; 
minutely speckled with white and crowded with the 
processes bearing the gonophores, which are slender, 
pointed above with a few wart-like tentacles on the 
upper portion; the adherent base massive, of a dark 
brown colour, sending out a few tubular and root-like 
prolongations ” (Hincks). 


Gonosome. “Gonophores produced a little below 
the tentacles, subsessile, globular, when mature of 4 
very large size and a pink colour; embryo actiniform ” 
(Hincks). ° fix 2 No. 18. 


Myriothela phrygia (after Hincks) 
(oacnhes ey Family PENNARIDA. 
Trophosome. WHydranths with a proximal whorl of long filiform tentacles 
around the body, and several capitate tentacles scattered distally. 


Gonosome. Gonophores producing free meduse. 


Genus ACAULIS. 


Trophosome. WHydranth stemless, sub-cylindrical; tentacles of proximal set fili- 
form; tentacles of distal set, short, strongly capitate, numerous, scattered over the 
body of the hydranth. (From Stimpson’s description.) 


Gonosome. Gonophores scattered, sessile on the body of the hydranth between 
the proximal and distal set of tentacles. (From Stimpson’s description.) 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 149 
Acaulis primarius (Stimpson). 


Trophosome. Hydranth with 8 proximal tentacles 
and numerous short capitate tentacles scattered over 
the distal two-thirds of the body. (From Stimpson’s 
description.) 


Gonosome. Gonophores thickly scattered over the 
space between the proximal and distal _ tentacles. 
(From Stimpson’s description.) 


No. 19. 

4caulis primarius (after Stimpson) 

~ Nore.—Allman came to the conclusion that this was’ really a. stalked. form. in 

which the hydranth had merely broken away. He was also of the opinion. that, the 

specimens that Stimpson described as later stages of this species were really of an 

entirely different species, belonging to the genus Corynitis or Halocharis. As 

Stimpson gives but the one figure, that of the earlier form, and as it is eels at 
present to place the other form, it has not been included. 


Family CORYMORPHID. 


Trophosome. Zooids solitary, large; hydranths with a proximal and a distal 
set of filiform tentacles, 


Gonosome. Gonophores producing free. meduse . with four pagal canals and 
three of the four tentacles aborted or very much reduced. 


Genus CoryMORPHA. 


Trophosome. Pedicel with perisare represented by a thin pellicle; tubular, fleshy 
processes growing from the pedicel near the base; hydranth abruptly distinct from 
the pedicel; pepe tentacles longer than distal; distal set in several continguous 
TOWs.. 

= Gondeonie: Nakaobliores ihe on branched pedicels between the ‘two'sets of ten- 
tacles. «, 


Corymorpha pendula Agassiz. 


Trophosome. '.Zooid 9 or 10cm. high, when fully 
extended; pedicel :with an anastomosing canals in the 
cenosare, but they usually run in the same direction; 
the place of the hydrorhiza taken by the free ends of 
the ccenosareal tubes. 


Gonosome. Gonophores producing medusze with 
one long and three short tentacles. 


No. 20. 
Corymorpha pendula. 


150 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 
Family TUBULARID ®. 


Trophosome. Stem unbranched or irregularly branched; perisare definite; 
hydranths with a distal and a proximal set of filiform tentacles. 
Gonosome. Gonophores producing actinule. 


Genus TUBULARIA. 


Trophosome. Stem unbranched or irregularly branched; proximal set of ten- 
tacles longer than the distal set, each set in one whorl. 

Gonosome. Gonophores in clusters, attached by means of stalked peduncles to 
the body of the hydranth just distal to the proximal tentacles; female gonophores 
producing actinule. 


- KEY TO SPECIES. 
a Perisare extensively annulated. , T. laryne. 


aa Perisare not extensively annulated. 


b Stems unbranched 


c Stems jointed. T. couthouyt. 
cc Stems not jointed. T. indivisa. 
bb Stem irregularly branched. 
d Medusoids with laterally compressed apical processes. T. crocea. 
dd Medusoids with conical apical processes. 
e Hydranths large T. spectabilis. 
ee Hydranths small. > TT. tenella. 


Tubularia couthouyi Agassiz. 


Trophosome. Stem unbranched, height 15 
cm.; deep annulations at intervals dividing 
the stem; hydranth large, 3 or 4 cm. in dia- 
meter when tentacles are extended; proximal 
tentacles 30-40, long; distal up to 50, shorter 
and smaller. 

Gonosome. Gonophores growing in dense 
racemes; sporosacs with 4 radial canals but 
without apical processes. 


No. 21. 
Tubularia couthouyi. 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 151 


Tubularia crocea (Agassiz). 


Trophosome. Colony growing in thick tufts which 
make a tangled mass below, but separate into long 
stems above which reach out of the mass; branching 
irregular; stems slightly and irregularly annulated; 
proximal and distal set of tentacles each 20-24, 


Gonosome.. Gonophores growing in long racemes, 
without radia] canals, but with 4 laterally compressed 
apical processes. 


Wo. 22; 
Tubularia crocea. 


Tubularia indivisa Linnzeus. 


Trophosome. Stems growing in clusters, un- 
branched, height 30cm.; perisare heavier than in 
other species; little or no sign of annulation; proximal 
tentacles up to 40, long and slender; distal set much 
more numerous but shorter. 


Gonosome. Gonophores in racemes; sporosacs with 
4 radial canals but without apical processes. 


No. 23. 
Tubularia indivisa. 


Tubularia larynx Ellis and Solander. 


Trophosome. Stems clustered, often tangled 
at the base, height 2cm.; perisare extensively 
annulated, annulations varying from deep to 
shallow; proximal and distal set of tentacles 
each about 20. 


Gonosome. Gonophores in denser, more 
compact racemes; sporosaecs without radial 
canals; apical processes scarcely developed. 


No. 24. 
Tubularia laryncz. 


152 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Téa bulacan spectabilis (Agassiz). 


Trophosome. . Stem irregularly branched; height 
10cm.; with few or no annulations; proximal and 
distal set of tentacles each about 20. 


Gonosome. Gonophores in large, loose racemes; 
sporosacs without radial canals but with conical apical 
processes. 


No. 25. 


Tubularia spectabilis. 


Tubularia tenella Agassiz. 


Similar to the preceding species but smaller, 2 cm. high. It is possible that 
it is not a distinct species. , 


ae Sub-order CALYPTOBLASTEA. 
| Family CAMPANULARIDA. 


Trophosome. Hydrothece campanulate, never sessile, never adnate or immersed 
in the stem or branches; diaphragm always present; hydranth with trumpet- ae 
proboscis. 

Gonosome. Gonophores produce fixed sporosacs or free meduse; the racine 
when produced usually have otocysts in the margin and have the gonads along the 
course of the radial canals. 


KEY TO GENERA. 


a Gonophores producing fixed sporosacs in which the planule are developed. 
b Reproduction by sporosacs which remain within the gonangia during 
the development of the planule. Campanularia. 
bb Reproduction by sporosaes which are extruded into a sac at the summit 
of the gonangium, in which sac the planule are developed. 
ge Gonothyrea. 
aa Gonophores, producing medusoids without mouth or digestive cavity. Hucopella. 


aaa Gotidphores producing free raediinel 
é. Meduse globular, with four tentacles aii time of eheration: Clytia. 
ce ‘Medusz flatter, with 16 or more tentacles at time of liberation. -Obelhaa. 


Genus CAMPANULARIA. 


Trophosome. Stem unbranched, regularly or. irregularly branched. 
Gonosome. Gonophores producing sporosacs, which remain within the gonan- 
gium while the pani develop. 


KEY TO SPECIES. 
a Stem fascicled. 
b Hydranth pedicels appearing in whorls. CO. verticillata. 
bb Hydranth pedicels given off singly. C. gelatinosa. 


-HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 153 


aa Stem branched but not fascicled 
c Hydrothecal margin entire. 


- qd Diameter of hydrotheca as great as its depth. C. flexuosa. 
dd Diameter of hydrotheca much less than its depth. C. amphora. 
ec .Hydrothecal margin with teeth having two cusps. C. neglecta. 


aaa Stem unbranched or but slightly branched. 
e Hydrothecal margin entire. C. integra. 


ee Hydrothecal margin toothed. 
f MHydrothece with vertical lines. 
g Lines very distinct throughout the whole length. 


-h Gonangia annulated. C. hinckst. 
hh Gonangia smooth. C. grenlandica. 
gg Lines distinct towards margin only. 
4 Gonangia long, with bottle neck. C. magnifica. 
a Gonangia bowl-shaped. C. speciosa. 


fj Hydrothece without vertical lines. 
j Hydrotheee small, tubular, with blunt, 


shallow teeth. C. volubilis. 
jj Uydrothece large, broadening towards 
the margin, teeth blunt, deep. C. gigantea. 


Campanularia amphora (Agassiz). 


Trophosome. Colony loosely branched, height 15 em.; annula- 
tions at the base of the branches and above the origin of the branches 
on the main stem; pedicels unusually annulated throughout; hydro- 
theese deeper than wide; margin entire. 

Gonosome. Female gonangia elongate-oval, about four times as 


long as the hydrothece, somewhat truncate at top, aperture small; 
male gonang’a more slender with a slightly produced neck. 


NO: 26.007 
Campanwaria 
amphora, 


Campanularia flecuosa (Hincks) 


Trophosome. Stem flexuous, 3 em. high; pinnately 
branched; annulated at the base and above the origin 
of the pedicels; pedicels annulated throughout; hydro- 
thecze as broad as deep, margin entire. 

Gonosome. _Gonophores axillary, on annulated 


pedicels; gonangia large, elongate, ovoid but truncated 
distally. 


No. 27. 
Campanularia flexuosa, + 


154 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Campanularia gelatinosa (Pallas). 


Trophosome. Stem and main branches fascicled; 
height 25 em.; branchlets numerous, whitish, appear- 
ing gelatinous in the water; branches annulated at the 
origin; pedicéls vary in length, short ones annulated 
throughout, long ones annulated towards each end; 
hydrothece deeply campanulate, tapering gradually 
from margin to base; margin with about 10 teeth, each 
with two sharp cusps 


Gonosome. Gonangia elongated oval, with dis- 
tinct neck and tapering base; pedicels short, annu- 
lated. 


Campanularia gigantea Hincks. 


Trophosome. Stem delicate, slightly branched, 
each branch forming a pedicel for a hydrotheca; pedi- 
cels annulated at the base; hydrothece large, much 
deeper than wide, the lower portion tapering gradu- 
ally to the base; margin with about 10 rounded, deeply- 
eut teeth. 


Gonosome. Unknown. 


Campanularia grenlandica Levinsen. 


Trophosome. Stem unbranched, forming the pedi- 
ee! for the hydranth, annulated or wavy throughout; 
nydrothece tubular, urceolate, the base hemispherical; 
margin with 10-12 teeth, rounded or squared at the tip; 
lines running down from the spaces between the teeth, 


the full length of the hydrotheca. 


Gonosome. Gonangia large, with smooth surface, 
bottle-shaped with long neck; pedicel short. 


Campanularia hincksi Alder. 


Trophosome. Stem unbranched, forming the pedi- 
ce] for the hydranth, long, slender, annulated below 
the hydrotheca and at the base; hydrothece Ceep, nearly 
tubular, with lines running from the margin almost to 
‘the base; margin with square-topped teeth. 


Gonosome. Gonangia borne on the stolon, ovoid, 
truneate, corrugated; pedicel short, not annulated. 


No. 28. 
Campanularia gelatinosa. 


No. 29. 
Campanularia gigantea. 


No. 30. 


NS Oe ath tn et 


No. 31. 
Campanularia hinekst. 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 


Campanularia integra MacGillivray. 


Trophosome. Stem unbranched, forming the pedi- 
cel for the hydranth, long and slender, varying much 
in the amount of the annulation but always annulated 
at the base and below the hydrotheca; hydrotheca 
small, tapering gradually from margin to base; margin 
entire. 


Gonosome. Gonangium large, deeply corrugated, 
each corrugation with a distinct keel; pedicel short, 
annulated. 


Campanularia magnifica Fraser. 


Trophosome. Stem unbranched, growing from a 
stout stolon that is not annulated; hydrotheca large, 
slightly urceolate; margin flaring slightly, with 10-12 
low, blunt teeth; lines running some distance down 
from the margin; pedicel annulated throughout. 


Gonosome. Gonangium large, longer than the 
hydrotheea, oval, distal end drawn out into a bottle- 
neck, very slightly corrugated; pedicel short. 


Campanularia neglecta (Alder). 


Trophosome. Stem pinnately branched, annulated 
above the margin of each pedicel; pedicels annulated 
at each end or throughout; hydrotheece narrow, deep, 
nearly tubular; margin toothed, each tooth provided 
with two sharp points. 


Gonosome. Gonangium pyriform, axillary or on 
the pedicels; pedicel short, annulated. 


Campanularia speciosa Clark. 


Trophosome. Stem unbranched from an annu- 
lated stolon; pedicels short, annulated throughout; 
hydrotheca large, urceolate; margin with low, rounded 
teeth; lines running down a short distance from the 
margin. 


Gonosome. Gonangium bowl-shaped, as wide as 
deep; pedicel short. 


No. 32. 
Campanularia integra. 


No. 33. 
Campanularia magnéfica, 


No. 34. 
Campanularia neglecta. 


No, 35. 
Campanularia speciosa. 


155 


156 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Campanularia verticillata (Linnus). 


Trophosome. Main stem fascicled throughout, 
ending like a stump; main branches also fascicled ; | 
hydranths arranged in irregular whorls, with long 
pedicels, annulated or wavy throughout, hydrotheca 
rather large, not much deeper than wide; margin with 
12-14 blunt teeth. 


Gonosome. Gonangia sessile on the main stem, No. 36. 
fusiform with bottle neck; surface smooth; ova large. Campanularia verticillata. 


Campanularia volubilis (Linneus). 


Trophosome. Stem unbranched; stolon smooth or twisted; 
pedicel slender, spirally twisted or annulated; hydrotheca small, 
narrow and deep, tubular; margin with about 10 rounded, often 
very low teeth. 


Gonosome. Gonangium flask-shaped, with long narrow 
neck, borne on the stolon; pedicel short, annulated. 


No. 37. 
Campanularia volubilis. 


Genus CLYTIA. 


Trophosome. Stem unbranched or irregularly branched. . 
Gonosome. \Gonophores producing free meduse which are somewhat sphericals 
with four tentacles at the time of liberation. 


. KEY TO SPECIES. 


a Stem usually much branched. 


b Gonangium corrugated. . 0. edwardsi. 
aa Stem usually unbranched. 
ce Hydrotheca cylindrical, margin with sharp teeth. C. cylindrica. 
ec Hydrotheca campanulate, teeth blunt or rounded. 
d Gonangium smooth. C. noliformis. 
dd Gonangium corrugated. ' CO. johnston. 


Clytia cylindrica Agassiz. 


Trophosome. Stem unbranched; the slender pedi- 
cel annulated proximally and distally; hydrotheca 
cylindrical, twice as deep as*wide, suddenly constricted 
at the base where the diaphragm appears inside; teeth 
10-12, sharp pointed and deeply cut. 


Gonosome:s Gonangium from the stolon or pedicel, 
oblong, or obovate, smooth; pedicel short, with one or 
two annulations. eat 


No. 38. 
Clytia cylindrica. 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 


Clytia edwardsi (Nutting). 


‘Trophosome. Stem usually with few or many 
irregularly arranged branches, 3 em. high; pedicels 
long and slender, annulated proximally and distally; 
hydrotheca deeply .campanulate with 10-14 deeply-cut, 
slender teeth, rounded at the tip. 


Gonosome. Gonangium oblong or oval, corru- 
gated; pedicel short, annulated. 


Clytia johnstoni (Alder). 


Trophosome. . Stem unbranched or with a single 
branch, annulated proximally and distally; hydrotheca 
broadly campanulate, depth and width nearly equal; 
margin with 12-16 teeth, slightly rounded or sharper. 


Gonosome. Gonangium on the stem or stolon, oval 
or oblong, truncate, corrugated; pedicel short, annu- 
lated. 


Clytia noliformis (McCrady). 


Trophosome.. Stem unbranched, short, stout, exten- 
sively annulated, sometimes throughout he whole length; 
hydrotheca broadly campanulate, as wide as or wider than 
deep; teeth 10-12, rounded at the tip. 


Gonosome. Gonangium on the stolon, almost sessile, 
broadly oval, distal end with a short neck below the rim. 


Genus EUcopPeLLa. 


No. 39. 
Clytia edwardsi. 


; 


No. 40. 
Clytia johnstoni. 


15% 


No. 41. 
Clytia noliformis. 


Trophosome. Stem unbranched; hydrotheca with very thick wall and entire 


margin. 


Gonosome. Gonophores producing large medusoid structures of elongated dome- 


shape, without mouth or digestive cavity. 


Eucopella caliculata (Hincks). 


Trophosome. Stem unbranched, varying in length, 
slightly wavy or annulated, with a distinct double 
annulation below the hydrotheca; hydrotheca with very 
thick wall and entire margin. 


Gonosome. Gonangium large, irregularly obovate, 
the distal end somewhat rounded or truncate, almost 
sessile on the stolon; two medusoids in the gonangium 
at the one time, a large one occupying the greater por- 
tion of the space and a much smaller one below; these 
are elongated oval in shape. 


No. 42. 
Eucopella caliculata. 


158 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Genus GONOTHYR#A. 


Trophosome. Ag in the family. 
Gonosome. Reproduction by fixed medusiform sporosacs, furnished with ten- 
tacles, that at maturity become extra-capsular, remaining attached until their con- 


tents are discharged. 
KEY TO SPECIES. 


a Colony slightly and irregularly branched, margin with sharp teeth. G. gracilis. 
b Colony large, more regularly branched, margin with blunt, square-topped teeth. 
; | G. loveni. 


Gonothyrea gracilis (Sars). 


Trophosome. Colony slightly and _ irregularly 
branched: stem, branches and pedicels, long and 
slender; stem annulated at the base and above the 
origin of each branch; pedicels annulated at each end; 
hydrotheca deep, cylindrical for the upper half and 
gradually tapering to the base; margin with 10-14 
deeply-cut, sharp teeth. 


Gonosome. Gonangium oblong-oval, often flaring | No. 43. 
at the rim; on the stem or stolon; pedicel annulated. Gonothyrea -gracilis. 


Gonothyrea lovent (Allman). 


Trophosome. Stem branched, flexuose, annulated 
above the origin of the branches and pedicels; pedicels 
short, annulated; hydrotheca slightly deeper than wide; 
margin with teeth that are usually square-topped but 
may be more rounded. 


Gonasome. Gonangium axillary, obeonic, on a 
short annulated pedicel. 


No. 44. 
Gonothyrea loveni. 


Genus OBELIA. 


Trophosome. Stem branched, simple or fascicled. 
Gonosome. Gonophores producing free meduse, that are flattened dorso- 
ventrally and when liberated possess more than eight tentacles. 


KEY TO SPECIES. 
a Margin toothed. 
b Gonangium much shorter than the stem internodes, O. longissima. 
bb Gonangium usually longer than the stem internodes. O. articulata. 


aa Margin entire. 
e Hydrotheca pedicels usually forming the only branches. - 
d Hydrotheca deeper than wide. O. dichotoma. 
dd Wydrotheca as wide as deep. 
e Hydrotheea pedicel supported on a shoulder-like process of the 


stem internode. O. geniculata. 
ee No shoulder present on the stem internode. O. hyalina. 

ce Stem with other branches than those formed by the hydranth pedicels. 
f Hydrotheca deeper than wide. O. commissuralis. 


ff Hydrotheca as wide as deep. O. flabellata. 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 


Obelia articulata (A. Agassiz). 


Trophosome. Colony much branched, 7 em. high; 
stem usually simple but in some cases slightly fas- 
cicled; main stem continuous throughout and dis- 
tinctly stouter than: any of the branches; stem and 
branches annulated above the origin of branches and 
pedicels; hydrotheca deeper than wide; margin with 
12-14 low, rounded teeth, pedicel annulated throughout 


Gonosome. Gonangium axillary, long, usually 
longer than the stem internode, a distinct collar pre- 
sent; pedicel annulated. 


No. 45. 


Obelia articulala. 
Obelia commissuralis MeCrady. 


Trophosome. Colony large, 20em.; main stem 
geniculate; branches numerous; stem and_ branches 
annulated above the origin of the branches and pedi- 
eels; hydrotheca small, deeper than wide; margin 
entire; pedicels usually annulated throughout. 


Gonosome. Gonangium axillary, obovate, smooth, 


f ae . 46. 
with a distinct collar. wie 


Obelia comnvissuralis. 


Obelia dichotoma (Linneus). 


Trophosome. Stem 25mm. high, slender, erect, 
unbranched or slightly and irregularly branched; stem 
annulated above the nodes; hydrotheca funnel-shaped 
with polyhedral margin; pedicel usually annulated 
throughout. 


Gonosome. Gonangium axillary, obovate, smooth, 
with tapering collar; pedicel short, annulated. 


No. 47. 
Obelia dichotoma. 


Obelia flabellata (Hincks). 


Trophosome. Colony 25cm. high; stem and_ pri- 
mary branches branched, spreading; stem and branches 
annulated above the origin of the branches and _ pedi- 
cels; hydrotheca as wide as deep; margin entire, pedicel 
annulated. 


Gonosome. Gonangium axillary, obovate, with a 
terminal collar; pedicel short, annulated. No. 48. 


Obelia flabellata. 


160 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 
Obelia geniculata (Linneus). 


Trohphosome. Stem simple, geniculate, 25 mm. 
high, bearing alternate pedicels on shoulder processes 
of the internodes; hydrotheca as. wide as deep; margin 
entire; pedicels annulated at each end or throughout, 
usually curved away from the stem. 


Gonosome. Gonangium axillary, oval or slightly ‘. 
obovate; terminal collar present. No. 49. 


Obelia hyalina Clark. 


Trophosome. Stem 20mm. high, unbranched or 
oceasionally branched, geniculate, with several annu- 
lations above the origin of each pedicel; hydrotheca 
as wide as deep; margin entire, sometimes flaring; 
pedicels annulated at each end or throughout. 


Gonosome. Gonangium axillary, obovate, with or 


: : No. 50. 
without terminal collar. 


Obelia lanai (Pallas). 


Trophosome. Stem filiform of great length, 60 em., 
much branched, branches alternate; stem horn colour or 
black, annulated at base and above each node; hydro- 
theca deeper than wide; margin wavy or with low, 
rounded teeth; pedicel annulated at each end or 
throughout. 


Gonosome. Gonangium axillary, oval, with a dis- 2 
tinct collar, pedicel annulated. No. 51. 
Obelia longissima. 


Family CAMPANULINIDZ. 


Trophosome. Colonies branched or unbranched; hydrothece pedicellate or ses- 
sile, always operculate, the operculum formed of converging segments; hydranths 
with conical proboscis. 

Gonosome. Gonophores producing fixed sporosacs or free medusz. 


KEY TO GENERA. 
a Hydrotheca pedicellate. 
b Hydrotheeal margin distinct. 


c Operculum of several converging segments. Calycella. 
ce Operculum of four segments. Tetrapoma. 
cece Operculum shaped like an A-tent. Stegopoma. 
bb Hydrothecal margin not distinct. / 
Reproduction by fixed sporosacs. Opercularella. 
aa Hydrotheca sessile. 
Hydrotheca tubular, margin indistinct. Cuspidella. 


Genus CALYCELLA. 


Trophosome. A creeping stolon gives rise to tubular hydrothece on annulated 
pedicels; margin distinct; several segments to the operculum. ; 
Gonosome. Gonangia borne on the stolon; acrocysts produced. 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA — 161 


Calycella syringa (Linneus). 


Trophosome. Stolon smooth, not reticu- 
lated; hydroteca tubular; margin distinct; 
operculum of 8 or 9 converging segments; 
pedicel annulated. 


Gonosome. Gonangium on the stolon, 
oval or obovate; ‘sporosaecs extruded into an he 


) 


re 
os. 


acroecyst; pedicel short, annulated. Calycella syringa. 


Genus CUSPIDELLA. 


Trophosome. Hydrotheea tubular, sessile on a creeping stolon. 
Gonosome. Unknown. 
KEY TO SPECIES. 


a Gonangium obvate. O. lacerata. , 
b Hydrotheea segmented. ©. costata. 


. 


Cuspidella costata Hineks. 


Trophosome. ‘‘Hydrothece somewhat broadly cylindrical, encircled 
by two or three rather prominent ribs, or lines of growth, dividing them 
into segments, the uppermost or opercular segment formed of thinner 
material than the rest and supporting a conical, operculum, composed 


s ” ° No. 53. 

of very numerous convergent pieces ” (Hincks).. Cuboiaalie 
Gonosome. Unknown. costata (after 

Hincks). 


Cuspidella grandis Hincks. 


Trophosome. Sessile, tubular hydrothece grow from regularly 
creeping stolon; operculum of 8-10 segments. 


Gonosome. Unknown. 


No. 54. 


grandis. 
Cuspidella 


Genus OPERCULARELLA. 


Trophosome. Hydrotheca elongate-oval with no distinct margin; opercular seg- 
ments long and narrow. 
Gonosome. Reproduction by sporosacs that are extruded into an acrocyst. 


KEY TO SPECIES. 


a Gonangium obovate. O. lacerata. 
b Gonangium fusiform. O. pumila. 


¢ 


79550—-11 


162 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Opercularella lacerata (Johnston). 


Trophosome. Stem short, 25mm., branched, some 
of the branches being almost as long as the main stem; 
stem and branches flexuous, annulated throughout; 
hydrotheea with proximal half oval, distal half conical; 
no distinct margin; segments of the operculum long 
and slender. 


Gonosome. Female gonangia obovate, sessile or on 
short, annulated pedicels, axillary or in place of hydro- 
thece ; male gonangia narrower. 


Opercularella pumila Clark. 


Trophosome. Stem erect or creeping, sparingly 
branched, annulated throughout; hydrotheee similar in 
shape to those of O. lacerata but smaller. 


Gonosome. Gonangia fusiform on short annulated 
pedicels on the stem or stolon. 


Genus STEGOPOMA. 


No. 55. \ 
Opercularella lacerata. 


No. 56. 
Opercularella pumila. 


Trophosome. WHydrotheea with an operculum formed of two membranes folded 
lengthwise and which come together roof-like, with their long edges; each of these 
is separated from the remainder of the hydrotheca by a curved line: at each side the 
hydrothecal wall forms a triangular gable-like structure, between the two opercular 


membranes. 


Gonosome. Gonophores producing fixed sporosacs. 


Stegopoma plicatile (Sars). 


Trophosome. Stem large; stem and main branches 
fascicled; hydrotheca long, tubular or nearly so, sessile 
or with a short pedicel. 


Gonosome. _Gonangium long, oval or cylindrical, 
adhering to the branch for a portion of the length. 


Genus TETRAPOMA. 


No. 57. 
Stegopoma plicatile. 


Trophosome. Hydrothece pedicellate, with distinct four-toothed margin, oper- 


culum of four segments. 
Gonosome. Unknown. 


HYDROIDS OF BASTERN CANADA “163 


Tetrapoma quadridentatum (Hincks). 


Trophosome. “Hydrotheee cylindrical, usually 
slightly ineurved on one side, the height about three 
times as great as the breadth, with a quadridentate 
margin and an operculum composed of four pieces, 
borne on ringed pedicels of variable lengths (3 to 7 
rings) which rise at intervals from a creeping stem” 


(Hincks). No. 58. 
Tetrapoma quadridentatum 
Gonosome. Unknown. (after Hincks). 


Family HALECID. 


..Trophosome. Hydrothece reduced to saucer-shaped hydrophores which usually 
pass without constriction into the large tubular pedicels; margin entire, often flar- 
ing; reduplication common; hydranths with conical proboscis. 

Gonosome. Gonophores producing fixed sporosacs. 


Genus HALecium. 
Trophosome. As in the family. 


Gonosome. Gonangia often of different shape in the two sexes which are found 
on different colonies. 


te KEY TO SPECIES, 
a Stem simple. 
b Stem annulated or wavy throughout. 
e Gonangium laterally compressed, small, with regular margin. 
H. tenellum. 


ce Gonangium very large with wavy or spiny margin. H. minutum. 

bb Stem not annulated. 
d Colony minute, with no definite main stem. H. curvicaule. 
dd Colony large, with main stem and branches. H. sessile. 


aa Stem fascicled. 
e Branches not fascicled. 


f Gonangium large, aperture lateral. H. articulosum. 
ff Gonangium smaller, aperture terminal. H. gracile. 
ee Stem and main branches fascicled. 2 
g Gonangium spiny. H. muricatum 
gg Gonangium smooth. 
h Gonangium aperture terminal. H. halecinum. 
hh Gonangium aperture lateral. H. bean. 


Halecitum articulosum Clark. 


Trophosome. Stem coarse, fascicled; primary 
branches scarce but long, hence colony has a loose 
appearance; branches alternate, pinnate; internodes 
short and getting shorter towards the ends of the 
branches, where they may be as broad as long; hydro- 
thece sessile; margin not flaring. 


Gonosome. Female gonangia large, obovate, borne 
in rows on the upper side of the branches; aperture 
lateral bu& near the distal end; male gonangia oblong. 


79550—113 


Halecium articulosum. 


164 . DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Hlalecium beani (Johnston). 


Trophosome. Stem and main branches fascicled: 
nodes oblique; hydrophore margin flaring little. 


Gonosome. Gonangia borne at the base of the 
hydrophores; male, regular oblong-oval; female, mitten- 
shape, aperture lateral; two small hydranths are pre- 
sent in the aperture. 


Halecium curvicaule Lorenz. 


Trophosome. Colony minute; no continuous main 
stem; a single pedicel grows out from the stolon, just 
below the hydrophore another pedical is given off, or one 
on each side; these bend upward almost at the base; each 
of them may give rise to others in the same way until there 
may be four or five sets of them; each pedicel has an annu- 
lation at its base or occasionally more than one; margin 
of hydrophore flaring but little. 


Gonosome. Male gonangium cylindrical; female pyri- 
form, with terminal aperture from which two hydranths 
appear, both almost sessile, borne on the pedicel just below 
the hydrophore. 


Halecium gracile Verrill. 


Trophosome. Stem fascicled, much _ branched; 
branches long and slender; internodes long and slender; 
margin of hydrophore flaring but little. 


Gonosome. Male gonangia oblong-ovate; female 
pyriform, emarginate; aperture terminal. 


Halecitum halecinum (Linnzus). 


Trophosome. Stem fascicled, erect, rigid; primary 
branches fascicled, few; secondary branches and pedi- 
cels pinnately arranged; hydrophore margin not flaring. 


Gonosome. Gonangia arranged in rows on the 
upper side of the branches; male gonangia obovate- 
oblong; female pyriform; aperture elevated on a collar; 
two hydranths in the aperture. 


No. 60. 
FHTalecium beani. 


No. 61. 
Halecium curvicaule. 


No. 62. 
Halecium gracile. 


No. 63. 
Halecium halecinum. 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 165 


TTalecium minutum Broch. 


Trophosome. Stem simple, slender, irregularly 
branched, wavy or annulated throughout; hydrophores 
with flaring margin, often much reduplicated. 


Gonosome. Gonangia very large, 3 mm. in dia- 
meter, cockle-shaped, with the margin wavy below and 
spiny above. 


No.. 64. 


Halecium minutum. 


Halecitwn muricatum (Ellis and Solander). 


Trophosome. Stem fascicled, stout, rigid, irregu- 
» Jarly and densely branched; primary branches fascicled ; 
ultimate branches and pedicels pinnately arranged; 
hydrophores with margin flaring. 


Gonosome. Gonangia crowded on the branches, 
ovate, much greater in the one diameter than the other; 
numerous prickles on the surface, arranged in raised 
rows. 


No. 65. 


Halecium muricatum. 


Halectum sessile (Hineks). 


Trophosome. “Stem slender, irregularly branched, 
branches not in the same plane; branches jointed, the 
Joints consisting of a single stricture; hydrothece alter- 
nate, very short, and perfectly sessile, not rising at all 
separately from the lateral stem processes of which 
they are mere openings, without being raised into a 
tube” (Hincks). 


Gonosome. Unknown. : No. 66. 
Flalecium sessile (after Hincks: 


Halecium tenellum Wincks. 


Trophosome. Colony small, 15mm. high; stem 
delicate, annulated or wavy, irregularly branches, 
sometimes dichotomously; margin of hydrophore 
strongly flaring. 


Gonosome. Gonangia oval or ovate, broader in 
one diameter than in the other, smooth, axillary or on 
the branch below the hydrophore. No. 67. 


Halecium tenelluin. 


166 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Family HEBELLID. 


Trophosome. Colony simple, creeping; hydranths with conical or dome-shaped 
proboscis; hydrothece tubular, diaphragm present, no operculum. 
Gonosome. Gonangia separate, not collected in a mass. 


Genus HEBELLA. 


Trophosome. A creeping stem gives rise to single hydranths, attached by short 
pedicels; diaphragm present in the hydrothece. 
Gonosome. Gonophores producing free meduse. 


| 


KEY TO SPECIES. 


H. calcarata. 


a Hydrotheca tubular, pedicel very short. 
* HT. pocilum. 


b Hydrotheca urceolate, pedicel longer, annulated. 


Hebella calcarata (A. Agassiz). 


Trophosome. Colony creeping over hydroids or 
occasionally the stem may be free for a short distance; 
hydrothece tubular, coming off singly or in pairs from 
the stolon, almost sessile. 


G ! ‘ No. 68. 
onosome. Gonangia large, oblong - obovate, wébelia soalcaranes 


smooth, almost sessile; aperture terminal, small. 


Hebella pocillum Cope) 


Trophosome. Stem creeping, hydrothece urceolate, on 
relatively long, annulated pedicels. 


Gonosome. Unknown. 


No. 69. 
Ilebella pocillum. 


Family LAF@ID. 


Trophosome. Hydrothece tubular; margin entire; no operculum; hydranth with 
conical proboseis; no diaphragm in any of the genera here included. 
Gonosome. Gonangia closely crowded to form a coppinia mass. 


KEY TO GENERA, 


a Hydrothece directly attached to a reticular stolon. Filellum. 
b Hydrothece attached to a fascicled stem. 

c Hydrothece free or very slightly adherent. Lafea. 

ce Hydrothece partly immersed in the main portion of the stem but not 

distally. Cryptolaria. 


ccc Hydrothece partly immersed in the stem throughout its whole length. 
Grammaria. 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 167 


Genus CRYPTOLARIA. 


Trophosome. Stem strongly fascicled; portion of branches simple; hydrothece 
on the stem more or less immersed, everywhere partly adherent. 
Gonosome. A coppinia mass. 


Cryptolaria trisecrialis Fraser. 


Trophosome. Stem fascicled, very coarse; hydro- 
theew on the stem few in number, appearing singly or 
in opposite or sub-opposite pairs, the distal half free, 
curves outward; on the simple portion of the branches 
the hydrotheee are arranged in three series. 


Gonosome. Unknown. 


No. 70. 


Cryptolaria triserialis. 


, Genus FILELLUM. 


Trophosome. A creeping stem gives rise to partly adherent hydrothecx, the free 
portion curved upward. 


Gonosome. A coppinia mass. 


Filellum serpens (Hassell). 


Trophosome. Stolon reticular; hydrothece ad- 
herent from one-half to two-thirds of their length, 
nearly the same size throughout, not annulated but 
sometimes transversely striated. 


Gonosome. Coppinia mass compact; gonangia not 
so closely placed as in some other species; hydrothecal 
tubes long and slender. 


Filellum serpens. 
Genus GRAMMARIA, 


Trophosome. Stem fascicled, consisting of a hydrothecate axial tube surrounded 
by a number of peripheral non-hydrothecate tubes; hydrothece partly adherent. 
Gonosome. A coppinia mass. 


KEY TO SPECIES. 


a Portion of hydrotheeca not immersed, curved outward. G. abietina. 
b Portion of hydrotheca not immersed, curved inward. C. gracilis. 


168 DEPARTMENT OF TH# NAVAL SERVICE 


Grammaria abietina (Sars). 


Trophosome. Stem stout, irregularly branched; 
branches constricted at the base, resembling the main 
stem in all particulars; a large portion of the hydro- 
theca extending beyond the outer tubes of the stem, 
the free portion directed outwards; orifice nearly cir- 
cular; margin vertical. 


Gonosome. ‘“Coppinia generally of an irregular 
or oval form; all the tubes extending radially from it 
bend at a certain distance from the surface in all 
directions, thus forming a network, lying like a capsule 
outside the cluster of gonangia” (Bonnevie). 


No. 72. 
Grammaria abielina. 


Grammaria gracilis Stimpson. 


“ Polypidom slender, with a polished appearance; cells small, elongated, project- 
ing, but curved inward at the extremities, and distant from each other in the very 
irregular rows; colour dark brown, sometimes black” (Stimpson). 


Genus Laraa. e 


Trophosome. Mature stems strongly fascicled and erect; young stems may be 
simple and creeping; hydrothece nearly always entirely free from the stem, never 
immersed. 


Gonosome.’ A coppinia mass. 


KEY TO SPECIES. 
a No erect or fascicled stem. LL. pygmea. 
aa Stem when mature, erect, fascicled. 
b Hydrothece sessile, sometimes slightly adherent at the base. LI. dumosa. 


bb Hydrothece pedicellate. 
ec Hydrothece convex, convex side uppermost. 
d Wydrothece making an angle of less than 45° with the stem or 
branch, stem not distinguishable from branches. J. gracillima. 
dd ¥ydrothece making an angle of 45° to 60° with the stem, main 
stem distinct. L. fruticosa. 
ec Hydrothece symmetrical. L. symmetrica. 


Lafwa dumosa (Fleming). 


Trophosome. Mature stem strongly fascicled, 
erect, coarse, much branched; young stem either erect 
or ereeping over other h,droids; hydrothece sessile, 
usually free from the stem but occasionally those on 
the distal part of the stem are slightly adherent. 


Gonosome. The gonangia of the coppinia mass, 
as seen from the surface, are hexagonal, containing the - 
orifice at the centre; they are closely set out and the 


elongated hydrothece come out at intervals among them. 
4 


No. 73. 
Lafra dumosa. 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 169 


Lafea fruticosa Sars. 


Trophosome. Stem fascicled, with many large 
branches regularly arranged; pedicels long with three 
or four twists, passing out at an angle of 45° to 60° 
from the stem; hydrothece slightly convex with the 
lower wall more nearly in line with the pedicel than 
the upper. 

No. 74. 


Gonosome. Coppinia with long hydrothece curved 
Lafea fruticosa. 


spirally. 
Lafea gracillima (Alder). 


Trophosome. Stem fascicled, very much branched 
but the main stem is indistinguishable from the 
branches; hydrothece long, tubular, convex, coming off 
from the stem at an angle of less than 45°; pedicels 
with one or two twists. 


Gonosome. Coppinia similar to that of L. dumosa No. 75. 
but the gonangia as viewed from the surface are more Lajee ‘graaitimd: 
nearly circular than hexagonal. 


Lafea pygnuea Hineks. 


Trophosome. Stem creeping; hydrotheexe small, almost sym- 
metrical; pedicels with two or three twists. 


Gonosome. Coppinia oval, tubes long, stout, strongly bent, forming bs 
a complete network around the gonangia. (According to Broch.) pte 
pygme. 
-  Trophosome. Stem erect, fascicled, irregularly branched 
hydrothece symmetrical, coming off from the stem nearly at 
right angles; pedicels longer than in other species, with five 
or six annulations or twists. 


Gonosome. ‘‘Coppinia with regular hexagonal facets in 
the middle of which is a tubular opening; the tubes are com 
paratively few in number, very thick and strong, quite No. 77. 
irregularly eurved ” (Bonnevie). Lafaa syniinetrica. 


Family SERTULARID AE. 


Trophosome. Hydrothece sessile, usually arranged on both sides of the stem 
or branches and more or less adnate to them. 
Gonosome. Gonophores producing fixed sporosacs. 


KEY TO GENERA, 


a Hydrothece all on one side of the branches, their distal ends alternating right 


and left. Hydrallmania. 
aa Hydrothece arranged in two longitudinal rows. 
b Hydrothece in opposite pairs. Sertularia. 


bb Hydrothece alternate. ; 
c¢ Opereulum of one adeauline flap. 

d Hydrothecal aperture small, body flask-shaped. Abictinaria. 
dd Wydrothecal aperture large, body not flask-shaped. Dziphasia. 

ce Operculum abeauline or with more than one flap. 
e Operculum of three or four pieces. Sertularella. 
ee Operculum of one or two pieces. Thuiaria. 
aaa Hydrotheece arranged on all sides of the branches. Selaginopsis. 


170 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Genus ABIETINARIA. 


Trophosome. Wydrothece alternate, flask-shaped, aperture small; operculum 
with a single adeauline flap. 3 


Gonosome. Gonangia without spines or internal marsupium. 


KEY TO SPECIES. 


a Much more than one-third of the hydrothece free. an 
b Stem stout. A. abietina. 
bb Stem slender. A. filicula. 


Abietinaria abietina (Linnzus). 


Trophosome. Main stem stout, straight or slightly 
flexuous; branches stout, pinnately arranged; hydro- 
thece large, broad at the base, tapering to a distinct 
neck and expanding again slightly to the round, entire 
margin; much of the hydrotheca, often more than one- 
half, free from the stem. 


Gonosome. Gonangia oval, with a short collar and No. 78. 
wide aperture; surface smooth or slightly annulated. Abietinaria abietina, 


Abietinaria filicula (Ellis and Solander). 


Trophosome. Stem slender, straight proximally, 
flexuous in the branched portion; branches regularly 
pinnate, often branched again and sometimes the 
secondary branches are branched; hydrothece  sub- 
opposite, shaped like those of A. abietina but much 
smaller. 


No. 79. 
Gonosome. Gonangia oval, tapering to a neck Abietinaria filicula. 


above, with narrow aperture; surface smooth. 


Genus Drprtasta. 


Trophosome. WWydrothece in two rows on the stem and branches; operculum of 
a single adcauline flap. 


Gonosome. Gonangia provided with spines or lobes; an internal marsupium 
usually present in the female. 
KEY TO SPECIES. 


a Less than one-third of the hydrothece free. D. fallax. 
b More than one-third of the hydrothec free. 

ce Hydrothecal margin sinuous not toothed. D. rosacea. 

cc Hydrothecal margin with three prominences; hydrothece and gonangia 

very large. D. tamarisca. 


Diphasia fallax (Johnston). 


Trophosome. Stem erect; branching irregular; 
branches often terminating in long hooked tendrils; 
hydrothece almost opposite, short, stout, only a small 
distal portion free; margin sinuous. 


Gonosome. Gonangia borne in rows on front of 
branches; male obovate with distal portion quadrangu 
lar, constricted to a tubular process for the aperture; 
female gonangia larger, terminating in four, long- No. 80. 
pointed lobes; an internal marsupium present. Dinkaste Savas, 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 171 


Diphasia rosacea (Linneus). 


Trophosome. Colony delicate; branching irregu- 
lar; hydrothece opposite, long and slender, with at least 
the distal third free; margin sinuous. 


Gonosome. Male gonangium long and _ slender, 
with tubular neck; female gonangium larger, pyriform, 
distally terminating in two long and six shorter, pointed 
lobes, the shorter ones curved to the centre; an internal She ei 
marsupium present. 


Diphasia tamarisca (Linnzus). 


Trophosome. Stem, branches and hydrothece very 
stout; hydrothece sub-opposite, nearly one-half free; 
three low elevations are present on the margin. 


Gonosome. Gonangia both male and female with 
one diameter greater than the other, obovate, spiny, the 
female with lobes forming coarse serrations as well, the 
two distal lobes much elongated. 


No. 82. 


Diphasia tamarisca, 
Genus HypRALLMANIA. 


Trophosome. Uydrothece in groups on the side of the branches, their bases in 
line but the distal ends curved alternately to. right and left; operculum of one 
adeauline flap. 


Gonosome. Gonangia without spines or internal marsupium. 


Hydrallmania falcata (Linneus). 


Trophosome. Colony long and_ slender; main 
branches spirally arranged and of much the same 
length; hydrothece tubular or very slightly urceolate, 
arranged in a row on one side of the branch, bases in 
line, distal portions turned alternately to right and 
left, five or six to an internode. 


Gonosome. Gonangium oval, with tubular neck, Noes. 
smooth or with indistinct longitudinal lines. Hydrallmania falcata. 


Genus SELAGINOPSIS. 


Trophosome. ‘Hydrothece arranged in more than two longitudinal rows, at least 
on the branches. 


Gonosome. Gonangia oval or obovate, smooth or nearly so. 


172 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 
Selaginopsis mirabilis (Verrill). 


Trophosome. Stem stout; branches regularly 
alternate; hydrotheee tubular, distal portion free and 
turned out from the stem, in two rows on the stem and 
six rows on the branches; margin oval, with two lateral 
teeth; operculum of two flaps. 


Gonosome. Gonangia oval, not constricted to form recs A 
a neck; aperture large, circular; surface smooth. Selaginopsis mirabilis. 


Genus S ERTULARELLA, 


Trophosome. Wydrotheee in two rows, alternate, usually with three or four 
teeth and an operculum of three or four flaps. 


Gonosome. Gonangia usually supplied with ridges or corrugations. 


KEY TO SPECIES. 


a Hydrotheea with four teeth. 
b Stem more or less regularly annulated. S. fusiformis. 
bb Stem not regularly annulated. 
c Hydrothece annulated or rugose. 


d Hydrothece decidedly rugose. S. rugosa. 

dd Wydrotheer with complete or incomplete annulations. S. conica. 

ce Uydrothece smooth. * — S. polyzonias. 

ga Tydrotheeze with three teeth, stem lax, hydrotheee smooth. S. tricuspidata. 


Sertularella conica Allman. 


Trophosome. Colony small, either unbranched or 
with a few small branches like the main stem; hydro- 
theee nearly tubular, rather distant; annulations com- 
plete or on the adeauline side only; margin with four 
teeth; operculum with four flaps. 


Gonosome. Gonangia oval; margin with four stout 
teeth; surface rugose with distinct crests on the rugo- 
sities. 


Sertularella conica. 


Sertularella fusiformis Hineks. 


Trophosome. ‘Stem slender, slightly zigzag, gener- 
ally simple, annulated at the base and below each 
calycle; hydrothece bent in opposite directions, elon- 
gate, somewhat flask-shaped, smooth, one to each inter- 
node; aperture quadridentate; operculum composed of 
four pieces, each internode, with its calycle, of a fusi- 
form figure” (Hincks). 


No. 86. 
Gonosome. “Gonothece elongate, ovate, slender, Sertuberelia fuciermed 
ribbed across, produced at the upper extremity into a (after Hincks). 


short neck and toothed” (Hineks). 


P | HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 173 


Sertularella polyzonias (Linnzeus). 


Trophosome. Stem slender; branching irregularly 
alternate ; hydrothece alternate, rather distinct, large, 
tapering but slightly, the. distal half or more, free; 
margin with four teeth; operculum of four flaps. 


Gonosome. Gonangia large, oval; margin with 
four stout spines or teeth; surface strongly and regu- 
larly rugose. 


No. 87. 


Sertularella rugosa (Linneus). 


Trophosome. Colony small, stem usually un- 
branched, constricted at regular intervals; hydrothece 
alternate, rather distinct, fusiform, distinctly rugose; 
margin with four tentacles; operculum with four flaps. 


Gonosome. Gonangia oval, rugose; margin with 
four teeth. 


No. 88. 


Sertularella tricuspidata (Alder). 


Trophosome. Stem slender, lax, branching irregu- 
larly alternate or dichotomous; hydrothece alternate, 
very slightly immersed, tubular, sometimes curved; 
margin with three teeth; operculum with three flaps. 


Gonosome. Gonangia oval, with strongly crested 


rugosities; a small, smooth tubular neck bears the aper- 
ture. ; 


No. 89. 


Sertularella tricuspidata, 


Genus SERTULARIA. 


Trophosome. Hydrothece in two rows, occurring in pairs, which are strictiy 
opposite throughout, or at least on the distal portion of the branches. 


Gonosome. Gonangia oval or ovate. 


KEY TO SPECIES. 


a Stem with opposite branches, the two hydrothecee of a pair not in contact. 


: S. pumila. 
6 Stem unbranched, the two hydrothece of a pair in contact. S. cornicina. 


174 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Sertularia cornicina (McCrady). 


Trophosome. Stem unbranched, divided into regu- 
lar internodes, each of which bears a pair of hydro- 
theee, which are in contact for about two-thirds of 
their length and then turned abruptly outward; mar- 
gin with two teeth and a two-parted operculum. 


_ Gonosome. Gonangia oval, with distinct, short 
collar; surface regularly annulated. 


Sertularia pumila Linneus. 


Trophosome. Stem unbranched or with opposite 
branches; a pair of hydrotheex to each internode, tubu- 
lar, free from each other, curved outward, the distal 
half free; margin with two teeth. 


Gonosome. Gonangium obovate, with a narrow 
collar and wide aperture. 
Genus 'THUIARIA. 


No: 9. 
Sertularia pumila. 


Trophosome. Hydrothece in two rows on stem and branches; hydrothece with 
not more than two teeth; operculum of one abcauline flap or two flaps. 


KEY TO SPECIES. 


a Branches only on two sides of the stem. 


b Stem long and slender, primary branches much branched. T. cupressina. 
bb Stems shorter and more rigid; branches relatively longer. 


e Hydrothece sub-opposite. 
ce Hydrothece strictly alternate. 
d Branches stout and rigid. 
dd. Branches slender. 
aa Branches on all sides of the stem. 
e Distal branches forming a dense tuft. 
f Hydrothece sub-opposite. 
ff Hydrothece definitely alternate. 


T. similis. 


T. lonchitis. 
T. latiuscula. 


T. fabricu. 


g Primary branches branched dichotomously, all branches short and 


stiff. 
gg Branches long and less rigid. 


T. thuja. 
T. robusta. 


ee Branches on the distal portion of the stem loosely arranged. 


h Hydrothece almost wholly immersed. 


hh WHydrothece less than half free. 


hhh Hydrothece more than half free. 


Thuiaria argentea (Linneus). 


Trophosome. Colonies often growing in clusters, 
stem slender; branches rise from all sides of the stem 
but irregularly, these branch dichotomously; hydro- 
thece usually definitely alternate but occasionally sub- 
opposite, rather distant, curved gradually outward, 
nearly one-third free; margin with two teeth, one often 
larger than the other; operculum with two flaps. 


Gonosome. Gonangia long-obovate, usually with 
two shoulder spines; collar short. 


T. immersa. 
T. argentea. 
T. tenera. 


No. 92. 
Thuiaria argentea. 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 


Thutaria cupressina (Linneus). 


Trophosome. Colonies clustered; stem long, flexu- 
ous; branching alternate but not always exactly in the 
same plane; branches branch dichotomously and these 
branches again do so; hydrothece alternate, short, the 
free portion, about one-third, divergent, narrowed 
towards the margin; margin bi-labiate; operculum with 
two flaps. 


Gonosome. Gonangia obovate or triangular, with 
two shoulder spines; collar short. 


Thuiaria fabricii (Levinsen). 


Trophosome. . Stem. erect, rather rigid, branches 
on all sides of the stem, distally forming a dense tuft; 
repeated dichotomous branching; hydrothece  sub- 
opposite, narrowing slightly from base to margin, about 
one-third free; margin with two teeth; operculum with 
two flaps. 


Gonosome. Gonangia borne in two rows on the 
branches, oblong or obovate, with cireular aperture and 
two shoulder spines. 


Thuiaria immersa Nutting. 


Trophosome. Stem long, flexuous, branches coming 
out on all ‘sides in a loose spiral arrangement; main 
branches sparingly dichotomonsly branched; hydro- 
theee alternate, almost entirely immersed, tapering 
from base to margin. 


Gonosome. Unknown. 


Thuiaria latiuscula (Stimpson). 


-Trophosome. Main stem stout, rigid, much larger 
than the slender, alternate branches, that are not again 
branched; ‘hydrothece slender, tubular, tapering to the 
margin, about one-fourth free. 


Gonosome. Unknown. 


Thuiaria lonchitis (Ellis and Solander). 


Trophosome. Main stem stout, rigid; branching 
pinnate; branches stout, stiff, white, not again branch- 
ed; hydrothece alternate, tubular, but little tapered, 
about one-fourth free. 


J Gonosome. ‘“Gonangia borne on upper side of 
branches, long, slender, with a round aperture, narrow 
collar and operculum” (Nutting). 


iy 


No. 93. 
Thuiaria cupressina. 


No. 94. 
Thuiaria fabricii. 


No. 95. 


Thuiaria immersa, 


No. 96. 


Thuiaria latiuscula. 


No. 97. 
Thuiaria lonchitis. 


175 


176 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 
Thuiaria robusta Clark. 


Trophosome. Stem stout, with deeply cut inter- 
nodes; branches also stout, rising from all sides of the 
stem, dichotomously branched, distally forming a dense 
tuft; hydrothece alternate, not closely placed, almost 
wholly immersed. in the proximal portions, less so dis- 
tally, tubular; margin bi-labiate; operculum with two 
flaps on the distal hydrothece and one on the proximal. 


Gonosome ‘‘Gonangia borne in rows on the ter- 
minal branchlets, slender, with a terminal collar and No. 98. 
aperture and two long curved spines rising from the Thwiavin vonisie. 
antero-lateral corners of the shoulders” (Nutting). 


Thuiaria similis (Clark). 


Trophosome. Colony bilateral, with the stem very 
distinct’ and much stouter than the branches; hydro- 
thee sub-opposite, slender, tubular, tapering very little, 
distal portion free and turned well outward; margin 
with two distinct teeth; operculum with two flaps. 


Gonosome. Gonangia fusiform, short collar, cir- 


cular aperture; no spines or annulations. No. 99. 


Thuiaria similis. 


Thuiaria tenera (Sars). 


Trophosome. Stem slender; branching loose from 
all sides of the stem; branches dichotomously branched ; 
hydrothece alternate, distant, enlarged above the base, 
then tapered to the margin, one-half free; margin with | 
two blunt teeth; operculum with two flaps or one 
abeauline flap. 


Gonosome. Gonangia single on the branches, oval, 
with short collar and wide aperture; no spines or annu- 


lations. Noi) 


Thuiara tenera. 


Thuiaria thuja (Linneus). 


Trophosome. Main stem rigid, not very stout, 
branches from all sides of the stem, stiff, branching 
dichotomously several times; ultimate branches rigid, 
distally forming a dense tuft (bottle brush); hydro- 
theee alternate, closely placed, almost wholly im- 
mersed, tubular; margin without distinct teeth; oper- 
culum of one abecauline flap. 


Gonosome. Gonangia in rows that may be crowded No. 101. 
on the stem and proximal portions of the branches, Thuiaria thuja. 
oval, with short collar and large terminal aperture; a 
short distinet pedicel; surface without annulations or 
spines. 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 177 


Family PLUMULARID. 


Trophosome. Wydrothece growing only on one side of the branches (hydro- 
cladia), sessile, more or less adnate; nematophores always present. 


.Gonosome. Gonophores producing fixed sporosacs, which are often protected by 
special modifications of the branches. 


KEY TO GENERA, 


A. Statoplean forms, i.e., those with fixed nematophores that are usually mono- 
thalamic. 
a Gonangia protected by branchlets, each of which is an appendage of a hydro- 
cladium (phylactogonium). 
b Cauline nematophores not crenulated, phylactogonia not jointed. 
Cladocarpus. 
bb Cauline nematophores crenulated, phylactogonia jointed. Aglaophenopsis. 
aa Gonangia protected by corbule, each of which is a modified hydrocladium. 


A hydrotheea at the base of each gonangial leaf. Thecocarpus. 
B. Eleutheroplean forms, i.e., those with movable nematophores that are usually 
bithalamic. 
e Gonangia not specially protected. 
d MHydrocladia pinnately arranged. Plumularia. 
dd WUHydrocladia in whorls or scattered over the stem. Antennularia. 


ec Gonangia protected by phylactogonia, hydrocladia branched. Schizotricha. 


Genus AGLAOPHENOPSIS. 


Trophosome. “Stem usually fascicled; hydrocladia with numerous internal 
septal ridges; hydrocladium margin toothed; nematophores with crenulated margin ” 
(Nutting). 


Gonosome. “Gonangia protected by special appendages, growing from the 
proximal joint of the hydrocladia and apparently of the nature of greatly modified 
mesial nematophores of the proximal hydrothece ” (Nutting). 


Aglaophenopsis cornuta (Verrill). 


Trophosome. Colony branched repeatedly, each branch and hydrocladium at 
right angles to that from which it springs; stem fascicled; hydrocladia growing on 
an anterior tube; internodes with about six strong , 
septal ridges and an external longitudinal ridge; hydro- 
theese obconical, with a large anterior wing-like keel; 
margin with five small teeth on each side; intrathecal 
ridge small, oblique; supracalycine nematophores long, 
tubular, with crenulated margin; mesia] nematophore : 
nearly straight, spur-like, margin crenulated; three 
cauline nematophores to each node. (From Nutting’s 
description.). R 


Gonosome. “Gonangia borne on the terminal 
branchlets, oblong-oval, with latero-terminal apertures; 


No. 102. 
: Z Aglaophenopsis cornuta 
protective appendage unbranched or bifurcated, borne (after Nutting). 


at the side of the proximal hydrotheca on each hydro- 
cladium, having a hydrotheca at its distal end, and two when it is forked; there is 
an axial cavity divided by numerous septal ridges” (Nutting). 


79550—12 


178 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Genus ANTENNULARIA. 


Trophosome. Hydrocladia arranged in whorls or scattered over the stem. 


Gonosome.. Gonangia unprotected. 


KEY TO SPECIES. 


a Proximal hydrotheee not divided from stem by nodes. A. americana 
b Proximal hydrothece divided from stem by two nodes. A. antennina 


Antennularia americana Nutting. 


Trophosome. Stem slender, hydrocladia usually 
in whorls of four; proximal hydrothece on a long pro- 
cess from the stem, one or two intermediate internodes ; 
between each two succeeding hydrothecate internodes; 
hydrotheece cup-shaped; two nematophores above the 
hydrotheeca, one below, two on the intermediate inter- 
nodes, two on the shoulder that supports the hydro- 
cladium, cauline nematophores scattered. 


No. 108. 


Gonosome. Gonangia borne at the base of the ; ; 
Antennularia americana. 


hydrocladia, oblong-oval, aperture latero-terminal. 


Antennularia antennina (Linneus). 


Trophosome. Stems clustered, slender; hydro- 
cladia whorled, short, incurved; internodes alternating 
with and without hydrothece, the former nearest the 
stem; hydrothecze cup-shaped; nematophores similarly 
placed to those in A. americana. 


Gonosome. Gonangia produced singly, in the axils 
of the hydrocladia, obovate, with latero-terminal aper- 
ture. 


No. 104. 
Antennularia antennina. 


Genus CLADOCARPUS. 


Trophosome. Hydrotheee deep with the margin smooth or with low, blunt teeth; 
mesial nematophores short. 

Gonosome. Gonangia borne on the stem, at the base of the hydrocladia, pro- 
tected by processes (phylactogonia) springing from the base of the hydrocladia; these 
have nematophores but no hydrothece. 


KEY TO SPECIES. 


a Hydrothece without teeth. C. pourtalesi. 
b Hydrothece with two large, rounded, anterior teeth and shallow lateral teeth. 
C. speciosus. 


HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA 179 


Cladocarpus pourtalest Verrill. 


Trophosonve. Stem fascicled, irregularly branched, the anterior tube bearing 
the hydrocladia; hydrocladia closely approximated, alternate, divided into regular, 
short internodes, each with three or four septal ridges; 
hydrothece closely approximated, broader towards mar- 
gin; margin entire; .intrathecal ridge short, curved 
sharply upward; supracalycine and mesial nematophores 
stout, cauline nematophores numerous. (From Nut- ¢ 
ting’s descript’on. ) 


Gonosome. “Gonangia oblong-ovate, with lunate, 
sub-terminal aperture, borne on an unbranched phylac- 
togonium springing from the side of the base of the 


E No. 105. 
proximal hydrotheea of the hydrocladium; there are BEE, Se ee ee 
from one to five gonangia to each phylactogonium ” (after Nutting): 


(Nutting). 


Cladocarpus speciosus Verrill. 


Trophosome. Stem fascicled, distal portion simple, 
divided into long internodes, each with a hydrocladium 
from near the middle; hydrocladial internodes with 
seven septal ridges; hydrotheee short, widening from 
base to margin; margin with two rounded anterior 
teeth and four or five shallow teeth on each side; intra- 
theeal ridge low, straight, horizontal; supracalyeine 
nematophores and mesial, with crenulated margin, 
cauline nematophores four to each internode. (From 
Nutting’s description.) 


No. 106. 


Cladocarpus speciosus 
(after Nutting). 


Gonosome. “ Gonangia not known, phylactogonia 
branched, arising from the side of the proximal hydro- 
theee and not morphologically a modified mesial nema- 
tophore, the latter being present” (Nutting). 


Genus PLUMULARIA. 


Trophosome. WHydrocladia unbranched, pinnately arranged, each having more 
than one hydrotheca; hydrothece with entire margin; all nematophores movable. 


Gonosome Gonangia without extra protection. 


Plunwlaria setaceoides Bale. 


Trophosome. Stem simple, unbranched, divided into regular internodes, each 
of which gives off a hydrocladium distally; two to four annulations above each node; 
hydrocladia slender, recurved; non-hydrothecate and 
hydrothecate internodes alternating, each with two or 
three internal ridges; hydrothece cup-shaped, about 
one-third free; supracalycine nematophores present, 
one nematophore below the hydrotheca, one on each 
intermediate internode, one in the axil of each hydro- 
cladium and one on each cauline internode. 


Gonosome. Gonangia very large, on the face of the 
stem at the base of the hydrocladium, obovate, curved, 
truncate, several distinct, though not deep corruga- Plumularia setaceoides 
tions. 


180 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


Genus SCHIZOTRICHA. 


Trophosome. Colony simple, branched, with hydrocladia pinnately arranged. 


Gonosome. Gonangia springing from the stem, branch or hydrocladium, not 
directly protected. 


Schizotricha gracillima (G. O. Sars). 


Trophosome. Stem fdscicled, sparingly branched; 
branches fascicled proximally; each hydrocladium, one 
to an internode, usually branched dichotomously, one, 
two or three times; few intermediate internodes; hydro- 
thecee small, cup-shaped, about as wide as deep; nema- 
tophores large, a supracalycine pair, three or four 
mesial on each internode, one in the axil of each hydro- 
cladium and others scattered over the stem. (From 
Nutting’s description.) 


Gonosome. ‘“ Gonangia borne in pairs on the stem | 
near the axils of the hydrocladia, and also at: the fork- 
° 5 > % No. 108. 
ings of the latter; they are cylindrical in shape, taper- NCHisotrich i aaaciuiines 
ing at the proximal end and almost sessile, the pedicel (after Nutting). 
being much reduced” (Nutting). 


Genus THECOCARPUS. 


Trophosome. Stem fascicled; hydrotheee with one or two large, anterior teeth, 
the others small. 


' Gonosome. Corbule composed of widely separate leaves, each bearing a hydro- 


theea near its base. 


Thecocarpus myriophyllum (Linneus). 


Trophosome. Stem fascicled, swollen at intervals, 
but slightly branched; hydrocladia alternate, closely 
approximated; hydrothece deep, cylindrical, with one 
large anterior tooth; supracalycine and mesial nemato- 
phores small; cauline nematophores numerous but small. 


Gonosome. Corbule open, some distance from the 
stem, each with a hydrotheca near its base and a row No. 109. 
of nematophores along its distal leaflet. Thecocarpus myriophylium. 


XV 


A New Genus and Three New Species of Algae from 
‘the Miramichi River, New Brunswick. 


(With 1 plate) 


BY 
A. Brooker Kuiueu, M.A. 


Biological Department, Queen’s University, Kingston, Canada 


During the course of an ecological investigation of the algae of the Miramichi 
river, New Brunswick, undertaken as part of a biological survey of this river by the 
Biological Board of Canada, in May and June, 1918, the writer collected some species 
of OCyanophyceae which proved to be undescribed. The diagnoses of these species, 
and of the new genus which had to be established on account of the peculiarity of © 
one of these species, are presented in this paper. The full report on the algae of the 
region will appear later in the report of the biological survey of the Miramichi. 

I wish here to express my gratitude to Dr. A. G. Huntsman, Curator of the Atlantic 
Coast Biological Station and chief of the party engaged in the survey of the Mira- 
_ michi, for his kindness in furthering my work in every possible way. 

The diagnoses are as follows :— 

OLIGocLoniuM. Gen. nov. Strato mucoso expanso. Trichomatibus cum pseudoramo- 
‘sis sparsis, cum 1-8 cellulis multo minoribus positis ad intervalla. Trichomatibus 1 
vel 2 intra vaginam. Vaginis hyalinis, lamellosis. Cellulis diam, aequalibus vel 
paulo longioribus. 

; OLIGOCLONIUM INAEQUALE. Sp. nov. Strato atro-olivaceo. Filamentis 18-25 micra 
diam. Trichomatibus 8-9 micra diam, minime constrictis inter cellulas, fastigatis in 
apicem. Vaginis 5-8 micra crassis, lamellosis, transverse rugosis. ‘Cellulis princi- 
palibus trichomatum 8-10 micra longis; cellulis minoribus’5 micra diam., et 6 micra 
longis. Contentu caeruleo-viridi, maxime granuloso. Trichomata fieri tendunt ubi 
cellulis minoribus sunt adjuncta, et e vagina effugere. (Fig. 1.) 

O.icoctontum. New Genus. Plant mass forming an expanded mucous stratum. 
Trichomes sparingly branched, having at intervals from one to three much smaller 
cells. Trichomes single, or two, within the sheath. Sheaths colourless, lamellose. 
Cells as long as, or slightly longer than, the diameter of the trichomes. 

This genus belongs to the order Hormogoneae, but occupies a peculiar systematic: 
position. It most nearly approaches the Family Oscillatoriaceae but is excluded from 
that family, as at present defined, by the marked characteristics of possessing the 
series of from one to three much smaller cells at intervals in the trichome and a 
tapering filament, as the present definition of that family calls for a filament “uniform 
throughout its entire length.” Either the definition of the Family Oscillatoriaceae will 
have to be changed to embrace this genus, or a new family, will have to be established 
to receive it. Personally I feel inclined towards the former alternative. 

OLIGOCLONIUM INAEQUALE. New Species. Plant mass dark olive-green. Filaments 
18-25 micra in diameter. Trichomes 8-9 micra in diameter, very slightly constricted 
between the cells, tapering at the apex. Sheaths 5-8 micra thick, lamellose, trans- 
versely wrinkled. Main cells of the trichome 8-10 micra long; smaller cells 5 micra in 


181 


182 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


diameter and 6 micra long. Cell contents pale blue-green, very strongly granulated. 
The trichomes tend to break into hormogonia at the small cells, and to escape from 
the sheath. ; 

On timbers of a wharf at half-tide mark on the Miramichi river at Chatham,’ 
NBs: (CRs) 

TOLYPOTHRIX BREVICELLARIS. Sp. nov. Fronde penicillata, caerulea-viridi. Fili- 
mentis 14-20 miecra diam., repetite pseudoramosis, 1.4 mm. altis. Pseudoramis erec- 
tibus. Trichomatibus 6-9 micra diam. Cellulis brevissimis, 2-4 micra longis. Hete- 
rocystis ovalibus vel ovatis, et basilaribus, plurumque 15 x 12 micra, cum muris cras- 
sissimis. Vaginis 4-7 micra crassis, firmis, hyalinis, lamellosis. (Fig. 2.) 

TOLYPOTHRIX BREVICELLARIS. New Species. Plant mass penicillate. Pale blue- 
green. Filaments 14-20 micra in diameter, repeatedly branched, 1-4 mm. long, strict. 
Trichomes 6-9 micra in diameter. Cells very short, 2-4 micra long. Heterocysts basal, 
oval or ovate, averaging 15 x 12 micra, with very thick walls. Sheaths 4-7 micra thick, — 
firm, hyaline, lamellose. (Fig. 2.) 

At “Prince” Station No. 96, in the Northwest Miramichi river, N.B., June 24, 
1918. Found also at Station 98. 

The filaments of this species, from both stations, exhibited the peculiar condition 
shown in Fig. 2 C' and D, hormogonia having apparently, while still enclosed in their 
sheaths, become attached near the apex of many of the filaments. In some eases this 
arrangement had the apeparance of the beginning of a false branch, but in no case was 
a heterocyst present at the point of contact. 

STIGONEMA SUBSALSA. Sp. nov. Il ilamentis caespitulis. Filamentis 15-22 miera 
diam., usque ad 960 micra altis. Trichomatibus cum binis ordinibus cellualarum in 
portione inferiore et cum singulari ordine in portione superiore. Cellulis in portione 
superiore 8 micra diam., 4-5 micra longis. Gellulis in portione inferiore 6-10 micra 
diam., 5-6 micra longis. Vaginis firmis, fuscis, hyalinis, non-lamellosis. Hetero- 
cystis nullis. Contentu pallido-olivaceo. Cellulis cum 2-3 granulis magnis. 

Cellulae primordiae sunt similes Gloeocapsae. Gradus Gloeocapsa.—Cellulis 
globosis vel oblongis, 9-11 micra diam. cum, 5-7 micra sine, teg, crassis. Vaginis 
hyalinis, minime lamellosis. Contentu pallido-olivaceo, cum uno magno granolo. 
(Fig. 3.) 

SvTiGONEMA suBsALSA. New species. Filaments growing in small tufts. Fila- 
ments 15-22 micra in diameter, up to 960 micra long. Trichomes consisting of two 
rows of cells in the basal portion and of one row of cells in the apical portion. ‘Cells 
in basal portion 6-10 micra in diameter, 5-6 micra long. Cells in apical portion 8 
micra in diameter, 4-5 micra long. Sheaths firm, brownish, translucent, not lamellose. 
Heterocysts absent. Cell-contents light olive-green. Cells with two or three large 
granules. “3 

The young stages of this species are Gloeocapsa-like. Gloeocapsa stage.—Cells, 
5-7 micra in diameter. Sheaths colourless, slightly lamellose, 2 micra thick. Cell- 
contents olive-green, with one large granule. (Fig. 3.) 

On Scytosiphon lomentarius growing on a sunken log in Miramichi bay, N.B. 
Salinity of water in this habitat ranging from 16-04 per mille to 22-77 per mille. 
Temperature of water ranging from 3:94°C. to 17-31°C. Collected June 10, 1918. 


183 


Fie. 1. Oligocloniuwm inaquale. Portion of filament. 


‘Fig. 2 Wolypothrix brevicellaris. A—Base of filament. B—False branch 
and Heterocyst. C and D—Hormogonia, still enclosed in a 
sheath, adhering to apical portion of a filament. 


fae eal} 
ee 


Fic. 3. Stigonema subsalsa, showing development from the Gleocapsa stage of the mature 
filament. 


nonin’ 


XVI. 


THE HISTOLOGY OF THE FLEXOR TENDON IN THE CRUSHING CLAW 
OF THE LOBSTER. 


“By A. Po kaicnt, MCA. M.D; E.R.SO., 
Emeritus Professor of Biology, Queen’s University, Kingston, Ont. 


(With 8 Figures.) ‘ 


“The crushing claw has a far more powerful musculature than its fellow, and 
is accordingly richer in its supply of blood-vessels and nerves. Two tendons spring 
from opposite sides of the proximal end of the free dactyl and afford a surface for \ 
the attachment of the huge flexor and smaller extensor muscles. Each tendon is a 
keeled oval plate which is developed in a flattened pocket of the skin, but the closing 
muscle of the great claw being the largest and the strongest in the body, requires the 
largest tendon. The tendon of the flexor is a broad leaf-shaped plate, keeled above 
and below, while that of the weaker opening muscle is narrow and _ strap-shaped. 
* vi * * % * ? 

“At the time of moulting these huge tendons, like all others in the body, are 
withdrawn attached to the cast-off shell, and leave deep open pockets into which, 
in a large animal, the little finger can easily be inserted. As soon, however, as the 
soft claw becomes tense with blood, the opposed surfaces of the muscle substance 
unite and a new tendon is formed at the site of the old one.” (From Dr. Herrick’s 
American Lobster.) 


Fig. 1. Gross appearance of the tendon viewed from such a position that both the upper 
and the lower keels can be seen. A.B. section through both keels and one-half of the oval 
plate of disc as shown in figure 3. P.Q. section through both keels and both halves of the 
oval plate as shown in figure 5. X.Y. section through the oval plate only as shown in figure 2. 


It will ‘be remembered that the general outline of the tendon is that of a flat 
oval-shaped dise. Along both its upper and its under surface a keel or ridge ‘runs 
from the broad end towards the narrow end for about half its length. These ‘ridges 


79550—13 185 i 


186 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


are for the purpose of increasing the surfaces for the attachment of the muscle fibres. 
The edges of the flat disc are thinner than the central portion, so that a cross-section 
of the narrow end where there are no keels has very much the appearance represented 
by figure’2. 


eS ee 
a eee 


Fig. 2. Diagrammatic outline of the naked eye appearance of a cross-section of the flexor 
tendon towards its narrow end, that is, the end which is distal to the dactyl. 


On the other hand a transverse section close to the opposite end shows a section 
of one keel and of the two leaves of the disc. The reason that both keels do not show 
is because one keel develops further back on the disc on one side than on the other. 
Figure 3 illustrates the appearance of a transverse section from that end of a flexor 
tendon which lies nearest the proximal end of the free dactyl. 


Fig. 3. A.B. represents cross-sections of the two keels, while C represents a section of 
the larger portion of the oval plate or disc; the smaller portion is out of the plane of section. 


Fig. 4. Represents the tip of a section of one of the keels at the end next to the dactyl. 
This drawing is an enlarged one of figure 3 at A. 


When a cross-section of the disc is made at about one-quarter of its length from 
the end next to the dactyl, the general appearance is that of a cross, because both 
keels or ridges then come into view, as well, of course, as both halves of the oval 
dise or plate. 


A 


C 3 D 


B 


Fig. 5. Diagrammatic outline of the naked eye appearance of a cross-section of the flexor 
tendon, at a short distance from-where it is attached to the free dactyl. A.B. upper and 
lower keels; C.D. larger and smaller portions of the oval dise or plate. 


HISTOLOGY OF THE FLEXOR TENDON 187 


In all sections, whether of the disc or of the keel, there is a central portion or 

flattened core which can easily be recognized by a hand lens and sometimes with the 
naked eye. The portions of the dise and keel, external to this core, consist essentially 
of a network of fibres which cross each other at right angles.. One set of fibres,—the 
longer ones—run parallel with each surface of the disc, and extend from the keels to 
the edge of the leaf-like disc. The other set run at right angles to the surfaces of 
the disc and extend from the flattened core to the surface. 
' The most prominent feature in all the sections under low powers of the micro- 
scope is their laminated structure. The lamine resemble stratified limestone or 
stratified clay. In the greater part of the disc, the layers are evenly disposed upon 
one another and are parallel to the upper and lower surfaces, but in the keels and in 
the dise nearest to the keels the stratification is wavy, but this appearance may be 
an artefact. 


Upper surface 


\ <a 
a8 xa aware: Ne 
NARS eR EIN 

; i 


ie SEATS 
SrA 


pee ye cin 
3 oot +e 


Fig. 7 shows wavy stratification. Low power. 


In a medium-sized animal the lamine of the dise vary in number from 20 to 40 
above and below the flattened core, being more numerous in the middle of the disc 
and decreasing towards the circumference, where their number may not exceed from 
2EbONDs 

The laminz vary in colour from almost black to grey, shading to white. These 
differences are probably due to the fact that all of the sections were prepared by 
grinding on an emery wheel in much the same way as rock sections are made. Conse- 


188 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 


quently, small particles of the emery as well as some from the hard tendon would 
become inserted between the laminze and would colour the sections. In one section 
of the dise of a rather large tendon, there were 32 dark-coloured lamin, 57 snow- 
white ones and a large variable number of grey ones. In younger animals with 
smaller tendons the Jamin are fewer in number. It may be, as explained in the next 
paragraph, that all three shades are in reality similar in structure, and that the 
particles of emery and the dust of the ded during the process of aire cause 
the apparent differences. 

The structure thus far referred to has been described under low powers of the 
microscope. When higher powers are employed, as by the use of eye-piece 4 and 
objective 6 of a Leitz microscope, the distinction between the dark and grey laminw 
tends to disappear. The fundamental structure then becomes like that of the finest lawn. 
The whole tendon appears to be made up of a network of delicate white fibres which 
cross each other at right angles. This appearance is best seen in the thinnest portions 
of a section. Where the sections are at all thick, the laminated structure is still 
apparent, and the fine fibrils appear to combine and form bundles like those of 
connective tissue in mammals. 


idisg sa Ss 


yore o 


ea ne 
ee 


1 Bs. 
ie 
a 


SAN peri F eye 


Fig. 8. Within the area A.B.C.D. almost all lamination has disappeared and the fine 
delicate fibres form a network like the finest lawn. 


In animals recently killed, the tendons are soft and look as if they contained 
cartilage, but when boiled and dried, as was the case in all those from which sections 
were made for this paper, they become hard and so brittle that the thin edges easily 
erack and break away from the rest of the disc. 

IT am indebted to the Biological Board of Canada for laboratory privileges at 
St. Andrews, New Brunswick, during the study of these sections. 


= 
7 
= 
. 7 a 
. Ls 
J 
) : 
» 
_> 
a 
rip 
i 
> 7 
: 
. 
7 - f 
> 
iy 
' 
7 
7 
y a? 
' a 
> 
7 
7 7 
T » 


> 
’ , 
/ 
were 7 
- 7 : 
i. 
7 > 
‘ 
a) : 7 
' ae : 5] 
‘ 7 7 a 
, 
> 
- > 7 
a | > 
~~... 
. a a” 
id ss = 
7 
7 7 
_ = 7 
. 
a - 
“9 : a 
7 
it = 7 7 
. a. | 7 
: 1 : 
/ 
7 
fs 
‘ a 7 : 
: 
7 
ni 
; = , & 
mn ' ; 
. : 
- , 
4 : 
. 
ss" a 
b 7 
= 
7 
~<—,, 
7 
J - - 
— 7 : 
- ¢ s 
_ — 7 
9 i 


ee 


‘ 


’ 
- 
7s 
; = 
—* 
, 
- 
7 
oe 
- 
’ 
0 
- 
a 
tis 
- 
7 
» 
§ 
°. 
7 
- 
7 
5 > 
; 


7 


7 


*) 


i 


PPu : 


5S 
CS Serre DEPARTMENT OF NAVAL SERVICE 


CONTRIBUTIONS 


TO 


CANADIAN BIOLOGY 


BEING STUDIES FROM THE 


BIOLOGICAL STATIONS OF CANADA 


1918-1920 


THE BIOLOGICAL BOARD OF CANADA 


Professor E. E. Prince, Commissioner of Fisheries, Chairman. 
Professor A. P. Knreut, Department of Naval Service. 

Professor L. W. Barty, University of New Brunswick, Fredericton, N.B. 
Professor A. H. R. Butumr, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg. 
Very Rev. Canon Y. A, Huarp, Laval University, Museum of Public Instruction, 

Quebec, P 

Professor J. Phayratr McMourricu, University of Toronto, Toronto. 
Dr. A. H. Mackay, Dalhousie University, Halifax, N.S. 
Professor R. F. Rurran, McGill University, Montreal. 

Professor W, T. MacCiement, Queen’s University, Kingston, Ont. 


x ee ee 5 
i Z 


OTTAWA 
THOMAS MULVEY 
“PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 
1921 


——SS 
Sa 
=—— 

— 
=—S== 


i 


il 


' 
———— 


| 


— 


[ 


| 


——— 
—— 
L 
2=— 
—=S 
——— 


t 


—= 
—= 
— 

>==—— = 
=— 

—< 


ii 


—— 


———Io) 


| 


eid pee 
spies om 


ene eas 


oe ety at 


LE AI GG MEA I AY AEM 
os hrtyrdecar wae : a 


[eA ber et Rasen inde cP tine 
“dee eee amen cere 


+ wr 
—sranantah Skee aed 


eT ph tren ir PA Lai A As caste at Peed paige a nl Mae 
ett adhe doce p ete te te pestle on PP fot alta